(725,2,'2013-07-28 21:13:09','2013-07-29 04:13:09','<center><iframe src=\"http://www.youtube.com/embed/ehYHsGCYSH0?rel=0\" height=\"360\" width=\"640\" frameborder=\"0\"></iframe></center>\r\nShoes can be quite tricky to draw, especially if you consider yourself a beginner. The good news is, there are a wide variety of shoes that exist for us to choose from. So I thought, what better way to begin learning how to draw shoes than to learn something simple? With that said, here is a lesson for drawing wedge high heel shoes. Here is a reference photo for us to draw. In case you are up for more of a challenge, the feet do come included!\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/dreamstime_xs_25047892.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-721\" alt=\"© Branislav Ostojic | Dreamstime.com\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/dreamstime_xs_25047892.jpg\" width=\"320\" height=\"480\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 1: Make a Grid</h3>\r\nMake a grid of 6 squares to use as guidelines. The size isn’t important, but use a ruler to construct your squares properly. This is an optional step, but it can also be a helpful one if you are drawing along with me and want to make your feet and shoes look as close to mine as possible. Grids are really useful for proper placement of your lines.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/01p-drawing-wedge-high-heels-grid.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-712\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"01p drawing wedge high heels grid\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/01p-drawing-wedge-high-heels-grid.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 2: Draw the Basic Shapes</h3>\r\nIn this drawing, I am focusing on the two center grid squares. Lightly draw basic shapes for the legs and feet. Use long oval shapes for the legs. Notice how the lines overlap? Even though the right leg is in front, we can still see the outlines of the left leg. This is a good thing, because it helps us to properly place the features that are not obstructed. We will go back later to erase lines that should be hidden. Use wedge shapes for the feet and toes. Use smaller oval shapes or circular shapes for the heel and ankles.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/02-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shapes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-713\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"02 drawing wedge high heels shapes\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/02-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shapes.jpg\" width=\"379\" height=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 3: Shape the Shoes</h3>\r\nBegin making a wedge shape for the wedge shoes. Since these are wedge high heels that we are drawing, they should be taller in the back. Show a little bit of curvature as they come up to the front.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/03-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shoes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-714\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"03 drawing wedge high heels shoes\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/03-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shoes.jpg\" height=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 4: Define the Legs and Feet</h3>\r\nUse the shapes to add more defining lines of detail to the legs and feet. Your shapes from earlier are to serve simply as guidelines; don’t feel like you have to draw over them exactly. Notice here that I decided to draw to the right of my guideline, so the curve from the calf muscle would look more slender and natural. Also notice that I didn’t trace those lines of the left leg that are hidden behind the right leg in the foreground. Add in a line or two for the ankle, and do your best to indicate the toes, using your wedge shapes to help you.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/04-drawing-wedge-high-heels-legs.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-715\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"04 drawing wedge high heels legs\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/04-drawing-wedge-high-heels-legs.jpg\" width=\"600\" height=\"450\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 5: Draw the Base of the Shoes</h3>\r\nDraw thin lines on the top and bottom of each shoe to represent the outer soles and insoles. There is a barely noticeable heel on the bottom of the shoe. Also, notice the space between the foot and the insole.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/05-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shoe-details.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-716\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"05 drawing wedge high heels shoe details\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/05-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shoe-details.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 6: Add the Straps</h3>\r\nAdd the straps for the heel, toes, and ankles. You should draw the heel strap overlapping the insole a bit, and then erase the part the strap conceals. You can add a buckle and a few holes to the ankle strap.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/06-drawing-wedge-high-heels-straps.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-717\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"06 drawing wedge high heels straps\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/06-drawing-wedge-high-heels-straps.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 7: Plan Your Shading</h3>\r\nMake guidelines to help you place some shading. This way you can plan your light source, draw where the shadows should be, and make any changes needed before committing a lot of shading.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/07-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shade-lines.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-718\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"07 drawing wedge high heels shade lines\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/07-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shade-lines.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 8: Add Final Details</h3>\r\nFinish up shading and add final details. Add in shading by using your guidelines from the last step. Consider which areas need to be darker, like just under the foot where it meets the insole and where the front leg casts a shadow on the leg behind it. Also notice a little shading progression on the front part of the shoes to indicate the curves.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/08-drawing-wedge-high-heels-details.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-719\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"08 drawing wedge high heels details\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/08-drawing-wedge-high-heels-details.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 9: Erase the Guidelines</h3>\r\nCarefully erase your guidelines. This includes your square gridlines, any shape guidelines you didn’t need (like under the calf), and any that should be hidden from view (like the left leg behind the right). You’ll have to work around the lines you want to keep.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/09-wedge-high-heels-finished.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-720\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/09-wedge-high-heels-finished.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\nAnd that is how you draw a pair of feet wearing wedge high heel shoes! Try practicing this with a different style of wedge shoe next time. This is also good practice for getting better at drawing feet, because you are drawing the shoes that conform to the basic shape of the foot and you are not drawing the feet in isolation. Feet and toes take time to learn…just keep practicing until you have a satisfying composition of shoes and feet!','How to Draw Feet Wearing Wedge High Heels','','inherit','open','open','','129-revision-v1','','','2013-07-28 21:13:09','2013-07-29 04:13:09','',129,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/129-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(723,2,'2013-07-28 20:58:42','2013-07-29 03:58:42','<center><iframe src=\"http://www.youtube.com/embed/ehYHsGCYSH0?rel=0\" height=\"360\" width=\"640\" frameborder=\"0\"></iframe></center>\nShoes can be quite tricky to draw, especially if you consider yourself a beginner. The good news is, there are a wide variety of shoes that exist for us to choose from. So I thought, what better way to begin learning how to draw shoes than to learn something simple? With that said, here is a lesson for drawing wedge high heel shoes. Here is a reference photo for us to draw. In case you are up for more of a challenge, the feet do come included!\n<h3></h3>\n<h3>Step 1: Make a Grid</h3>\nMake a grid of 6 squares to use as guidelines. The size isn’t important, but use a ruler to construct your squares properly. This is an optional step, but it can also be a helpful one if you are drawing along with me and want to make your feet and shoes look as close to mine as possible. Grids are really useful for proper placement of your lines.\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/07/drawing-wedge-high-heels-grid.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-141\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"drawing wedge high heels grid\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/07/drawing-wedge-high-heels-grid.jpg\" width=\"600\" height=\"432\" /></a></h3>\n<h3>Step 2: Draw the Basic Shapes</h3>\nIn this drawing, I am focusing on the two center grid squares. Lightly draw basic shapes for the legs and feet. Use long oval shapes for the legs. Notice how the lines overlap? Even though the right leg is in front, we can still see the outlines of the left leg. This is a good thing, because it helps us to properly place the features that are not obstructed. We will go back later to erase lines that should be hidden. Use wedge shapes for the feet and toes. Use smaller oval shapes or circular shapes for the heel and ankles.\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/07/drawing-wedge-high-heels-shapes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-144\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"drawing wedge high heels shapes\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/07/drawing-wedge-high-heels-shapes.jpg\" width=\"379\" height=\"600\" /></a></h3>\n<h3>Step 3: Shape the Shoes</h3>\nBegin making a wedge shape for the wedge shoes. Since these are wedge high heels that we are drawing, they should be taller in the back. Show a little bit of curvature as they come up to the front.\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/07/drawing-wedge-high-heels-shoes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-146\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"drawing wedge high heels shoes\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/07/drawing-wedge-high-heels-shoes.jpg\" width=\"353\" height=\"600\" /></a></h3>\n<h3>Step 4: Define the Legs and Feet</h3>\nUse the shapes to add more defining lines of detail to the legs and feet. Your shapes from earlier are to serve simply as guidelines; don’t feel like you have to draw over them exactly. Notice here that I decided to draw to the right of my guideline, so the curve from the calf muscle would look more slender and natural. Also notice that I didn’t trace those lines of the left leg that are hidden behind the right leg in the foreground. Add in a line or two for the ankle, and do your best to indicate the toes, using your wedge shapes to help you.\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/07/drawing-wedge-high-heels-legs.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-142\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"drawing wedge high heels legs\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/07/drawing-wedge-high-heels-legs.jpg\" width=\"600\" height=\"338\" /></a></h3>\n<h3>Step 5: Draw the Base of the Shoes</h3>\nDraw thin lines on the top and bottom of each shoe to represent the outer soles and insoles. There is a barely noticeable heel on the bottom of the shoe. Also, notice the space between the foot and the insole.\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/07/drawing-wedge-high-heels-shoe-details.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-145\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"drawing wedge high heels shoe details\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/07/drawing-wedge-high-heels-shoe-details.jpg\" width=\"600\" height=\"338\" /></a></h3>\n<h3>Step 6: Add the Straps</h3>\nAdd the straps for the heel, toes, and ankles. You should draw the heel strap overlapping the insole a bit, and then erase the part the strap conceals. You can add a buckle and a few holes to the ankle strap.\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/07/drawing-wedge-high-heels-straps.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-147\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"drawing wedge high heels straps\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/07/drawing-wedge-high-heels-straps.jpg\" width=\"600\" height=\"338\" /></a></h3>\n<h3>Step 7: Plan Your Shading</h3>\nMake guidelines to help you place some shading. This way you can plan your light source, draw where the shadows should be, and make any changes needed before committing a lot of shading.\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/07/drawing-wedge-high-heels-shade-lines.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-143\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"drawing wedge high heels shade lines\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/07/drawing-wedge-high-heels-shade-lines.jpg\" width=\"600\" height=\"338\" /></a></h3>\n<h3>Step 8: Add Final Details</h3>\nFinish up shading and add final details. Add in shading by using your guidelines from the last step. Consider which areas need to be darker, like just under the foot where it meets the insole and where the front leg casts a shadow on the leg behind it. Also notice a little shading progression on the front part of the shoes to indicate the curves.\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/07/drawing-wedge-high-heels-details.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-140\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"drawing wedge high heels details\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/07/drawing-wedge-high-heels-details.jpg\" width=\"600\" height=\"338\" /></a></h3>\n<h3>Step 9: Erase the Guidelines</h3>\nCarefully erase your guidelines. This includes your square gridlines, any shape guidelines you didn’t need (like under the calf), and any that should be hidden from view (like the left leg behind the right). You’ll have to work around the lines you want to keep.\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/07/wedge-high-heels-finished.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-139\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"wedge high heels finished\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/07/wedge-high-heels-finished.jpg\" width=\"600\" height=\"338\" /></a></h3>\nAnd that is how you draw a pair of feet wearing wedge high heel shoes! Try practicing this with a different style of wedge shoe next time. This is also good practice for getting better at drawing feet, because you are drawing the shoes that conform to the basic shape of the foot and you are not drawing the feet in isolation. Feet and toes take time to learn…just keep practicing until you have a satisfying composition of shoes and feet!','How to Draw Feet Wearing Wedge High Heels','','inherit','open','open','','129-revision-v1','','','2013-07-28 20:58:42','2013-07-29 03:58:42','',129,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/129-revision-37/',0,'revision','',0),(855,2,'2013-08-20 07:49:55','2013-08-20 14:49:55','<center><iframe src=\"http://www.youtube.com/embed/ehYHsGCYSH0?rel=0\" height=\"360\" width=\"640\" frameborder=\"0\"></iframe></center>\r\nShoes can be quite tricky to draw, especially if you consider yourself a beginner. The good news is, there are a wide variety of shoes that exist for us to choose from. So I thought, what better way to begin learning how to draw shoes than to learn something simple? With that said, here is a lesson for drawing wedge high heel shoes. Here is a reference photo for us to draw. In case you are up for more of a challenge, the feet do come included!\r\n<h3></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 1: Make a Grid</h3>\r\nMake a grid of 6 squares to use as guidelines. The size isn’t important, but use a ruler to construct your squares properly. This is an optional step, but it can also be a helpful one if you are drawing along with me and want to make your feet and shoes look as close to mine as possible. Grids are really useful for proper placement of your lines.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/01p-drawing-wedge-high-heels-grid.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-712\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"01p drawing wedge high heels grid\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/01p-drawing-wedge-high-heels-grid.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 2: Draw the Basic Shapes</h3>\r\nIn this drawing, I am focusing on the two center grid squares. Lightly draw basic shapes for the legs and feet. Use long oval shapes for the legs. Notice how the lines overlap? Even though the right leg is in front, we can still see the outlines of the left leg. This is a good thing, because it helps us to properly place the features that are not obstructed. We will go back later to erase lines that should be hidden. Use wedge shapes for the feet and toes. Use smaller oval shapes or circular shapes for the heel and ankles.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/02-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shapes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-713\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"02 drawing wedge high heels shapes\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/02-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shapes.jpg\" width=\"379\" height=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 3: Shape the Shoes</h3>\r\nBegin making a wedge shape for the wedge shoes. Since these are wedge high heels that we are drawing, they should be taller in the back. Show a little bit of curvature as they come up to the front.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/03-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shoes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-714\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"03 drawing wedge high heels shoes\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/03-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shoes.jpg\" height=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 4: Define the Legs and Feet</h3>\r\nUse the shapes to add more defining lines of detail to the legs and feet. Your shapes from earlier are to serve simply as guidelines; don’t feel like you have to draw over them exactly. Notice here that I decided to draw to the right of my guideline, so the curve from the calf muscle would look more slender and natural. Also notice that I didn’t trace those lines of the left leg that are hidden behind the right leg in the foreground. Add in a line or two for the ankle, and do your best to indicate the toes, using your wedge shapes to help you.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/04-drawing-wedge-high-heels-legs.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-715\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"04 drawing wedge high heels legs\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/04-drawing-wedge-high-heels-legs.jpg\" width=\"600\" height=\"338\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 5: Draw the Base of the Shoes</h3>\r\nDraw thin lines on the top and bottom of each shoe to represent the outer soles and insoles. There is a barely noticeable heel on the bottom of the shoe. Also, notice the space between the foot and the insole.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/05-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shoe-details.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-716\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"05 drawing wedge high heels shoe details\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/05-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shoe-details.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 6: Add the Straps</h3>\r\nAdd the straps for the heel, toes, and ankles. You should draw the heel strap overlapping the insole a bit, and then erase the part the strap conceals. You can add a buckle and a few holes to the ankle strap.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/06-drawing-wedge-high-heels-straps.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-717\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"06 drawing wedge high heels straps\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/06-drawing-wedge-high-heels-straps.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 7: Plan Your Shading</h3>\r\nMake guidelines to help you place some shading. This way you can plan your light source, draw where the shadows should be, and make any changes needed before committing a lot of shading.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/07-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shade-lines.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-718\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"07 drawing wedge high heels shade lines\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/07-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shade-lines.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 8: Add Final Details</h3>\r\nFinish up shading and add final details. Add in shading by using your guidelines from the last step. Consider which areas need to be darker, like just under the foot where it meets the insole and where the front leg casts a shadow on the leg behind it. Also notice a little shading progression on the front part of the shoes to indicate the curves.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/08-drawing-wedge-high-heels-details.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-719\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"08 drawing wedge high heels details\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/08-drawing-wedge-high-heels-details.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 9: Erase the Guidelines</h3>\r\nCarefully erase your guidelines. This includes your square gridlines, any shape guidelines you didn’t need (like under the calf), and any that should be hidden from view (like the left leg behind the right). You’ll have to work around the lines you want to keep.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/09-wedge-high-heels-finished.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-720\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/09-wedge-high-heels-finished.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\nAnd that is how you draw a pair of feet wearing wedge high heel shoes! Try practicing this with a different style of wedge shoe next time. This is also good practice for getting better at drawing feet, because you are drawing the shoes that conform to the basic shape of the foot and you are not drawing the feet in isolation. Feet and toes take time to learn…just keep practicing until you have a satisfying composition of shoes and feet!','How to Draw Feet Wearing Wedge High Heels','','inherit','open','open','','129-revision-v1','','','2013-08-20 07:49:55','2013-08-20 14:49:55','',129,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/129-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(738,2,'2013-08-05 19:48:48','2013-08-06 02:48:48','<center><iframe src=\"http://www.youtube.com/embed/kJw_7IeQEZ8?rel=0\" height=\"360\" width=\"640\" allowfullscreen=\"\" frameborder=\"0\"></iframe></center>\r\nWhen making a drawing of celebrities (or anyone else, for that matter), it&#146;s helpful to look for characteristics in their features that stand out or make them unique. Noticing these characteristics and including them in your drawing will help you to create a closer, more accurate likeness. In this tutorial, we will use this reference photo to learn how to draw Justin Bieber. Justin is a very popular star, and his face is known all over the world. I will point out some key characteristics of Justin&#146;s facial features along the way that will help us get a likeness that is close to his. So here we go&#133; watch the video above, read the steps below, and try your hand at it too!\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/dreamstime_xs_25283976.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-735\" alt=\"&copy; Carrienelson1 | Dreamstime.com\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/dreamstime_xs_25283976.jpg\" width=\"320\" height=\"480\"></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 1: Make a Grid and Guidelines</h3>\r\nMake a grid of 3 squares by 5 squares. As you follow along with me, try to draw as accurately as possible what you see in each square to keep things in proportion. Next, draw some basic guidelines for the face. Our reference photo is a recent picture of the Biebs, so since he is growing older, our &#147;oval&#148; shape will reflect a longer and more narrow face than when Justin was a younger child. Also, notice the lightly-drawn guidelines that will serve as rough placement for the center of the face, eyes, nose, and mouth.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/01-bieber-grid.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-727\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/01-bieber-grid.jpg\" height=\"600\"></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Step 2: Draw the Eyes</h3>\r\nNotice in the previous step I said &#147;rough placement&#148;. Guidelines are meant to give you general guidance, but you don&#146;t have to be tied to them. So, rather than drawing the eyes directly on the guideline, I drew them just below the line, with the eyebrows above the guideline. Justin has noticeable eyelashes, so I didn&#146;t leave those out of the drawing. In addition, there is a tiny bit of foreshortening present since Justin&#146;s head is slightly turned. Therefore, I decided to leave one eye looking a little smaller than the other.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/07/02-bieber-eyes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-216\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"02 bieber eyes\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/07/02-bieber-eyes.jpg\" width=\"453\" height=\"600\"></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 3: Make Justin&#146;s Nose</h3>\r\nOur reference photo shows a nose with a rather short bridge and round tip. You can almost see the &#147;ball&#148; of cartilage at the bottom. These are distinguishing features to include when drawing Justin Bieber&#146;s nose. A not-so distinguishing feature (since it&#146;s common to just about everyone) is how the outer part of the nostril is practically in line with the inside corner of the eye.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/07/03-bieber-nose.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-217\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"03 bieber nose\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/07/03-bieber-nose.jpg\" width=\"453\" height=\"600\"></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Step 4: Draw His Mouth</h3>\r\nUse a combination of lines and shading to form some of the curves in Justin&#146;s lips. The front teeth that are visible in our photo look very similar in size. Take your time with the teeth. They can be tricky to draw but go a long way with forming a likeness. Also, draw some of the subtle lines outside the corners of Justin&#146;s mouth that form his smile and cheeks.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/07/04-bieber-mouth.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-219\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"04 bieber mouth\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/07/04-bieber-mouth.jpg\" width=\"453\" height=\"600\"></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 5: Form the Ears and the Outline of the Face</h3>\r\nOnce again, because of foreshortening, one ear is clearly visible and the other is obstructed by Justin&#146;s face and barely noticeable. Just try to draw the outer part of the lobe that can be seen. Be sure to draw the earrings that Justin likes to sport too. Notice as well the characteristic lines that connect the cheeks to the chin.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/07/05-bieber-ears.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-221\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"05 bieber ears\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/07/05-bieber-ears.jpg\" width=\"453\" height=\"600\"></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 6: Draw Justin&#146;s Hair</h3>\r\nOkay, so far we are doing good, but it looks like we have a bald Biebs. What would a drawing of Justin Bieber be without all of that hair? He&#146;s got a lot of it that sits thick above the top of his skull. You are going to have to pay attention to how the hair is styled in different directions, and just &#147;go with the flow&#148;.&nbsp; Draw lines that go in the direction of the hair growth. Use the reference photo to assist you. You can see how he has a lot of strands curving upward from the hairline. Use combinations of dark against light as shown here to build volume. Draw a few hairs that are loose and hang away from the mass.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/07/06-bieber-hair.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-223\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"06 bieber hair\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/07/06-bieber-hair.jpg\" width=\"453\" height=\"600\"></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 7: Draw the Neck and Jacket</h3>\r\nThere&#146;s not too much to this part. We notice Justin wearing a t-shirt and jacket with a chain around his neck. We don&#146;t see the whole chain, since it hangs down out of our view. Do draw a bit of a shadow that Justin&#146;s chin casts on his neck.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/07/07-bieber-neck.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-225\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"07 bieber neck\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/07/07-bieber-neck.jpg\" width=\"453\" height=\"600\"></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 8: Erase and Add Final Details</h3>\r\nCarefully erase your guidelines. This includes your square gridlines and any facial guidelines you no longer want. A kneaded eraser is useful for this part, as it helps you maneuver around what you want to keep. Add in some final details. These could include a few moles unique to Justin&#146;s face, a few extra strands or highlights in the hair (again, great use for the kneaded eraser!), or just some other features you want to go back and better define. Add as much or as little shading as you want to make you satisfied with your final drawing.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/07/08-bieber.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-227\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"08 bieber\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/07/08-bieber.jpg\" width=\"453\" height=\"600\"></a></p>\r\nThere you have it, a few simple steps for how to draw Justin Bieber! Remember, even if your finished drawing doesn&#146;t look completely like Justin, including facial characteristics that are unique to him will help with the resemblance. And of course, the more detail and shading you include, the more realistic your drawing of Justin Bieber will look. There&#146;s no set rule as to how much detail to include. It all just depends on what level of realism you are trying to achieve!\r\n<script type=\"text/javascript\" src=\"//assets.pinterest.com/js/pinit.js\"></script>','How to Draw Justin Bieber','','inherit','open','open','','165-revision-v1','','','2013-08-05 19:48:48','2013-08-06 02:48:48','',165,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/165-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1018,2,'2014-05-09 22:39:56','2014-05-10 05:39:56','Okay Everybody, if you want to know how to draw noses, here is a quick tutorial for how to draw a simple nose. It is a very generic nose looking straight ahead.\r\n<h3>Step 1: Sketch the Basic Shapes</h3>\r\nThink about each of the major parts of the nose as a shape. <span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\">Lightly</span> draw these shapes to serve as your guidelines. Draw a long, narrow oval for the bridge and a circle at the bottom for the tip, overlapping the oval. You can draw two half-circles (or overlapping circles) for the nostrils. I often think of the nostrils as “parentheses” when I draw them!\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/nose01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-741\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/nose01.jpg\" alt=\"nose01\" height=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 2: Define the Bridge</h3>\r\nRemember to think of the bridge of the nose as three surfaces. You are going to define the two sides by drawing two light lines down the oval, and the front should take care of itself. The lines should curve away from each other at the top. Decide where the light is coming from. For this drawing, I decided it is coming from the right. Sketch some heavier shading on the left side and some very light shading on the right.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/nose02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-742\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/nose02.jpg\" alt=\"nose02\" height=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 3: Form the Nostrils</h3>\r\nStart forming the nostrils by darkening up your (parentheses) guidelines. I usually don’t make perfectly formed parentheses, because the nostrils tend to flatten out at the bottom where they meet with the face. Start drawing along the bottom part of your circle to begin the nasal passages. You have to remember that that circle represents a ball of cartilage, and there is a little cartilage between the nasal passages too.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/nose03.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-747\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/nose03.jpg\" alt=\"nose03\" height=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 4: Finish the Tip and Touch Up</h3>\r\nSo for the tip of the nose, I added a little shading to round out the ball and the top of the nostrils. Then I erased most of my guidelines; you know, those shapes we began with. Since this is a sketch, I sometimes like to leave a few guidelines and stray marks in. It can add to your artwork.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/nose04.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-748\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/nose04.jpg\" alt=\"\" height=\"600\" /></a></p>\r\nSo there you have it…the basics for drawing a basic nose! Remember, noses come in many shapes and sizes, just as all facial features do. Still though, you can apply these basic techniques to fit any type of nose you want to draw! Keep practicing!','Tutorial for Drawing a Nose','','inherit','open','open','','85-revision-v1','','','2014-05-09 22:39:56','2014-05-10 05:39:56','',85,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/85-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(749,2,'2013-08-05 20:31:08','2013-08-06 03:31:08','<center><iframe src=\"http://www.youtube.com/embed/CgfuB38izSc?rel=0\" height=\"360\" width=\"640\" frameborder=\"0\"></iframe></center>\r\nOkay Everybody, if you want to know how to draw noses, here is a quick tutorial for how to draw a simple nose. It is a very generic nose looking straight ahead.\r\n<h3>Step 1: Sketch the Basic Shapes</h3>\r\nThink about each of the major parts of the nose as a shape. <span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\">Lightly</span> draw these shapes to serve as your guidelines. Draw a long, narrow oval for the bridge and a circle at the bottom for the tip, overlapping the oval. You can draw two half-circles (or overlapping circles) for the nostrils. I often think of the nostrils as “parentheses” when I draw them!\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/nose01.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-741\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"nose01\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/nose01.jpg\" height=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 2: Define the Bridge</h3>\r\nRemember to think of the bridge of the nose as three surfaces. You are going to define the two sides by drawing two light lines down the oval, and the front should take care of itself. The lines should curve away from each other at the top. Decide where the light is coming from. For this drawing, I decided it is coming from the right. Sketch some heavier shading on the left side and some very light shading on the right.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/nose02.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-742\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"nose02\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/nose02.jpg\" height=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 3: Form the Nostrils</h3>\r\nStart forming the nostrils by darkening up your (parentheses) guidelines. I usually don’t make perfectly formed parentheses, because the nostrils tend to flatten out at the bottom where they meet with the face. Start drawing along the bottom part of your circle to begin the nasal passages. You have to remember that that circle represents a ball of cartilage, and there is a little cartilage between the nasal passages too.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/nose03.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-747\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"nose03\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/nose03.jpg\" height=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 4: Finish the Tip and Touch Up</h3>\r\nSo for the tip of the nose, I added a little shading to round out the ball and the top of the nostrils. Then I erased most of my guidelines; you know, those shapes we began with. Since this is a sketch, I sometimes like to leave a few guidelines and stray marks in. It can add to your artwork.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/nose04.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-748\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/nose04.jpg\" height=\"600\" /></a></p>\r\nSo there you have it…the basics for drawing a basic nose! Remember, noses come in many shapes and sizes, just as all facial features do. Still though, you can apply these basic techniques to fit any type of nose you want to draw! Keep practicing!','Tutorial for Drawing a Nose','','inherit','open','open','','85-revision-v1','','','2013-08-05 20:31:08','2013-08-06 03:31:08','',85,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/85-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(751,2,'2013-08-05 20:43:06','2013-08-06 03:43:06','','030596','','inherit','open','open','','030596','','','2013-08-05 20:43:06','2013-08-06 03:43:06','',66,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/030596.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(752,2,'2013-08-05 20:43:08','2013-08-06 03:43:08','','071112sk','','inherit','open','open','','071112sk','','','2013-08-05 20:43:08','2013-08-06 03:43:08','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/071112sk.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(753,2,'2013-08-05 20:43:10','2013-08-06 03:43:10','','f-lee-bailey','\"F. Lee Bailey\" by Jack Pearce','inherit','open','open','','f-lee-bailey','','','2013-08-05 20:43:10','2013-08-06 03:43:10','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/f-lee-bailey.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(754,2,'2015-07-12 16:40:29','2015-07-12 23:40:29','<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/07/nirma.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-73\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/07/nirma-221x300.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"221\" height=\"300\" /></a>Have you always wanted to draw a realistic human face? Many people feel anxious if they are asked to draw people because they fear that their facial drawing will bear no likeness to the person. Portraiture is the art of creating portraits. A portrait can be defined as a drawing, painting, or photograph of a particular person. In short, portraits are two-dimensional artistic representations of the three dimensional human face.  Drawing a person is not as hard as it looks, but many find capturing the likeness is the most difficult part of facial drawing.  A good pencil sketch of the human face should capture the likeness using perspective, proportion, accurate shading, and contours. So, let\'s find out how to draw people and explore various ways of bringing portraiture to life.\n\nBut first things first…don\'t be a bad workman who blames his tools. Invest in some good art materials and learn to use them in the right way.  Listed below are some of the main art materials used to create good pencil drawings.\n<h3>Tools Used to Draw Realistically</h3>\n<ul>\n	<li>Good quality acid-free drawing paper</li>\n	<li>A high-quality mechanical pencil</li>\n	<li>A boxed set of pencils (offers a selection of different pencils that will help you to achieve a variety of results)</li>\n	<li>A pencil sharpening tool</li>\n	<li>Kneaded erasers</li>\n	<li>A blending stump or a tortillion</li>\n	<li>A can of fixative spray</li>\n</ul>\nYou will use <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/resources/#supplies\">these and other tools</a> as you delve more and more into drawing in pencil. For now, let\'s take a brief moment to chat about just the drawing implements mentioned above.\n\nWhen you begin to sketch your first portrait, you will make mistakes but errors can be rubbed out time and time again if you use quality paper. Cheap erasers work but they are not as effective as a kneaded eraser. Sharp pencils are easier to work with, so buy a good quality pencil sharpener or use a high-quality mechanical pencil with graphite lead. Pencil is a great medium and pencil art can be rubbed with blending stumps to create light and shade. The finished artwork should be sprayed with a fixative to protect it and to prevent it from yellowing and smudging.\n<h3>Helpful Drawing Techniques for Drawing People</h3>\nNow we can move on to discuss some common drawing techniques. Some of the most popular techniques used in drawing include:\n<ul>\n	<li>Contour lines</li>\n	<li>Hatching and crosshatching</li>\n	<li>Smooth shading</li>\n	<li>Circles and scribbles</li>\n</ul>\nWhy use these <a title=\"Simple Drawing Techniques for Realistic Pencil Portraits\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/simple-drawing-techniques-for-realistic-pencil-portraits/\">techniques</a> when learning how to draw? Contour lines give drawings shape and volume, and these lines can be used to create the outline when you draw a body or a face. Hatching and crosshatching are ways of creating different tones, and meticulous hatching helps to make a portrait look realistic. Smooth shading can create a subtle or deep tonal change, and this is one of the main drawing techniques used to introduce depth into artwork. Circles and scribbles will make your sketch look looser, and this simple drawing technique creates contrast.\n\nSo, you want to draw a face, but you know nothing about the techniques mentioned above?\n\nBudding artists should <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/category/videos/\">watch</a> some of the many pencil drawing tutorials that can be found online. Useful online tutorials include realistic pencil drawing techniques, such as learning how to blend and basic pencil shading. When you have grasped the basics of pencil drawing, move on and watch artists draw portraits in step-by-step tutorials. Top online drawing tutorials include tips and tricks for general portraiture and how to create realistic pencil portraits.\n\nIt can be equally as helpful to watch videos of artists drawing people that are NOT tutorials with everything spelled out in steps. Often times, there is much to be learned from just watching an artist in action and closely observing which techniques are used.\n\nThink you HAVE to see step-by-step directions or videos of artists in action to learn techniques? Think again! Although tutorials and videos are extremely helpful, you might also be surprised to find out how much you can learn by just examining already completed work. <a title=\"Don’t Sketch Another Person…Before Looking at People Drawings by Other Artists\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/dont-sketch-another-person-before-looking-at-people-drawings-by-other-artists/\">Study drawings of people</a> completed by other artists. Look for styles you like and try to duplicate the techniques you think they used. Some of the most famous artists became famous by studying the works of masters that came before them. Just remember, you can just as well learn from an artist who is not yet a master. All artists have something valuable to share.\n<h3>Draw a Face Step-By-Step<b> </b></h3>\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/030596.jpg\"><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-751 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/030596-232x300.jpg\" alt=\"030596\" width=\"232\" height=\"300\" /></a>Following are a few basic guidelines to keep in mind when it comes to drawing faces. Try these out by referring to a photograph, or just draw a random person from your imagination!\n<ul>\n	<li>Human heads are not circular. Always remember that humans have egg-shaped faces. Begin your sketch by creating an oval outline that tapers towards the bottom.</li>\n	<li>Map out the facial proportions by drawing a faint line down the center of the oval and a fine horizontal line through the center of the face.</li>\n	<li>Position the nose on the face by penciling a dividing line in the center of the lower half of the face. The lines that have been drawn on the bottom half of the face should form a cross. The base of the nose should be penciled in at the top of the center of the cross and one nostril will be sketched at either side.</li>\n	<li>Draw the mouth onto the face using a fine pencil line in between the base of the nose and the bottom of the chin. The bottom lip should sit on the dividing line just drawn. Create a line where the two lips meet (for a closed mouth), then move on to draw in the bottom and top lip lines.</li>\n	<li>Add the eyes to your facial drawing. The center of the eye sockets will be in line with the middle of the central horizontal line. Think of the eyeballs as two large circular balls, partially concealed behind the top and bottom eyelids. The eyebrow will sit on top and the cheekbone should rest on the bottom of the shape. Look closely at the eyes of the person you are drawing before drawing in the shapes. Some people have large round eyes and others have almond-shaped eyes, so draw your eyes accordingly. In general, the central space left between the eyes should be equivalent to the width of one eye. Remember, the iris of the eye is made up of many different shades.</li>\n	<li>Draw in the eyelids. The eyelid should be drawn in over the top of the eye and the base of the lid will come down to cover the very top of the iris. Use some of the shading techniques mentioned earlier to define the shape of the eye socket.</li>\n	<li>When you are satisfied with the facial shape and features you can add the neck, ears, and hair to the face.</li>\n</ul>\nAlthough there is <a title=\"How to Draw Faces: Tips, Techniques and Short Tutorials\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/how-to-draw-faces-tips-techniques-and-short-tutorials/\">more to learn</a>, these tips will hopefully give you a helpful start with how to draw faces. But humans have more than just a head and a face. People have bodies and wear clothes. If you want to learn more about methods of sketching bodies and people in clothes, please read on.\n<h3>Drawing the Human Form</h3>\n<span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/07/how-to-draw-people-figure.jpg\"><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-964 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/07/how-to-draw-people-figure-182x300.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"182\" height=\"300\" /></a></span><a title=\"Keeping it Simple: The Straight Forward Step-By-Step Guide to Drawing the Body\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/keeping-it-simple-the-straight-forward-step-by-step-guide-to-drawing-the-body/\">Sketching the human body</a> in all positions is commonly referred to as \"figure drawing\" and there are many different ways of drawing the human body. Different types of figure drawing include:\n<ul>\n	<li>Sketching</li>\n	<li>Life drawing</li>\n	<li>Emotive drawing</li>\n	<li>Perspective drawing</li>\n	<li>Illustration drawing</li>\n	<li>Diagrammatic drawing</li>\n	<li>Analytic drawing</li>\n	<li>Geometric drawing</li>\n</ul>\nA sketch is an informal drawing and figure sketching helps us to learn how to draw a realistic human figure. Lots of amateur artists enjoy drawing the human figure by studying a live model and life drawing is an essential part of art. People have personalities and characters and emotive drawing is used to express the subject\'s personality. Perspective drawing represents scale, eye-level, surface, planes, light, space and volume. An illustrative drawing is a piece of artwork that comes from a photograph, painting or sketch whereas a diagrammatic drawing is a well-planned piece of art. An analytic drawing of a person will be realistic. The person will be drawn in proportion. Those who find it hard to draw realistic figures may get on well with geometric figure drawing.\n\nAdditionally, when you are drawing people you should obviously keep in mind the differences between men and women. For example, when <a title=\"How To Draw Women That Really Look Like Women\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/how-to-draw-women-that-really-look-like-women/\">drawing a woman</a>, you will draw smoother, more graceful features. You will draw a proportionately larger pelvis and slender shoulders. When <a title=\"So, You Want To Draw Guys? Here Is How To Draw A Man\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/so-you-want-to-draw-guys-here-is-how-to-draw-a-man/\">drawing a man</a>, you will draw features with a more rugged, muscular appearance. You will draw broader shoulders and a proportionately larger rib cage.\n<h3>Drawing Clothing</h3>\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-clothed-figure.jpg\"><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-938 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/how-to-draw-clothes-clothed-figure-211x300.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw clothes clothed figure\" width=\"211\" height=\"300\" /></a>Look at some of the online images of people who are wearing clothes and you will see that every person wears their clothes differently. Artists who want to learn how to sketch people wearing clothing will have to examine the clothing closely. Take a close look, and you will see a recurrence of seven different kinds of folds:\n<ul>\n	<li>Pipe</li>\n	<li>Zigzag</li>\n	<li>Half-lock</li>\n	<li>Spiral</li>\n	<li>Diaper</li>\n	<li>Drop</li>\n	<li>Inert</li>\n</ul>\nLearn how to apply <a title=\"Picture Perfect Clothing – A Beginner’s Guide to Sketching Clothes\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/picture-perfect-clothing-a-beginners-guide-to-sketching-clothes/\">design, details, and these folds</a>, and you can draw practically any type of clothing on a person!\n<h3>Draw Children Step-By Step</h3>\n[caption id=\"attachment_643\" align=\"alignleft\" width=\"221\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/06/ashley.jpg\"><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-643\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/06/ashley-221x300.jpg\" alt=\"&quot;Ashley&quot; by Jack Pearce\" width=\"221\" height=\"300\" /></a> \"Ashley\" by Jack Pearce[/caption]\n\nMany of us try to sketch our children because that drawing will act as a personal reminder of how much we love and cherish them. However, there are major differences between an adult’s face and a child\'s face. It is all too easy to make a young child look much older when drawn, so it pays to keep a drawing of a child simple. Let\'s look at an easy way to draw a child.\n<ul>\n	<li>Sketch a small oval-shaped (but almost circular) head. The younger the child, the more circular the head will be.</li>\n	<li>Divide the small face into four using a vertical and a horizontal line.</li>\n	<li>Make large round eyes that rest on the horizontal guideline. The eyebrows sit above this line.</li>\n	<li>Create a small triangle to form the nose.</li>\n	<li>Draw a curved line to create the young mouth.</li>\n	<li>Add some thick bobbed hair (or thin hair, depending on the subject and age).</li>\n</ul>\nThis is a simple way to draw a child. The basic sketch is straightforward and the drawing is not detailed, but this easy way of drawing children works well for many. Now the more you <a title=\"Tips and Tricks for How to Draw Children\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/tips-and-tricks-for-how-to-draw-children/\">draw boys and girls of different ages</a>, the more you will realize other differences between babies, toddlers, school-age kids, and teenagers.\n<h3>Mastering the Art of Pencil Portraits</h3>\nItalian portrait artist <a title=\"The Photographic Pencil-Drawn Portraits of Franco Clun\" href=\"http://www.odditycentral.com/pics/the-photographic-pencil-drawn-portraits-of-franco-clun.html\" target=\"_blank\">Franco Clun</a> and Russian portrait artist <a title=\"Pencil Art by Olga Melamory Larionova\" href=\"http://www.cuded.com/2013/01/pencil-art-by-olga-melamory-larionova/\" target=\"_blank\">Olga Larionova</a> create incredibly realistic pencil drawings, yet they never took a formal art class. They are just two examples of how anyone from any background, with enough determination to consistently practice and learn, can eventually become a master portrait artist. Talented artists know how to bring their work to life, but you must never forget that every successful artist started out as an amateur.\n\nIt will take time to teach yourself how to draw people. In fact, it could take months or even years to master the craft at a level that you are satisfied with. But practice will improve your drawing, and the people that you draw will start to look more and more realistic. If at first you don\'t succeed, try, try and try again! You will see that if you practice on a regular basis, you will not need to wait months. You will realize small successes and make gradual progress with each drawing that will keep you motivated enough to keep at it!\n\nAmateur artists can learn how to draw people with confidence, and beginners shouldn\'t be afraid to make mistakes. The information found throughout <a title=\"Let\'s Draw People\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com\">this site</a> will help you to learn how to draw people, and more importantly, how to eventually become a skilled pencil portrait artist. Make use of our articles, tutorials, and videos, and then start enjoying and employing your artistic talents today!','Let\'s See How to Draw People','','inherit','open','open','','66-autosave-v1','','','2015-07-12 16:40:29','2015-07-12 23:40:29','',66,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/66-autosave-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(755,2,'2013-08-05 20:45:19','2013-08-06 03:45:19','<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/030596.jpg\"><img class=\"alignright size-medium wp-image-751\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"030596\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/030596-232x300.jpg\" width=\"232\" height=\"300\"></a>Maybe you can already draw people okay, but you want to improve your skills. Maybe you just draw stick people. Maybe you think that you &#147;can&#146;t&#148; draw at all.\r\n\r\nBy the way, if the last statement applies to you, stop thinking that way right now and start thinking you &#147;CAN&#148;!\r\n\r\nAnyway, regardless of what you can already do, there are some things to consider when learning how to draw people. Thinking about these things and learning them will be sure to help you.\r\n<h2>Types of People Drawing</h2>\r\nFirst of all, people are rendered in different types of drawings. You should put some thought into which one of these you prefer and put the effort into learning that particular type of drawing.\r\n<h3>Cartoon People</h3>\r\nYou may want to learn how to draw cartoon people. This is a great way to start out and practice if you are a beginner. More importantly, it&#146;s a great way to have fun with drawing people!\r\n\r\nYou can really let yourself loose and not stress about something not &#147;looking&#148; right. You can get creative and make up your own characters.\r\n\r\nI had a wild imagination as a child and I did this all the time, creating comic book characters and fictional cartoon TV shows. On that note, as you practice and build your confidence, you may find yourself wanting to draw people from popular cartoons on TV.\r\n<h3>Caricatures</h3>\r\nHave you ever seen that artist on the sidewalk, drawing a happy couple who is posing for him, undisturbed at the onlookers walking by? If you were one of those onlookers and saw the drawing, you may have seen a &#147;cartoon&#148; with an unmistakable resemblance to the couple.\r\n\r\nYou were looking at a caricature drawing. This may be enough to motivate you to learn how to draw caricatures. These can be a lot of fun but at the same time a little challenging. Even though you are drawing what appears to be a cartoon with exaggerated features, you have to take great care to still capture an accurate likeness.\r\n\r\nYou have probably seen caricatures of famous celebrities and politicians on TV and in the newspaper. If you want to learn how to draw caricatures, trying to do so with public figures can be excellent practice.\r\n<h3>Realistic People</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/07/nirma.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-73\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" title=\"nirma\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/07/nirma-221x300.jpg\" width=\"221\" height=\"300\"></a>Some artists like to make detailed, realistic drawings of people. They want their drawings to look as close as possible to someone who is believable and real. These are my personal favorite!\r\n\r\nThere are two main ways that I like to classify realistic drawings of people: portrait drawings and character studies.\r\n\r\nA portrait drawing is a drawing of a person or people who are posing and looking directly back at you. A character study is a drawing of a person or people who are going about their daily lives, each exhibiting a particular mood or personality for us to assess.\r\n\r\nOne great way to learn how to draw people realistically is to practice on family members, friends, and <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/category/celebrities/\">celebrities</a>. The important thing about realistic drawing is attention to detail and capturing enough realism to make the person you are drawing easy for others to recognize.\r\n<h2>Drawing Styles</h2>\r\nWhether it be ability level or personal preference, artists create their work using different styles. You may want to experiment with these and pick one as your primary style, or you may wish to openly practice and explore multiple styles as you see fit, not limiting yourself to just one.\r\n<ul><li>Line drawing -&nbsp;This is a very basic drawing with just a simple outline of the major shapes of the person. There is usually little detail in a line drawing.</li>\r\n	<li>Sketch drawing - This can be simple or a little more complex. I really enjoy sketching people! It involves having a very loose wrist and not being constrained with the pressure of making mistakes, often keeping beginning guidelines in the final product. Sketches sometimes include tones as well as lines.</li>\r\n	<li>Detailed drawing -&nbsp;This can be (what started out as) a simple line drawing with a lot more detail added. It can also be a combination of a line and sketch drawing. The bottom line is lots of details.</li>\r\n	<li>Realistic drawing - A detailed drawing of a person (as described above) can still look realistic. But for the purposes of this description, I&#146;m talking about taking things to the next level. This usually means blended shading and the tiniest of details that you&#146;d never find on a basic drawing.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nRemember, you are the artist! There is no &#147;wrong way&#148; to express yourself, so have fun experimenting with these styles!\r\n<h2>What You Need to Learn</h2>\r\nRegardless of the type of &#147;people drawing&#148; you most want to pursue or your personal drawing style, there are some basic fundamentals you will have to learn.\r\n\r\nOne thing you will need to grasp a basic understanding of is proportion. There are certain ways we size different body parts and different facial features, and there are methods we use to determine how much they should be spaced apart. This is most important in realistic drawing, but having knowledge of proportions is not totally useless with cartoons and caricatures.\r\n\r\nThere is so much to learn about drawing faces. The human face has so many unique and distinguishing <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/category/features/\">features</a>: eyes, nose, mouth, ears, hair. Each of these features has its own characteristics that we need to consider. For example, the eye consists of the pupil, iris, eyelids, and eyebrow, just to name a few.\r\n\r\nThese facial features work together in interesting ways to form a variety of expressions. So in order to draw people, you have to form the facial features in a way that conveys emotions such as happiness, sadness, anger, excitement, and so on.\r\n\r\nBut drawing people is not limited to just drawing the face. You also need to learn how to draw hands, which are always doing and helping people express themselves. <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/category/clothes/\">Clothes</a>, of course, are important as well. Maybe you want to draw someone in a recognizable uniform, such as a nurse or a police officer.\r\n<h2>What&#146;s the First Step?</h2>\r\nThis just touches the surface of what is involved in drawing people. I recommend reading through this article again and deciding which aspects of drawing people you wish to improve.\r\n\r\nLearn all you can by reading other related articles, studying artwork, and watching how other artists draw the parts that are tricky for you. Then&#133;\r\n\r\n<strong>PRACTICE!! PRACTICE!! PRACTICE!!</strong>\r\n\r\nDraw along with them. Do as they do. Then apply the skills you have learned to independently draw another person, using your own style and creativity.\r\n\r\nPractice drawing people you know. Draw from photos, pictures from magazines or the Internet. Draw from other drawings. Draw from your head, using the prior knowledge you have learned about how to draw a person.\r\n\r\nThe main thing is to keep practicing and don&#146;t get discouraged! If you are not happy with your results, go back and learn from another artist again before practicing some more.\r\n\r\nIt is my hope that I can be one of those artists you can learn from. I hope you find the information, art, and videos throughout this website useful, and I hope you will keep me in mind as a resource to return to whenever you need additional help with drawing people!\r\n\r\nGood luck and happy drawing!\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','Let\'s See How to Draw People','','inherit','open','open','','66-revision-v1','','','2013-08-05 20:45:19','2013-08-06 03:45:19','',66,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/66-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(760,2,'2013-08-05 21:57:18','2013-08-06 04:57:18','Use these drawings of celebrities as examples of how to capture the likenesses of well-known people.\r\n\r\n[gallery link=\"file\" ids=\"759,753,734\"]','Drawings of Famous Faces','','inherit','open','open','','659-revision-v1','','','2013-08-05 21:57:18','2013-08-06 04:57:18','',659,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/659-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(765,2,'2013-08-06 18:33:15','2013-08-07 01:33:15','Use these drawings of celebrities as examples of how to capture the likenesses of well-known people. Remember that when you are trying to draw people well enough and detailed enough for them to be recognizable as the intended person, it is often helpful to practice by drawing famous faces. I mean, how\r\n\r\n[gallery link=\"file\" ids=\"759,753,734\"]','Drawings of Famous Faces','','inherit','open','open','','659-revision-v1','','','2013-08-06 18:33:15','2013-08-07 01:33:15','',659,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/659-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(766,2,'2013-08-06 19:32:29','2013-08-07 02:32:29','Use these drawings of celebrities as examples of how to capture the likenesses of well-known people. Remember that when you are trying to draw people well enough and detailed enough for them to be recognizable as the intended person, it is often helpful to practice by drawing famous faces. I mean, what better test of your drawing skills than to show your work to people who immediately know who you were trying to draw, right?\r\n\r\nYou will see celebrity drawings of different skill levels and different levels of detail in this gallery. Some drawings you may recognize, while others you may not. No matter how much or how little a drawing here captures a resemblance, take the opportunity to learn something from each piece. Some questions you may ask yourself as you view this gallery are:\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Which obvious features did the artist include to help make the famous face easily recognizable?</li>\r\n	<li>Which details or subtle facial characteristics did the artist include to obtain such an accurate likeness of the subject?</li>\r\n	<li> What could the artist have done differently to make a better representation of the celebrity?</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nThank you in advance to all artists who contribute their celebrity drawings to this gallery! Remember, too, that it\'s okay if your celebrity drawing doesn\'t come out perfectly or to your satisfaction. I am still hard on myself with some of my work, and I always see something I could have done differently for better results (even with my own drawings in this gallery!). The important thing to remember is, you should always feel good about sharing your celebrity artwork, celebrate your strengths, and learn from your mistakes.\r\n\r\n[gallery link=\"file\" ids=\"759,753,734\"]','Drawings of Famous Faces','','inherit','open','open','','659-revision-v1','','','2013-08-06 19:32:29','2013-08-07 02:32:29','',659,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/659-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(767,2,'2016-01-24 00:05:02','2016-01-24 08:05:02','As you develop your people-drawing skills and draw people of all shapes, sizes, and ages, you are certain to notice some differences between drawing adults and drawing children. If you are trying to learn how to draw kids and are experiencing some challenges, maybe these portrait drawings of children can help you.\n\nWhile browsing through the gallery, take time to closely examine the details in the pictures. Take note of the pencil strokes and how the lines and tones help form the larger eyes, rounder faces, or any other trouble spots you may be encountering while trying to draw kids. Check back often for more wonderful drawings of children by our website contributors and visitors, and use them as your inspiration!\n\nIf you have <strong>your own</strong> child portrait drawing that you want others to view in this gallery, <a title=\"Share Your Work in a Portrait Gallery!\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/share-your-work/\">see how to share it with us</a>.\n\n[gallery link=\"file\" ids=\"640,642,645,646,647,648,650,651,652,643,641,1431,1432,1433,1651,1667,1887,2286,2485,2850\" orderby=\"rand\"]\n\n&nbsp;','Portrait Drawings of Children','','inherit','open','open','','489-autosave-v1','','','2016-01-24 00:05:02','2016-01-24 08:05:02','',489,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/489-autosave-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(768,2,'2013-08-06 20:03:38','2013-08-07 03:03:38','As you develop your people-drawing skills and draw people of all shapes, sizes, and ages, you are certain to notice some differences between drawing adults and drawing children. If you are trying to learn how to draw kids and are experiencing some challenges, maybe these portrait drawings of children can help you.\r\n\r\nWhile browsing through the gallery, take time to closely examine the details in the pictures. Take note of the pencil strokes and how the lines and tones help form the larger eyes, rounder faces, or any other trouble spots you may be encountering while trying to draw kids. Check back often for more wonderful drawings of children by our website contributors and visitors, and use them as your inspiration!\r\n\r\n[gallery link=\"file\" ids=\"640,642,644,645,646,647,648,649,650,651,652,643\"]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','Portrait Drawings of Children','','inherit','open','open','','489-revision-v1','','','2013-08-06 20:03:38','2013-08-07 03:03:38','',489,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/489-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(769,2,'2013-08-06 21:02:19','2013-08-07 04:02:19','Welcome to our gallery of family drawings! Here you can view drawings of family members by our contributors and visitors.\r\n\r\nAs someone who is becoming more skilled at drawing people, you will find family and friends taking an increased interest in your talent. As a professional portrait artist, people who love your artwork will undoubtedly want to become your clients. When family, friends, or other people ask you (or pay you) to draw for them, who do they most often want you to draw?\r\n\r\nThey usually want you to draw a portrait from their personal collection of family photos. They may even ask you to take people from two or more photographs and combine them into one drawing. Your artistic creativity may sometimes be at play too, as when people ask you to include elements not in the original photographs.\r\n\r\nYou will see examples of all of these scenarios within this gallery. Notice the different arrangements of the subjects, features, and how the various elements of the family drawings create pleasing compositions. Happy viewing!\r\n\r\n[gallery link=\"file\" ids=\"649,644,761,762,763,666\"]','Family Drawings','','inherit','open','open','','662-revision-v1','','','2013-08-06 21:02:19','2013-08-07 04:02:19','',662,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/662-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(770,2,'2013-08-06 21:34:08','2013-08-07 04:34:08','Use these drawings of celebrities and prominent people as examples of how to capture the likenesses of well-known people. Remember that when you are trying to draw people well enough and detailed enough for them to be recognizable as the intended person, it is often helpful to practice by drawing famous faces. I mean, what better test of your drawing skills than to show your work to people who immediately know who you were trying to draw, right?\r\n\r\nYou will see familiar drawings of different skill levels and different levels of detail in this gallery. Some drawings you may recognize, while others you may not. No matter how much or how little a drawing here captures a resemblance, take the opportunity to learn something from each piece. Some questions you may ask yourself as you view this gallery are:\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Which obvious features did the artist include to help make the famous face easily recognizable?</li>\r\n	<li>Which details or subtle facial characteristics did the artist include to obtain such an accurate likeness of the subject?</li>\r\n	<li> What could the artist have done differently to make a better representation of the celebrity?</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nThank you in advance to all artists who contribute their drawings of well-known faces to this gallery! Remember, too, that it\'s okay if your drawing doesn\'t come out perfectly or to your satisfaction. I am still hard on myself with some of my work, and I always see something I could have done differently for better results (even with my own drawings in this gallery!). The important thing to remember is, you should always feel good about sharing your artwork, celebrate your strengths, and learn from your mistakes.\r\n\r\n[gallery link=\"file\" ids=\"759,753,734\"]','Drawings of Well-Known Faces','','inherit','open','open','','659-revision-v1','','','2013-08-06 21:34:08','2013-08-07 04:34:08','',659,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/659-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(783,2,'2013-08-07 21:26:38','2013-08-08 04:26:38','','abe-lincoln','\"Abe Lincoln\" by Jack Pearce','inherit','open','open','','abe-lincoln','','','2013-08-07 21:26:38','2013-08-08 04:26:38','',1067,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/abe-lincoln.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(784,2,'2013-08-07 21:26:40','2013-08-08 04:26:40','','alyssa-milano','\"Alyssa Milano\" by Jack Pearce','inherit','open','open','','alyssa-milano','','','2013-08-07 21:26:40','2013-08-08 04:26:40','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/alyssa-milano.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(785,2,'2013-08-07 21:26:41','2013-08-08 04:26:41','','colin-powell','\"Colin Powell\" by Jack Pearce','inherit','open','open','','colin-powell','','','2013-08-07 21:26:41','2013-08-08 04:26:41','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/colin-powell.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(786,2,'2013-08-07 21:26:43','2013-08-08 04:26:43','','connie-chung','\"Connie Chung\" by Jack Pearce','inherit','open','open','','connie-chung','','','2013-08-07 21:26:43','2013-08-08 04:26:43','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/connie-chung.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(787,2,'2013-08-07 21:26:44','2013-08-08 04:26:44','','donahue','\"Donahue\" by Jack Pearce','inherit','open','open','','donahue','','','2013-08-07 21:26:44','2013-08-08 04:26:44','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/donahue.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(788,2,'2013-08-07 21:26:46','2013-08-08 04:26:46','','ed-mcmahon','\"Ed McMahon\" by Jack Pearce','inherit','open','open','','ed-mcmahon','','','2013-08-07 21:26:46','2013-08-08 04:26:46','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/ed-mcmahon.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(781,2,'2013-08-07 19:53:16','2013-08-08 02:53:16','Use these drawings of celebrities and prominent people as examples of how to capture the likenesses of well-known people. Remember that when you are trying to draw people well enough and detailed enough for them to be recognizable as the intended person, it is often helpful to practice by drawing famous faces. I mean, what better test of your drawing skills than to show your work to people who immediately know who you were trying to draw, right?\r\n\r\nYou will see familiar drawings of different skill levels and different levels of detail in this gallery. Some drawings you may recognize, while others you may not. No matter how much or how little a drawing here captures a resemblance, take the opportunity to learn something from each piece. Some questions you may ask yourself as you view this gallery are:\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Which obvious features did the artist include to help make the famous face easily recognizable?</li>\r\n	<li>Which details or subtle facial characteristics did the artist include to obtain such an accurate likeness of the subject?</li>\r\n	<li> What could the artist have done differently to make a better representation of the celebrity?</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nThank you in advance to all artists who contribute their drawings of well-known faces to this gallery! Remember, too, that it\'s okay if your drawing doesn\'t come out perfectly or to your satisfaction. I am still hard on myself with some of my work, and I always see something I could have done differently for better results (even with my own drawings in this gallery!). The important thing to remember is, you should always feel good about sharing your artwork, celebrate your strengths, and learn from your mistakes.\r\n\r\n[gallery link=\"file\" ids=\"759,753,734,780,779,778,777,776\"]','Drawings of Well-Known Faces','','inherit','open','open','','659-revision-v1','','','2013-08-07 19:53:16','2013-08-08 02:53:16','',659,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/659-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1076,2,'2014-05-27 21:11:49','2014-05-28 04:11:49','What gives you the inspiration to try something new?\r\n\r\nIs it watching someone do something incredible or fascinating?\r\n\r\nOr, maybe it\'s looking at something already created that you find interesting or amazing. You see it and think, \"Wow, I\'d love to be able to do that!\"\r\n\r\nWhether it is learning how to do something new or trying to make something new, most people get the desire to learn a new skill after seeing it done, or modeled, by someone else.\r\n\r\nWhen it comes to drawing people, many people who do not draw that often get inspired to take up the habit after seeing works of art by other artists.\r\n<h3>Drawing Under the Influence</h3>\r\nI can tell you from a personal standpoint that, long before I started watching people in the process of drawing, I saw completed images of drawn people everywhere. As a kid I saw them in sketch books my friends had, in books, magazines, posters, comic books, on television in the form of cartoons...you name it. I wanted to replicate those simple images of people. I remember even creating characters to my own fictitious comic book and cartoon series, writing out the story lines and drawing the characters in action poses on the pages. The artwork from these media sources <strong>influenced </strong>my own art.\r\n\r\nIt wasn\'t until I got much older that I discovered the possibilities of realistic people drawings completed in pencil. Once again, this came from stumbling across the works of other artists. Those works that I saw in books and galleries modeled the possibilities and inspired me to want to do the same. Once again, this work <strong>influenced </strong>me to create work like it...realistic pencil portraits.\r\n\r\nThe more I sketched or drew people and shared my work with family, friends, and others, the more I heard them respond that THEY would love to be able to do the same. Now my artwork was <strong>influencing </strong>theirs!\r\n\r\nJust like a recording artist grows up listening to music that influences the music s/he eventually records, a portrait artist has experience viewing artwork that influences the artwork s/he creates.\r\n<h3>But What If I Am Already Inspired?</h3>\r\nI assume that if you are on this website and reading this post, then you are already inspired to draw people. So, should you still look at people drawings done by other artists? <strong>Absolutely!</strong> There is much to learn by studying the works of other artists. Regardless of the ability level of the artist whose artwork you are viewing, you can still discover something regarding technique, method, subject matter, style, etc. that can cause you to reflect on your own work. You may even get reinspired to try a new approach with your artwork!\r\n\r\nI still like to take a look at sketches and drawings of people by other artists before I make a portrait drawing of my own. I am not saying it is necessary before every drawing you make. It is a good habit to at least take some time on a regular basis to sit down and study the works of other artists.\r\n<h3>What Should I Look For?</h3>\r\nWhile it is nice sometimes to just sit (or stand) back and admire artwork, it is best to view portraits with a purpose in mind. This is especially true if our goal is to learn from what we see and enhance our own people drawings. The following is an assembly of just a few things to look for while looking at drawings by other artists.\r\n<h4>Make Careful Observations</h4>\r\nHone your powers of observation. This means real-life people watching and looking at photographs of people, as well as portrait drawings and sketches of people.\r\n\r\nWatch how people look when they are moving and when they are still. Be aware of the nuances of their movements, the changes in their faces and bodies, how they hold their hands, how they cross their legs, how their feet and arms appear when they are walking, reading, gesturing or eating, etc.\r\n\r\nMake mental notes of all the obvious and subtle differences between like <a title=\"How to Draw Faces: Tips, Techniques and Short Tutorials\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/how-to-draw-faces-tips-techniques-and-short-tutorials/\">facial features</a>. How does one nose differ from another? What does an artist include in the drawing of eyes to relay character and personality? How do two different artists make unique representations of  similar hair styles? Be very mindful of the details.\r\n<h4>Identify Techniques the Artists Used</h4>\r\nSee if you can identify the <a title=\"Simple Drawing Techniques for Realistic Pencil Portraits\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/simple-drawing-techniques-for-realistic-pencil-portraits/\">techniques</a> an artist used to create a particular effect. Did the artist use graphite pencil, charcoal, or mixed media? Did the artist obtain a desired effect with a simple line drawing, or were several tones used? Did the artist leave behind any signs of basic shapes, guidelines, or grid lines to help get started? Was shading accomplished with pointillism, hatching, crosshatching, or circulism? Also look for things like positioning of subjects, use of perspective, and the use of light and color. Identifying an artist\'s technique and trying to replicate it to get the same effect can do wonders for building and sharpening your own skills.\r\n<h4>Note What You Want to Replicate - and What You Want to Avoid</h4>\r\nAs mentioned earlier, you should view people drawings by artists with a range of abilities. Look at simple sketches and detailed portraits that cover the spectrum.\r\n\r\nOn one end of the spectrum, look at drawings done at a skill level lower than yours. It does not matter if you look at a drawing and think \"I can draw better than that.\" Don\'t approach it with that attitude. It is okay to see things done in a drawing that you want to leave out of yours. Just remember, not everything that looks like a mistake to you is actually a mistake. Sometimes artists make parts of a drawing look a certain way for a reason. Better yet, look for the positives in a drawing. Quite often I see parts of a drawing that I\'d still like to replicate, even though the artist has been drawing for far fewer years than I have.\r\n\r\nOn the other end of the spectrum, look at drawings done at a skill level above yours. Look at what you already do in a similar fashion. Then look at what you struggle with and analyze that area in the drawing. If you struggle with drawing lips that are smirking, look at a well-done drawing of a person with a smirk. How did the artist form the pencil lines and tones in an effective way? Then try to emulate at least part of the drawing for learning purposes. Your finished drawing may not match the original, but at least you are improving. Just remember this Confucius quote: \"If you shoot for the stars and hit the moon, it\'s okay.\"\r\n<h4>Compare What You See to Your Drawing Style</h4>\r\nIs it a clean and crisp drawing with all stray pencil marks erased, or is it a loose sketch with guidelines and stray marks still visible? Either method can be used on purpose by an artist to fit a certain style of work.\r\n\r\nLook at people drawings that match your current style AND drawings that are in a style very different from yours. Your own style may stay the same or you may find it evolving in a positive way over the years, becoming influenced by the inspiring works of fellow portrait artists.\r\n<h3>Where to Begin Looking at People Drawings</h3>\r\nSo as you can see, people drawings made by both beginner and experienced artists can be especially useful and informative, so use them whenever you can. Analyze them, admire them, and learn from them. You will notice your own talents improve over time as a result.\r\n\r\nThe places where you can view portrait work by other artists are too many to even begin to list. Why not begin with our own <a title=\"Portrait Galleries\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/category/portrait-galleries/\">portrait gallery</a> right here on LetsDrawPeople.com? It is a great starting place to view drawings of people by artists with varying levels of experience. The galleries will be updated regularly, so there will always be something new to look at.\r\n\r\nIf you are interested in submitting your own drawings to a portrait gallery, click here to see how.','Don\'t Sketch Another Person...Before Looking at People Drawings by Other Artists','','inherit','open','open','','1067-revision-v1','','','2014-05-27 21:11:49','2014-05-28 04:11:49','',1067,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1067-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(789,2,'2013-08-07 21:26:48','2013-08-08 04:26:48','','fdr','\"FDR\" by Jack Pearce','inherit','open','open','','fdr','','','2013-08-07 21:26:48','2013-08-08 04:26:48','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/fdr.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(790,2,'2013-08-07 21:26:49','2013-08-08 04:26:49','','george-h-w-bush','\"George H. W. Bush\" by Jack Pearce','inherit','open','open','','george-h-w-bush','','','2013-08-07 21:26:49','2013-08-08 04:26:49','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/george-h-w-bush.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(791,2,'2013-08-07 21:26:51','2013-08-08 04:26:51','','george-strait','\"George Strait\" by Jack Pearce','inherit','open','open','','george-strait','','','2013-08-07 21:26:51','2013-08-08 04:26:51','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/george-strait.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(792,2,'2013-08-07 21:26:53','2013-08-08 04:26:53','','jimmy-carter','\"Jimmy Carter\" by Jack Pearce','inherit','open','open','','jimmy-carter','','','2013-08-07 21:26:53','2013-08-08 04:26:53','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/jimmy-carter.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(793,2,'2013-08-07 21:26:55','2013-08-08 04:26:55','','mike-wallace','\"Mike Wallace\" by Jack Pearce','inherit','open','open','','mike-wallace','','','2013-08-07 21:26:55','2013-08-08 04:26:55','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/mike-wallace.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(794,2,'2013-08-07 21:26:56','2013-08-08 04:26:56','','montel-williams','\"Montel Williams\" by Jack Pearce','inherit','open','open','','montel-williams','','','2013-08-07 21:26:56','2013-08-08 04:26:56','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/montel-williams.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(795,2,'2013-08-07 21:26:57','2013-08-08 04:26:57','','oprah','\"Oprah\" by Jack Pearce','inherit','open','open','','oprah','','','2013-08-07 21:26:57','2013-08-08 04:26:57','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/oprah.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(796,2,'2013-08-07 21:26:59','2013-08-08 04:26:59','','Pam-Tillis','\"Pam Tillis\" by Jack Pearce','inherit','open','open','','pam-tillis','','','2013-08-07 21:26:59','2013-08-08 04:26:59','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/Pam-Tillis.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(797,2,'2013-08-07 21:27:00','2013-08-08 04:27:00','','','\"Reba\" by Jack Pearce','inherit','open','open','','reba','','','2013-08-07 21:27:00','2013-08-08 04:27:00','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/reba.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(798,2,'2013-08-07 21:27:02','2013-08-08 04:27:02','','','\"Ronald Reagan\" by Jack Pearce','inherit','open','open','','ronald-reagan','','','2013-08-07 21:27:02','2013-08-08 04:27:02','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/ronald-reagan.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(799,2,'2013-08-07 21:27:03','2013-08-08 04:27:03','','','\"Sherman Hemsley\" by Jack Pearce','inherit','open','open','','sherman-hemsley','','','2015-07-31 09:16:52','2015-07-31 16:16:52','',2184,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/sherman-hemsley.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(800,2,'2013-08-07 21:35:41','2013-08-08 04:35:41','Use these drawings of celebrities and prominent people as examples of how to capture the likenesses of well-known people. Remember that when you are trying to draw people well enough and detailed enough for them to be recognizable as the intended person, it is often helpful to practice by drawing famous faces. I mean, what better test of your drawing skills than to show your work to people who immediately know who you were trying to draw, right?\r\n\r\nYou will see familiar drawings of different skill levels and different levels of detail in this gallery. Some drawings you may recognize, while others you may not. No matter how much or how little a drawing here captures a resemblance, take the opportunity to learn something from each piece. Some questions you may ask yourself as you view this gallery are:\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li>Which obvious features did the artist include to help make the famous face easily recognizable?</li>\r\n	<li>Which details or subtle facial characteristics did the artist include to obtain such an accurate likeness of the subject?</li>\r\n	<li> What could the artist have done differently to make a better representation of the celebrity?</li>\r\n</ul>\r\nThank you in advance to all artists who contribute their drawings of well-known faces to this gallery! Remember, too, that it\'s okay if your drawing doesn\'t come out perfectly or to your satisfaction. I am still hard on myself with some of my work, and I always see something I could have done differently for better results (even with my own drawings in this gallery!). The important thing to remember is, you should always feel good about sharing your artwork, celebrate your strengths, and learn from your mistakes.\r\n\r\n[gallery link=\"file\" ids=\"759,753,734,799,798,797,796,790,791,792,793,794,789,788,787,786,785,784,783,795\" orderby=\"rand\"]','Drawings of Well-Known Faces','','inherit','open','open','','659-revision-v1','','','2013-08-07 21:35:41','2013-08-08 04:35:41','',659,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/659-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(801,2,'2013-08-07 21:39:12','2013-08-08 04:39:12','Welcome to our gallery of family drawings! Here you can view drawings of family members by our contributors and visitors.\r\n\r\nAs someone who is becoming more skilled at drawing people, you will find family and friends taking an increased interest in your talent. As a professional portrait artist, people who love your artwork will undoubtedly want to become your clients. When family, friends, or other people ask you (or pay you) to draw for them, who do they most often want you to draw?\r\n\r\nThey usually want you to draw a portrait from their personal collection of family photos. They may even ask you to take people from two or more photographs and combine them into one drawing. Your artistic creativity may sometimes be at play too, as when people ask you to include elements not in the original photographs.\r\n\r\nYou will see examples of all of these scenarios within this gallery. Notice the different arrangements of the subjects, features, and how the various elements of the family drawings create pleasing compositions. Happy viewing!\r\n\r\n[gallery link=\"file\" ids=\"649,644,761,762,763,666\" orderby=\"rand\"]','Family Drawings','','inherit','open','open','','662-revision-v1','','','2013-08-07 21:39:12','2013-08-08 04:39:12','',662,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/662-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(802,2,'2013-08-07 21:40:01','2013-08-08 04:40:01','As you develop your people-drawing skills and draw people of all shapes, sizes, and ages, you are certain to notice some differences between drawing adults and drawing children. If you are trying to learn how to draw kids and are experiencing some challenges, maybe these portrait drawings of children can help you.\r\n\r\nWhile browsing through the gallery, take time to closely examine the details in the pictures. Take note of the pencil strokes and how the lines and tones help form the larger eyes, rounder faces, or any other trouble spots you may be encountering while trying to draw kids. Check back often for more wonderful drawings of children by our website contributors and visitors, and use them as your inspiration!\r\n\r\n[gallery link=\"file\" ids=\"640,642,644,645,646,647,648,649,650,651,652,643\" orderby=\"rand\"]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;','Portrait Drawings of Children','','inherit','open','open','','489-revision-v1','','','2013-08-07 21:40:01','2013-08-08 04:40:01','',489,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/489-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(804,2,'2015-11-28 11:08:17','2015-11-28 19:08:17','<h3>Mission Statement</h3>\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/06/ldp-about-jp.jpg\"><img class=\"alignright size-medium wp-image-2375\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/06/ldp-about-jp-300x300.jpg\" alt=\"ldp about jp\" width=\"300\" height=\"300\" /></a>Welcome! My name is Jack Pearce, and I am the founder of <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com\">Let\'s Draw People</a>! It is the mission of this website to awaken the inner artist in everyday people (including YOU)...by drawing people! I believe that no matter which path in life you followed, you can rediscover and reignite that childhood passion of drawing you had when you were scribbling smiley faces and sketching stick figures. The reason I put this site together is to help other \"aspiring\" portrait artists who wish to improve their skills when it comes to drawing people.\n<h3>The Goal</h3>\nMy goal is to build a community of people from all walks of life who commit to spending more time on what they have always enjoyed doing...drawing people! My aim is for people who don\'t draw everyday to realize their true hidden talents and potential, to begin creating portraits that will amaze themselves and those they know and love.\n<h3>How It\'s All Done</h3>\nMaybe you wish to learn how to draw something more advanced than a stick person. You wanted to learn but life got in the way, and now your kids can draw people better than you. Or, maybe you already have some artistic talent, but you always struggle when it comes to drawing people. You often say, \"Does her face look right to you?\" or \"I can\'t keep from drawing his hand crooked.\"\n\nWhether you are just starting to draw all over again or you have some experience, Let\'s Draw People lets you take your skills as a beginning or intermediate portrait artist to the next level. Here you will find tips and techniques to help you draw the human face and form in a variety of styles. You will find informative articles, step-by-step tutorials and pictures, and how-to videos by a selection of artists that can accommodate your needs and abilities. As your skills develop and your confidence builds, you may be willing to <a title=\"Share Your Work\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/share-your-work/\">share your work</a> on this site to have your artwork recognized and appreciated by others. Better yet, you may eventually be able to <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/draw-and-write-for-ldp/\">become a contributing artist and author</a>!\n<h3>How It All Got Started</h3>\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/05/self-portrait-sketch.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft wp-image-1026 size-medium\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/05/self-portrait-sketch-225x300.jpg\" alt=\"self portrait sketch\" width=\"225\" height=\"300\" /></a>I have had a love for drawing ever since I was 3 years old and never really grew out of it. Although I loved drawing everything under the sun, I always had a special fascination with drawing people. The more my skills developed, the more I wanted to focus on drawing people, especially realistic portraits in pencil (my favorite medium). Like many other artists, I also have a day job in another field. Still, my love for drawing has given me the opportunity to draw many commissioned portraits for people wanting custom portrait artwork, and I still draw and sketch people in my spare time for fun.\n\nWhenever I do draw people, it triggers that childhood passion and desire to draw all the time. I formed Let\'s Draw People as a way to bring together others who have similar experiences, who would love nothing more than to have the freedom to draw all day long as they so innocently did as kids. My hope is for this website to bring together aspiring portrait artists of all ability levels who want to share their knowledge and artwork, to help others enhance their skills, and to motivate each other to carve out more time for their passion for drawing, no matter how much life gets in the way.\n<h3>Now, YOU Get Started!</h3>\nCheck back often to find new articles and videos that will help you to better understand how to draw people. Also, I invite you to sign up for the Let\'s Draw People Newsletter to stay up-to-date on the latest articles, tutorials, and artwork...\n\n[magicactionbox id=\"2032\"]\n\n...and join our growing social community on <a href=\"http://www.facebook.com/letsdrawpeople\" target=\"_blank\">Facebook</a>, <a href=\"http://www.pinterest.com/letsdrawpeople\" target=\"_blank\">Pinterest</a>, and <a href=\"http://www.youtube.com/user/letsdrawpeople\" target=\"_blank\">YouTube</a>!','About Page','','inherit','open','open','','45-autosave-v1','','','2015-11-28 11:08:17','2015-11-28 19:08:17','',45,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/45-autosave-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(806,2,'2013-08-11 08:40:36','2013-08-11 15:40:36','<h4>OUR MISSION</h4>\r\nWelcome! At <a title=\"Let\'s Draw People\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com\">Let\'s Draw People</a>, it is our mission to awaken the inner artist in everyday people (including you!)...by drawing people. We believe that no matter which path in life you followed, you can rediscover and reignite that childhood passion of drawing you had when you were scribbling smiley faces and sketching stick figures. The reason we do what we do is to help other \"aspiring\" portrait artists who wish to improve their skills when it comes to drawing people.\r\n<h4>OUR GOAL</h4>\r\nOur goal is to build a community of people from all walks of life who commit to spending more time on what they have always enjoyed doing...drawing people! Our aim is for people who don\'t draw everyday to realize their true hidden talents and potential, to begin creating realistic pencil portraits that will amaze themselves and those they know and love.\r\n<h4>HOW WE DO IT</h4>\r\nMaybe you wish to learn how to draw something more advanced than a stick person. You wanted to learn, but life, jobs, and family got in the way and now your kids can draw people better than you. Or, maybe you already have some artistic talent, but you always struggle when it comes to drawing people. You often say, \"Does her face look right to you?\" or \"I can\'t keep from drawing his hand crooked.\"\r\n\r\nWhether you are just starting to draw all over again or if you have some experience, Let\'s Draw People lets you take your skills as an aspiring portrait artist to the next level. Here you will find tips and techniques to help you draw the human face and form in a variety of styles. We have informative articles, step-by-step tutorials and pictures, and how-to videos by a selection of artists that can accommodate your needs and abilities. As your skills develop, you may be able to eventually share your work in a <a title=\"Portrait Galleries\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/category/portrait-galleries/\">gallery</a> on this site to have your artwork recognized and appreciated by our followers. Better yet, you may be able to become a <a title=\"Draw for Us\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/draw-for-us/\">contributing artist and author</a> for us!\r\n<h4>HOW WE GOT STARTED</h4>\r\nLet\'s Draw People was founded by Jack Pearce, a guy who had a love for drawing ever since he was 3 years old and never really grew out of it. Although he loved drawing everything under the sun, Jack always had a special fascination with drawing people. The more Jack\'s skills developed, the more he wanted to focus on drawing people, especially realistic portraits in pencil (his favorite medium). Although Jack\'s chosen career path led him to become a teacher rather than a professional artist, he has drawn many commissioned portraits for people wanting custom portrait artwork, and he still draws and sketches people in his spare time for fun.\r\n\r\nWhenever Jack does draw people, it triggers that childhood passion and desire to draw all the time. He formed Let\'s Draw People as a way to bring together others who have similar experiences, who have that wish of having the freedom to draw all day long as they so innocently did as kids. He formed Let\'s Draw People as a way to bring together portrait artists who want to share their knowledge and artwork, to help others learn, and to motivate each other to carve out more time for their passion for drawing, no matter how much life gets in the way.\r\n<h4>NOW, YOU GET STARTED!</h4>\r\n<a style=\"font-size: 13px; line-height: 19px;\" title=\"Let\'s Draw People\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com\">Check back often</a><span style=\"font-size: 13px; line-height: 19px;\"> to find new articles and videos that will help you to better understand how to draw people! Also, we invite you to subscribe to our mailing list and join our growing social community on <a href=\"http://www.facebook.com/letsdrawpeople\" target=\"_blank\">Facebook</a>, <a href=\"http://www.pinterest.com/letsdrawpeople\" target=\"_blank\">Pinterest</a>, and <a href=\"http://www.youtube.com/user/letsdrawpeople\" target=\"_blank\">YouTube</a> to stay up-to-date on the latest articles, tutorials, and artwork!</span>','About Us','','inherit','open','open','','45-revision-v1','','','2013-08-11 08:40:36','2013-08-11 15:40:36','',45,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/45-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(808,2,'2013-08-06 22:05:36','2013-08-07 05:05:36','[amzn_product_post]','Pentel Super Hi-Polymer Lead Refill 0.5mm Fine, 2B, 36 Pieces of Lead (C505BP32B-K6)','The lead that is a \'Triple Threat\":  #1 selling lead in the U.S.A., the industry \"standard\", and stronger than the competition.  0.5 mm lead creates crisp, fine lines.  Proprietary lead formula resists breaking.  Pentel Super Hi-Polymer HB lead is break resistant.','publish','closed','closed','','pentel-super-hi-polymer-lead-refill-0-5mm-fine-2b-36-pieces-of-lead-c505bp32b-k6','','','2013-08-18 23:38:49','2013-08-19 06:38:49','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/pentel-super-hi-polymer-lead-refill-0-5mm-fine-2b-36-pieces-of-lead-c505bp32b-k6/',0,'post','',0),(810,2,'2013-08-18 23:11:47','2013-08-19 06:11:47','[amzn_product_post]','Pentel Super Hi-Polymer Lead Refill 0.5mm Fine, 2B, 36 Pieces of Lead (C505BP32B-K6)','The lead that is a \'Triple Threat\":  #1 selling lead in the U.S.A., the industry \"standard\", and stronger than the competition.  0.5 mm lead creates crisp, fine lines.  Proprietary lead formula resists breaking.  Pentel Super Hi-Polymer HB lead is break resistant.','inherit','open','open','','808-revision-v1','','','2013-08-18 23:11:47','2013-08-19 06:11:47','',808,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/808-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(811,2,'2013-08-06 23:41:19','2013-08-07 06:41:19','[amzn_product_post]','Pentel GraphGear 500 Automatic Drafting Pencil Black (PG525A)','Superior drafting pencil for professionals and enthusiasts. 0.5mm lead produces fine lines of consistent density. Metallic mesh grip on a slim, beveled barrel. 4mm fixed sleeve helps prevent lead from breaking and is ideal for template work. Pentel Super Hi-Polymer Lead never needs sharpening and is equivalent to a #2 pencil. Refillable with Pentel Super Hi-Polymer Lead and Z2-1 eraser.','publish','closed','closed','','pentel-graphgear-500-automatic-drafting-pencil-black-pg525a','','','2013-08-18 23:39:04','2013-08-19 06:39:04','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/pentel-graphgear-500-automatic-drafting-pencil-black-pg525a/',0,'post','',0),(816,2,'2013-08-18 23:16:31','2013-08-19 06:16:31','[amzn_product_post]','Pentel Super Hi-Polymer Lead Refill 0.5mm Fine, 2B, 36 Pieces of Lead (C505BP32B-K6)','The lead that is a \'Triple Threat\":  #1 selling lead in the U.S.A., the industry \"standard\", and stronger than the competition.  0.5 mm lead creates crisp, fine lines.  Proprietary lead formula resists breaking.  Pentel Super Hi-Polymer HB lead is break resistant.','inherit','open','open','','808-autosave-v1','','','2013-08-18 23:16:31','2013-08-19 06:16:31','',808,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/808-autosave-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(813,2,'2013-08-18 23:11:49','2013-08-19 06:11:49','[amzn_product_post]','Pentel GraphGear 500 Automatic Drafting Pencil Black (PG525A)','Superior drafting pencil for professionals and enthusiasts. 0.5mm lead produces fine lines of consistent density. Metallic mesh grip on a slim, beveled barrel. 4mm fixed sleeve helps prevent lead from breaking and is ideal for template work. Pentel Super Hi-Polymer Lead never needs sharpening and is equivalent to a #2 pencil. Refillable with Pentel Super Hi-Polymer Lead and Z2-1 eraser.','inherit','open','open','','811-revision-v1','','','2013-08-18 23:11:49','2013-08-19 06:11:49','',811,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/811-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(814,2,'2013-08-18 23:14:58','2013-08-19 06:14:58','','mechanical pencil','','inherit','open','open','','mechanical-pencil','','','2013-08-18 23:14:58','2013-08-19 06:14:58','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/mechanical-pencil.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(815,2,'2013-08-18 23:15:17','2013-08-19 06:15:17','','2B lead refills','','inherit','open','open','','2b-lead-refills','','','2013-08-18 23:15:17','2013-08-19 06:15:17','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/2B-lead-refills.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(817,2,'2013-08-05 19:57:44','2013-08-06 02:57:44','[amzn_product_post]','Derwent Graphic Pencils, Soft, Metal Tin, 12 Count (34215)','Whatever your drawing style or media preference, you’ll need some traditional, high quality graphite pencils—and you won’t find a better range than Derwent Graphic Medium Pencils. They\'re made from the finest quality graphite and purest clays for a smooth line—ideal for crisp, detailed illustrations or tone drawings. Also great for developing illustrations, general sketches for paintings and high detail realistic wildlife renderings. This high-quality pencil is produced in a wide choice of 20 degrees, from a crisp, non-scratchy 9H to a soft, smudgy 9B. The hexagonal barrel is easy to hold and the pencil sharpens to a good point making it the ideal choice. Set of 12 includes: 6B, 5B, 4B, 3B, 2B, B, HB, F, H, 9B, 8B and 7B.','publish','closed','closed','','derwent-graphic-pencils-soft-metal-tin-12-count-34215','','','2015-01-01 11:55:51','2015-01-01 19:55:51','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/derwent-graphic-pencils-soft-metal-tin-12-count-34215/',0,'post','',0),(819,2,'2013-08-18 23:31:55','2013-08-19 06:31:55','[amzn_product_post]','Derwent Graphic Pencils, Soft, Metal Tin, 12 Count (34215)','Whatever your drawing style or media preference, you’ll need some traditional, high quality graphite pencils—and you won’t find a better range than Derwent Graphic Medium Pencils. They\'re made from the finest quality graphite and purest clays for a smooth line—ideal for crisp, detailed illustrations or tone drawings. Also great for developing illustrations, general sketches for paintings and high detail realistic wildlife renderings. This high-quality pencil is produced in a wide choice of 20 degrees, from a crisp, non-scratchy 9H to a soft, smudgy 9B. The hexagonal barrel is easy to hold and the pencil sharpens to a good point making it the ideal choice. Set of 12 includes: 6B, 5B, 4B, 3B, 2B, B, HB, F, H, 9B, 8B and 7B.','inherit','open','open','','817-revision-v1','','','2013-08-18 23:31:55','2013-08-19 06:31:55','',817,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/817-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(820,2,'2013-08-05 18:24:37','2013-08-06 01:24:37','[amzn_product_post]','SAKURA ELECTRIC ERASER Drafting, Engineering, Art -General Catalog','SAKURA ELECTRIC ERASER. SAKURA®, Electric Eraser Kit<br>This lightweight, portable, compact batteryoperated electric eraser has an impressive 12,000 rpm strong torque motor that is built to last. Use for drafting, architectural plans, arts and crafts, etc. Comfortable hand contour with sleek design, it weights only 2.6 oz. and can fit in a back pocket. Remove marks and lines instantly with a gentle touch. The kit comes with two alkaline AAA batteries and Twenty additional erasers: White vinyl for pencil. Sakura offers consumers a 90-day limited warranty. Black color.','publish','closed','closed','','sakura-electric-eraser-drafting-engineering-art-general-catalog','','','2013-08-18 23:37:56','2013-08-19 06:37:56','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/sakura-electric-eraser-drafting-engineering-art-general-catalog/',0,'post','',0),(824,2,'2013-08-18 23:35:16','2013-08-19 06:35:16','','graphite pencils','Graphite pencils are available in a range of leads from hard and light to soft and black.','inherit','open','open','','graphite-pencils','','','2013-08-18 23:35:16','2013-08-19 06:35:16','',1228,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/graphite-pencils.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(822,2,'2013-08-18 23:31:57','2013-08-19 06:31:57','[amzn_product_post]','SAKURA ELECTRIC ERASER Drafting, Engineering, Art -General Catalog','SAKURA ELECTRIC ERASER. SAKURA®, Electric Eraser Kit<br>This lightweight, portable, compact batteryoperated electric eraser has an impressive 12,000 rpm strong torque motor that is built to last. Use for drafting, architectural plans, arts and crafts, etc. Comfortable hand contour with sleek design, it weights only 2.6 oz. and can fit in a back pocket. Remove marks and lines instantly with a gentle touch. The kit comes with two alkaline AAA batteries and Twenty additional erasers: White vinyl for pencil. Sakura offers consumers a 90-day limited warranty. Black color.','inherit','open','open','','820-revision-v1','','','2013-08-18 23:31:57','2013-08-19 06:31:57','',820,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/820-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(823,2,'2013-08-18 23:35:14','2013-08-19 06:35:14','','electric eraser','','inherit','open','open','','electric-eraser','','','2013-08-18 23:35:14','2013-08-19 06:35:14','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/electric-eraser.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(825,2,'2013-08-09 11:10:40','2013-08-09 18:10:40','[amzn_product_post]','Alvin & Co. FC88 FRENCH CURVE SET, 8 piece set','A variety of the most popular full-size curves, conveniently packaged in a corrugated box for individual or classroom use. These plastic curves are great for detail work. They are heavy enough not to warp but flexible enough not to chip or crack if dropped from a tabletop. Each curve is molded of smoke grey-tinted 0.10\" thick styrene plastic with double-beveled inking edges.','publish','closed','closed','','alvin-co-fc88-french-curve-set-8-piece-set','','','2013-08-18 23:56:19','2013-08-19 06:56:19','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/alvin-co-fc88-french-curve-set-8-piece-set/',0,'post','',0),(834,2,'2013-08-18 23:54:09','2013-08-19 06:54:09','','bristol board','Bristol board paper is sturdy enough to withstand the smudging and erasing needed for detailed, realistic pencil portraits.','inherit','open','open','','bristol-board','','','2013-08-18 23:54:09','2013-08-19 06:54:09','',1228,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/bristol-board.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(827,2,'2013-08-18 23:53:22','2013-08-19 06:53:22','[amzn_product_post]','Alvin & Co. FC88 FRENCH CURVE SET, 8 piece set','A variety of the most popular full-size curves, conveniently packaged in a corrugated box for individual or classroom use. These plastic curves are great for detail work. They are heavy enough not to warp but flexible enough not to chip or crack if dropped from a tabletop. Each curve is molded of smoke grey-tinted 0.10\" thick styrene plastic with double-beveled inking edges.','inherit','open','open','','825-revision-v1','','','2013-08-18 23:53:22','2013-08-19 06:53:22','',825,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/825-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(828,2,'2013-08-06 11:53:29','2013-08-06 18:53:29','[amzn_product_post]','Artograph ART-O-GRAPH Lightracer Light Tracer Elite II','Constructed of lightweight aluminum, this light box offer an unobstructed flat 12\" x 18\" work surface for viewing and tracing. Accurate 90 degree edges indicates precise reference for measuring and attaching T-squares. The result is a bright viewing window that is free of hot spots or shadows. Replacement lamp is an 8 watt, 12\" fluorescent.','publish','closed','closed','','artograph-art-o-graph-lightracer-light-tracer-elite-ii','','','2013-08-18 23:55:48','2013-08-19 06:55:48','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/artograph-art-o-graph-lightracer-light-tracer-elite-ii/',0,'post','',0),(835,2,'2013-08-18 23:54:10','2013-08-19 06:54:10','','french curve set','','inherit','open','open','','french-curve-set','','','2013-08-18 23:54:10','2013-08-19 06:54:10','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/french-curve-set.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(830,2,'2013-08-18 23:53:23','2013-08-19 06:53:23','[amzn_product_post]','Artograph ART-O-GRAPH Lightracer Light Tracer Elite II','Constructed of lightweight aluminum, this light box offer an unobstructed flat 12\" x 18\" work surface for viewing and tracing. Accurate 90 degree edges indicates precise reference for measuring and attaching T-squares. The result is a bright viewing window that is free of hot spots or shadows. Replacement lamp is an 8 watt, 12\" fluorescent.','inherit','open','open','','828-revision-v1','','','2013-08-18 23:53:23','2013-08-19 06:53:23','',828,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/828-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(831,2,'2013-08-07 08:31:54','2013-08-07 15:31:54','[amzn_product_post]','Strathmore 300 Series Bristol smooth 19 in. x 24 in.','An affordable drawing surface, great for student work. The smooth surface is ideal for pen and ink.','publish','closed','closed','','strathmore-300-series-bristol-smooth-19-in-x-24-in','','','2013-08-18 23:56:48','2013-08-19 06:56:48','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/strathmore-300-series-bristol-smooth-19-in-x-24-in/',0,'post','',0),(836,2,'2013-08-18 23:54:11','2013-08-19 06:54:11','','light box','If you like to draw with a grid, a light box can eliminate the need for erasing grid lines.','inherit','open','open','','light-box','','','2013-08-18 23:54:11','2013-08-19 06:54:11','',1228,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/light-box.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(833,2,'2013-08-18 23:53:24','2013-08-19 06:53:24','[amzn_product_post]','Strathmore 300 Series Bristol smooth 19 in. x 24 in.','An affordable drawing surface, great for student work. The smooth surface is ideal for pen and ink.','inherit','open','open','','831-revision-v1','','','2013-08-18 23:53:24','2013-08-19 06:53:24','',831,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/831-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(837,2,'2013-08-19 21:09:30','2013-08-20 04:09:30','<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-of-girl-by-graphite-pencil.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-867\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-of-girl-by-graphite-pencil-300x200.jpg\" alt=\"drawing of girl by graphite pencil\" width=\"300\" height=\"200\" /></a>The desire of man to keep for himself a record of his everyday activities is so powerful that simple drawings were developed just to provide a solution to such a necessity. Cave paintings, hieroglyphics, and all artistic attempts to capture any moment quickly became a popular method of communication and thus enhancing human development. The art of drawing has been a part of human history ever since.\r\n\r\nToday the skill of drawing people, etching onto paper or canvas a recognizable likeness, is not only a hobby for many, but its impressive aura is still present. In fact, people still stand in awe whenever they see someone drawing realistic images with ease. How do they do it? How do they make it look so easy? Are there complicated techniques involved? As I taught myself how to draw over the years, I learned and implemented techniques from other portrait artists that enhanced the realism in my own work. The more I learned, the more I realized that those techniques and concepts were not complicated at all, but rather simplistic. Today, we too will stand in awe as we peer into how these images are made and how some artists so easily capture reality onto paper. Let’s look at several <strong>simple</strong> drawing techniques used by professional artists everywhere.\r\n<h3>Drawing Instrument Basics</h3>\r\nIt is very important that you know of the drawing instruments needed and how to use them in order to create a realistic portrait. There are <a title=\"The Drawing Tools of the Artist’s Trade\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/the-drawing-tools-of-the-artists-trade/\">several key drawing tools</a> that professional artists use for pencil portraits. Here is a look at two of the most basic instruments: the pencil and the eraser.\r\n<h4>The Pencil</h4>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/artist-pencils.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-866\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/artist-pencils-300x200.jpg\" alt=\"artist pencils\" width=\"300\" height=\"200\" /></a>For the most part, people doing realistic portraits are fond of using graphite pencil (also called lead pencil), as it gives them the ability to focus on detail. <a title=\"Derwent Graphic Pencils, Soft, Metal Tin, 12 Count (34215)\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/graphite-pencils/\">Graphite pencils</a> come in a range of grades (from 9H to 9B), but there are generally two types: hard and soft. Hard pencils, or H pencils, are used to create light, fine lines. Soft pencils, or B pencils, are generally used to create darker shades and texture.\r\n\r\nSome artists find the need to have at least two types of pencils, one for drawing fine lines and one for drawing coarser lines and for shading. In most cases, the HB pencil (or something close to it) is preferred because of its versatility and ability to draw fine and coarse lines easily. Your traditional No. 2 pencil is an HB lead. I personally like to use a <a title=\"Pentel GraphGear 500 Automatic Drafting Pencil Black (PG525A)\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/mechanical-pencil/\">mechanical 2B lead pencil</a> for realistic portraits. It allows for fine details, light tones, and deep shading all in one!\r\n\r\nWhen using standard wooden pencils, the way you grasp them can affect the overall look of the portrait. A light hold on the pencil, with the use of the thumb and the pointer finger, is often used to ensure the lines are light, soft, and almost invisible. A full grasp can ensure heavier, darker lines for creating shades. A slanting grip makes use of the side of the pencil\'s graphite to provide a soft thick shade and a good texture. Ultimately though, grasp is determined by an artist’s personal style and preference. Experiment with different ways of holding your pencil to find the best results for you.\r\n<h4>The Eraser</h4>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eraser-hair-highlights.jpg\"><img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-842\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eraser-hair-highlights.jpg\" alt=\"eraser hair highlights\" width=\"105\" height=\"213\" /></a>The eraser is an important tool to use when doing portraits using pencil. Erasers are good for more than just getting rid of your mistakes. You use an eraser to complement your drawings. It can produce a wonderful effect, especially if you know how to use it properly. For example, you can use a kneaded eraser or an <a title=\"SAKURA ELECTRIC ERASER Drafting, Engineering, Art -General Catalog\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/electric-eraser/\">electric eraser</a> to lift graphite off the paper and produce streaks that resemble wonderful highlights in hair, as seen in this example.\r\n<h3>Choosing or Combining Drawing Styles</h3>\r\nThere are a number of drawing styles you can choose for drawing your portraits. Your choice depends on the level of detail you are going for, as well as the “look” or “feel” you hope to capture. You can use these styles in isolation, or you can combine them for more realistic results.\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><strong>Line drawing</strong> -- the use of definite lines of various widths to create shapes and boundaries. This is the style most commonly used by everyday people and some professional artists. It is often used to outline the basic shape of the figure. Line drawings are usually not as detailed as other styles, although some line drawings are very detailed.</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Tone drawing</strong> -- the use of the contrasting properties of light and dark to create visual boundaries. The resulting image is softer than a line drawing and is better suited to create realistic images.</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Blending</strong> -- the deliberate \"smudging\" of lines and tones, sometimes with the use of tissue, tortillions, or blending stumps to create \"soft\" shades. When attempting to create realistic portraits, you should focus heavily on perfecting proper blending to create realistic shadows to provide detailed texture and depth.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h3>Getting Your Line Drawing Started</h3>\r\nSo before you actually put pencil to paper, you need to have in mind who you are going to draw (your subject) and what you are going to use to help you capture your subject’s likeness. If you are just practicing for fun without much concern for accuracy, your own memory or imagination is good enough. For a better representation, I would suggest using a reference photo. You can try drawing the reference photo exactly as you see it, or just use it as a “reference” and implement your artistic creativity to draw the same subject in a different pose, from a different angle, etc. Or for a real challenge, you can draw a live model who is willing to pose for you. Just remember, if you are going for the closest possible likeness of your subject and a very realistic portrait, then it is crucial that you take the time needed to get your line drawing right. Do not rush this step!\r\n\r\nMost artists begin their line drawing by sketching basic shapes. Shapes such as circles, ovals, and rectangles are the most popular types of shapes in sketching people. Drawing these shapes can help you visualize the proportions of the body.\r\n\r\nTraditional drawing uses these shapes as guides to better create the features of the body. For example, when you draw a face you can start with an oval or a slightly egg-shaped circle to represent the general contour of the head. Within this shape, you can draw additional guidelines to help you properly place the nose, eyes, ears and mouth. So, it is important to know how to use these basic shapes, as it is one of the most important portrait drawing techniques.<b>\r\n</b>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-guideline-sketch.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-840\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-guideline-sketch.jpg\" alt=\"drawing techniques guideline sketch\" width=\"329\" height=\"265\" /></a>\r\n\r\nAn alternate method for creating a realistic line drawing is called grid drawing. Of all the portrait drawing techniques available, drawing with the use of a grid has got to be my personal favorite! Grid drawing is not “cheating”. In fact, it has been around for centuries. Basically, this technique consists of dividing a reference photo into a grid of equally-sized squares and drawing the same number of squares on your paper. Then it is only a matter of drawing what you see in each square. When I first began using this technique, it took the quality of my work to another level! Not only is this method perfect for beginners, but many professional artists still swear by it.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-example.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-844\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-example.jpg\" alt=\"eyes of the bride grid example\" width=\"431\" height=\"215\" /></a>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-drawing-example.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-843\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-drawing-example.jpg\" alt=\"eyes of the bride grid drawing example\" width=\"560\" height=\"427\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Shading Techniques for Adding Tones</h3>\r\nAfter you get your line drawing down, you may want to add tones for an extra layer of realism. Here are some tried and true methods to add shading to the people you draw and bring them to life.\r\n\r\n• <strong>Stippling</strong> -- using \"dots or points\" to recreate shade and texture. Though rarely used in sketches, it has a vibrant effect, especially when viewed from afar.\r\n\r\n• <strong>Hatching</strong> -- the use of diagonal lines to create the illusion of shade and shadow. Many caricatures and cartoon sketches have this kind of style to add depth. When done properly, hatching also contributes much detail and realism to pencil portraits.\r\n\r\n• <strong>Crosshatching</strong> – similar to ordinary hatching, but instead of using diagonal lines, you use overlapping lines \"crossing\" one another. This will add more volume to the shade in sketches and drawings.\r\n\r\n• <strong>Circulism (also called Scumbling)</strong> -- the use of tiny little circles drawn or “scribbled” closely together and built up in layers. Artists who have mastered this technique achieve some excellent results with very realistic skin textures.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-shading2.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-1248\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-shading2.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"600\" height=\"450\" /></a></p>\r\nTry these different shading techniques out and find what you like best, or use a combination of them. I use a mix of the last three, but I probably do more hatching than anything else. Hatching allows me to draw lines at angles that complement the contour of the face, thus getting a more natural look when blending my tones together.\r\n<h3>Applying Techniques in Your Portraits</h3>\r\nCelebrity chef Tom Colicchio one said “Recipes tell you nothing. Learning techniques is the key.” While I do think recipes are important, I also see where Tom is coming from. You may try to follow a recipe step-by-step, but if you don’t understand the techniques within each step, you may not be happy with what comes out of the oven.\r\n\r\nSo, it’s time for you to apply these simple drawing techniques and create a realistic portrait of your own. Consider the steps you need to take to finish your portrait. You can even use a tutorial from this website that lays out the steps for you. Just think of your steps or your tutorial as your “recipe”. As you work to complete each step from your portrait recipe, keep in mind the techniques you have learned: the best pencil choices and uses of erasers, choice of drawing style, creating the basic shapes for your line drawing, and how you will add tones to later blend. The more you practice the steps and apply the techniques to your portraits, the happier you will be with your results!','Simple Drawing Techniques for Realistic Pencil Portraits','','publish','open','open','','simple-drawing-techniques-for-realistic-pencil-portraits','','\nhttp://www.letsdrawpeople.com/the-drawing-tools-of-the-artists-trade/','2015-07-15 14:54:08','2015-07-15 21:54:08','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/?p=837',0,'post','',8),(866,2,'2013-08-20 08:08:21','2013-08-20 15:08:21','','artist pencils','','inherit','open','open','','artist-pencils','','','2013-08-20 08:08:21','2013-08-20 15:08:21','',837,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/artist-pencils.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(867,2,'2013-08-20 08:08:23','2013-08-20 15:08:23','','drawing of girl by graphite pencil','','inherit','open','open','','drawing-of-girl-by-graphite-pencil','','','2013-08-20 08:08:23','2013-08-20 15:08:23','',837,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-of-girl-by-graphite-pencil.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(840,2,'2013-08-19 21:43:25','2013-08-20 04:43:25','','drawing techniques guideline sketch','','inherit','open','open','','drawing-techniques-guideline-sketch','','','2013-08-19 21:43:25','2013-08-20 04:43:25','',837,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-guideline-sketch.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(841,2,'2013-08-19 21:43:26','2013-08-20 04:43:26','','drawing techniques shading','','inherit','open','open','','drawing-techniques-shading','','','2013-08-19 21:43:26','2013-08-20 04:43:26','',837,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-shading.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(842,2,'2013-08-19 21:43:27','2013-08-20 04:43:27','','eraser hair highlights','','inherit','open','open','','eraser-hair-highlights','','','2013-08-19 21:43:27','2013-08-20 04:43:27','',837,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eraser-hair-highlights.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(843,2,'2013-08-19 21:43:28','2013-08-20 04:43:28','','eyes of the bride grid drawing example','','inherit','open','open','','eyes-of-the-bride-grid-drawing-example','','','2013-08-19 21:43:28','2013-08-20 04:43:28','',837,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-drawing-example.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(844,2,'2013-08-19 21:43:30','2013-08-20 04:43:30','','eyes of the bride grid example','','inherit','open','open','','eyes-of-the-bride-grid-example','','','2013-08-19 21:43:30','2013-08-20 04:43:30','',837,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-example.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(845,2,'2013-08-19 21:47:25','2013-08-20 04:47:25','','Simple Drawing Techniques for Realistic Pencil Portraits','','inherit','open','open','','837-revision-v1','','','2013-08-19 21:47:25','2013-08-20 04:47:25','',837,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/837-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(846,2,'2013-08-19 21:58:40','2013-08-20 04:58:40','<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-girl-graphite-pencil-10354842.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-839\" alt=\"drawing-girl-graphite-pencil-10354842\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-girl-graphite-pencil-10354842-300x200.jpg\" width=\"300\" height=\"200\" /></a>The desire of man to keep for himself a record of his everyday activities is so powerful that simple drawings were developed just to provide a solution to such a necessity. Cave paintings, hieroglyphics, and all artistic attempts to capture any moment quickly became a popular method of communication and thus enhancing human development. The art of drawing has been a part of human history ever since.\r\n\r\nToday the skill of drawing people, etching onto paper or canvas a recognizable likeness, is not only a hobby for many, but its impressive aura is still present. In fact, people still stand in awe whenever they see someone drawing realistic images with ease. How do they do it? As I taught myself how to draw over the years, I learned and implemented techniques from other portrait artists that enhanced the realism in my own work. Today, we too will stand in awe as we peer into how these images are made and how some artists so easily capture reality onto paper. Let’s look at several simple drawing techniques used by professional artists everywhere.\r\n<h3>Drawing Instrument Basics</h3>\r\nIt is very important that you know of the drawing instruments needed and how to use them in order to create a realistic portrait. There are several key drawing tools that professional artists use for pencil portraits. Here is a look at two of the most basic instruments: the pencil and the eraser.\r\n<h4>The Pencil</h4>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/artist-pencils-67169.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-838\" alt=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/-image67169\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/artist-pencils-67169-300x200.jpg\" width=\"300\" height=\"200\" /></a>For the most part, people doing realistic portraits are fond of using graphite pencil (also called lead pencil), as it gives them the ability to focus on detail. Graphite pencils come in a range of grades (from 9H to 9B), but there are generally two types: hard and soft. Hard pencils, or H pencils, are used to create light, fine lines. Soft pencils, or B pencils, are generally used to create darker shades and texture.\r\n\r\nSome artists find the need to have at least two types of pencils, one for drawing fine lines and one for drawing coarser lines and for shading. In most cases, the HB pencil (or something close to it) is preferred because of its versatility and ability to draw fine and coarse lines easily. Your traditional No. 2 pencil is an HB lead. I personally like to use a mechanical 2B lead pencil for realistic portraits. It allows for fine details, light tones, and deep shading all in one!\r\n\r\nWhen using standard wooden pencils, the way you grasp them can affect the overall look of the portrait. A light hold on the pencil, with the use of the thumb and the pointer finger, is often used to ensure the lines are light, soft, and almost invisible. A full grasp can ensure heavier, darker lines for creating shades. A slanting grip makes use of the side of the pencil\'s graphite to provide a soft thick shade and a good texture. Ultimately though, grasp is determined by an artist’s personal style and preference. Experiment with different ways of holding your pencil to find the best results for you.\r\n<h4>The Eraser</h4>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eraser-hair-highlights.jpg\"><img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-842\" alt=\"eraser hair highlights\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eraser-hair-highlights.jpg\" width=\"105\" height=\"213\" /></a>The eraser is an important tool to use when doing portraits using pencil. Erasers are good for more than just getting rid of your mistakes. You use an eraser to complement your drawings. It can produce a wonderful effect, especially if you know how to use it properly. For example, you can use a kneaded eraser or an electric eraser to lift graphite off the paper and produce streaks that resemble wonderful highlights in hair.\r\n<h3>Choosing or Combining Drawing Styles</h3>\r\nThere are a number of drawing styles you can choose for drawing your portraits. Your choice depends on the level of detail you are going for, as well as the “look” or “feel” you hope to capture. You can use these styles in isolation, or you can combine them for more realistic results.\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><strong>Line drawing</strong> -- the use of definite lines of various widths to create shapes and boundaries. This is the style most commonly used by everyday people and some professional artists. It is often used to outline the basic shape of the figure. Line drawings are usually not as detailed as other styles, although some line drawings are very detailed.</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Tone drawing</strong> -- the use of the contrasting properties of light and dark to create visual boundaries. The resulting image is softer than a line drawing and is better suited to create realistic images.</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Blending</strong> -- the deliberate \"smudging\" of lines and tones, sometimes with the use of tissue, tortillons, or blending stumps to create \"soft\" shades. When attempting to create realistic portraits, you should focus heavily on perfecting proper blending to create realistic shadows to provide detailed texture and depth.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h3>Getting Your Line Drawing Started</h3>\r\nSo before you actually put pencil to paper, you need to have in mind who you are going to draw (your subject) and what you are going to use to help you capture your subject’s likeness. If you are just practicing for fun without much concern for accuracy, your own memory or imagination is good enough. For a better representation, I would suggest using a reference photo. You can try drawing the reference photo exactly as you see it, or just use it as a “reference” and implement your artistic creativity to draw the same subject in a different pose, from a different angle, etc. Or for a real challenge, you can draw a live model who is willing to pose for you. Just remember, if you are going for the closest possible likeness of your subject and a very realistic portrait, then it is crucial that you take the time needed to get your line drawing right. Do not rush this step!\r\n\r\nMost artists begin their line drawing by sketching basic shapes. Shapes such as circles, ovals, and rectangles are the most popular types of shapes in sketching people. Drawing these shapes can help you visualize the proportions of the body.\r\n\r\nTraditional drawing uses these shapes as guides to better create the features of the body. For example, when you draw a face you can start with an oval or a slightly egg-shaped circle to represent the general contour of the head. Within this shape, you can draw additional guidelines to help you properly place the nose, eyes, ears and mouth. So, it is important to know how to use these basic shapes, as it is one of the most important portrait drawing techniques.<b>\r\n</b>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-guideline-sketch.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-840\" alt=\"drawing techniques guideline sketch\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-guideline-sketch.jpg\" width=\"329\" height=\"265\" /></a>An alternate method for creating a realistic line drawing is called grid drawing. Of all the portrait drawing techniques available, drawing with the use of a grid has got to be my personal favorite! Grid drawing is not “cheating”. In fact, it has been around for centuries. Basically, this technique consists of dividing a reference photo into a grid of equally-sized squares and drawing the same number of squares on your paper. Then it is only a matter of drawing what you see in each square. When I first began using this technique, it took the quality of my work to another level! Not only is this method perfect for beginners, but many professional artists still swear by it.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-example.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-medium wp-image-844\" alt=\"eyes of the bride grid example\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-example-300x149.jpg\" width=\"300\" height=\"149\" /></a>\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-drawing-example.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-medium wp-image-843\" alt=\"eyes of the bride grid drawing example\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-drawing-example-300x228.jpg\" width=\"300\" height=\"228\" /></a>\r\n<h3>Shading Techniques for Adding Tones</h3>\r\nAfter you get your line drawing down, you may want to add tones for an extra layer of realism. Here are some tried and true methods to add shading to the people you draw and bring them to life.\r\n\r\n• <strong>Pointillism</strong> -- using \"dots or points\" to recreate shade and texture. Though rarely used in sketches, it has a vibrant effect, especially when viewed from afar.\r\n\r\n• <strong>Hatching</strong> -- the use of diagonal lines to create the illusion of shade and shadow. Many caricatures and cartoon sketches have this kind of style to add depth. When done properly, hatching also contributes much detail and realism to pencil portraits.\r\n\r\n• <strong>Crosshatching</strong> – similar to ordinary hatching, but instead of using diagonal lines, you use overlapping lines \"crossing\" one another. This will add more volume to the shade in sketches and drawings.\r\n\r\n• <strong>Circulism (also called Scumbling)</strong> -- the use of tiny little circles drawn or “scribbled” closely together and built up in layers. Artists who have mastered this technique achieve some excellent results with very realistic skin textures.<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-shading.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-841\" alt=\"drawing techniques shading\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-shading.jpg\" width=\"344\" height=\"187\" /></a>Try these different shading techniques out and find what you like best, or use a combination of them. I use a mix of the last three, but I probably do more hatching than anything else. Hatching allows me to draw lines at an angle that compliments the contour of the face, thus getting a more natural look when blending my tones together.\r\n<h3>Applying Techniques in Your Portraits</h3>\r\nCelebrity chef Tom Colicchio one said “Recipes tell you nothing. Learning techniques is the key.” While I do think recipes are important, I also see where Tom is coming from. You may try to follow a recipe step-by-step, but if you don’t understand the techniques within each step, you may not be happy with what comes out of the oven.\r\n\r\nSo, it’s time for you to apply these drawing techniques and create a realistic portrait of your own. Consider the steps you need to take to finish your portrait. You can even use a tutorial from this website that lays out the steps for you. Just think of your steps or your tutorial as your “recipe”. As you work to complete each step from your portrait recipe, keep in mind the techniques you have learned: the best pencil choices and uses of erasers, choice of drawing style, creating the basic shapes for your line drawing, and how you will add tones to later blend. The more you practice the steps and apply the techniques to your portraits, the happier you will be with your results!','Simple Drawing Techniques for Realistic Pencil Portraits','','inherit','open','open','','837-revision-v1','','','2013-08-19 21:58:40','2013-08-20 04:58:40','',837,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/837-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0);
INSERT INTO `wp_posts` VALUES (847,2,'2013-08-19 22:09:56','2013-08-20 05:09:56','<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-girl-graphite-pencil-10354842.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-839\" alt=\"drawing-girl-graphite-pencil-10354842\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-girl-graphite-pencil-10354842-300x200.jpg\" width=\"300\" height=\"200\" /></a>The desire of man to keep for himself a record of his everyday activities is so powerful that simple drawings were developed just to provide a solution to such a necessity. Cave paintings, hieroglyphics, and all artistic attempts to capture any moment quickly became a popular method of communication and thus enhancing human development. The art of drawing has been a part of human history ever since.\r\n\r\nToday the skill of drawing people, etching onto paper or canvas a recognizable likeness, is not only a hobby for many, but its impressive aura is still present. In fact, people still stand in awe whenever they see someone drawing realistic images with ease. How do they do it? As I taught myself how to draw over the years, I learned and implemented techniques from other portrait artists that enhanced the realism in my own work. Today, we too will stand in awe as we peer into how these images are made and how some artists so easily capture reality onto paper. Let’s look at several simple drawing techniques used by professional artists everywhere.\r\n<h3>Drawing Instrument Basics</h3>\r\nIt is very important that you know of the drawing instruments needed and how to use them in order to create a realistic portrait. There are several key drawing tools that professional artists use for pencil portraits. Here is a look at two of the most basic instruments: the pencil and the eraser.\r\n<h4>The Pencil</h4>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/artist-pencils-67169.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-838\" alt=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/-image67169\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/artist-pencils-67169-300x200.jpg\" width=\"300\" height=\"200\" /></a>For the most part, people doing realistic portraits are fond of using graphite pencil (also called lead pencil), as it gives them the ability to focus on detail. <a title=\"Derwent Graphic Pencils, Soft, Metal Tin, 12 Count (34215)\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/derwent-graphic-pencils-soft-metal-tin-12-count-34215/\">Graphite pencils</a> come in a range of grades (from 9H to 9B), but there are generally two types: hard and soft. Hard pencils, or H pencils, are used to create light, fine lines. Soft pencils, or B pencils, are generally used to create darker shades and texture.\r\n\r\nSome artists find the need to have at least two types of pencils, one for drawing fine lines and one for drawing coarser lines and for shading. In most cases, the HB pencil (or something close to it) is preferred because of its versatility and ability to draw fine and coarse lines easily. Your traditional No. 2 pencil is an HB lead. I personally like to use a <a title=\"Pentel GraphGear 500 Automatic Drafting Pencil Black (PG525A)\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/pentel-graphgear-500-automatic-drafting-pencil-black-pg525a/\">mechanical 2B lead pencil</a> for realistic portraits. It allows for fine details, light tones, and deep shading all in one!\r\n\r\nWhen using standard wooden pencils, the way you grasp them can affect the overall look of the portrait. A light hold on the pencil, with the use of the thumb and the pointer finger, is often used to ensure the lines are light, soft, and almost invisible. A full grasp can ensure heavier, darker lines for creating shades. A slanting grip makes use of the side of the pencil\'s graphite to provide a soft thick shade and a good texture. Ultimately though, grasp is determined by an artist’s personal style and preference. Experiment with different ways of holding your pencil to find the best results for you.\r\n<h4>The Eraser</h4>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eraser-hair-highlights.jpg\"><img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-842\" alt=\"eraser hair highlights\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eraser-hair-highlights.jpg\" width=\"105\" height=\"213\" /></a>The eraser is an important tool to use when doing portraits using pencil. Erasers are good for more than just getting rid of your mistakes. You use an eraser to complement your drawings. It can produce a wonderful effect, especially if you know how to use it properly. For example, you can use a kneaded eraser or an <a title=\"SAKURA ELECTRIC ERASER Drafting, Engineering, Art -General Catalog\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/sakura-electric-eraser-drafting-engineering-art-general-catalog/\">electric eraser</a> to lift graphite off the paper and produce streaks that resemble wonderful highlights in hair.\r\n<h3>Choosing or Combining Drawing Styles</h3>\r\nThere are a number of drawing styles you can choose for drawing your portraits. Your choice depends on the level of detail you are going for, as well as the “look” or “feel” you hope to capture. You can use these styles in isolation, or you can combine them for more realistic results.\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><strong>Line drawing</strong> -- the use of definite lines of various widths to create shapes and boundaries. This is the style most commonly used by everyday people and some professional artists. It is often used to outline the basic shape of the figure. Line drawings are usually not as detailed as other styles, although some line drawings are very detailed.</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Tone drawing</strong> -- the use of the contrasting properties of light and dark to create visual boundaries. The resulting image is softer than a line drawing and is better suited to create realistic images.</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Blending</strong> -- the deliberate \"smudging\" of lines and tones, sometimes with the use of tissue, tortillons, or blending stumps to create \"soft\" shades. When attempting to create realistic portraits, you should focus heavily on perfecting proper blending to create realistic shadows to provide detailed texture and depth.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h3>Getting Your Line Drawing Started</h3>\r\nSo before you actually put pencil to paper, you need to have in mind who you are going to draw (your subject) and what you are going to use to help you capture your subject’s likeness. If you are just practicing for fun without much concern for accuracy, your own memory or imagination is good enough. For a better representation, I would suggest using a reference photo. You can try drawing the reference photo exactly as you see it, or just use it as a “reference” and implement your artistic creativity to draw the same subject in a different pose, from a different angle, etc. Or for a real challenge, you can draw a live model who is willing to pose for you. Just remember, if you are going for the closest possible likeness of your subject and a very realistic portrait, then it is crucial that you take the time needed to get your line drawing right. Do not rush this step!\r\n\r\nMost artists begin their line drawing by sketching basic shapes. Shapes such as circles, ovals, and rectangles are the most popular types of shapes in sketching people. Drawing these shapes can help you visualize the proportions of the body.\r\n\r\nTraditional drawing uses these shapes as guides to better create the features of the body. For example, when you draw a face you can start with an oval or a slightly egg-shaped circle to represent the general contour of the head. Within this shape, you can draw additional guidelines to help you properly place the nose, eyes, ears and mouth. So, it is important to know how to use these basic shapes, as it is one of the most important portrait drawing techniques.<b>\r\n</b>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-guideline-sketch.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-840\" alt=\"drawing techniques guideline sketch\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-guideline-sketch.jpg\" width=\"329\" height=\"265\" /></a>\r\n\r\nAn alternate method for creating a realistic line drawing is called grid drawing. Of all the portrait drawing techniques available, drawing with the use of a grid has got to be my personal favorite! Grid drawing is not “cheating”. In fact, it has been around for centuries. Basically, this technique consists of dividing a reference photo into a grid of equally-sized squares and drawing the same number of squares on your paper. Then it is only a matter of drawing what you see in each square. When I first began using this technique, it took the quality of my work to another level! Not only is this method perfect for beginners, but many professional artists still swear by it.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-example.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-medium wp-image-844\" alt=\"eyes of the bride grid example\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-example-300x149.jpg\" width=\"300\" height=\"149\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-drawing-example.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-medium wp-image-843\" alt=\"eyes of the bride grid drawing example\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-drawing-example-300x228.jpg\" width=\"300\" height=\"228\" /></a>\r\n<h3>Shading Techniques for Adding Tones</h3>\r\nAfter you get your line drawing down, you may want to add tones for an extra layer of realism. Here are some tried and true methods to add shading to the people you draw and bring them to life.\r\n\r\n• <strong>Pointillism</strong> -- using \"dots or points\" to recreate shade and texture. Though rarely used in sketches, it has a vibrant effect, especially when viewed from afar.\r\n\r\n• <strong>Hatching</strong> -- the use of diagonal lines to create the illusion of shade and shadow. Many caricatures and cartoon sketches have this kind of style to add depth. When done properly, hatching also contributes much detail and realism to pencil portraits.\r\n\r\n• <strong>Crosshatching</strong> – similar to ordinary hatching, but instead of using diagonal lines, you use overlapping lines \"crossing\" one another. This will add more volume to the shade in sketches and drawings.\r\n\r\n• <strong>Circulism (also called Scumbling)</strong> -- the use of tiny little circles drawn or “scribbled” closely together and built up in layers. Artists who have mastered this technique achieve some excellent results with very realistic skin textures.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-shading.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-841\" alt=\"drawing techniques shading\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-shading.jpg\" width=\"344\" height=\"187\" /></a>\r\n\r\nTry these different shading techniques out and find what you like best, or use a combination of them. I use a mix of the last three, but I probably do more hatching than anything else. Hatching allows me to draw lines at an angle that compliments the contour of the face, thus getting a more natural look when blending my tones together.\r\n<h3>Applying Techniques in Your Portraits</h3>\r\nCelebrity chef Tom Colicchio one said “Recipes tell you nothing. Learning techniques is the key.” While I do think recipes are important, I also see where Tom is coming from. You may try to follow a recipe step-by-step, but if you don’t understand the techniques within each step, you may not be happy with what comes out of the oven.\r\n\r\nSo, it’s time for you to apply these drawing techniques and create a realistic portrait of your own. Consider the steps you need to take to finish your portrait. You can even use a tutorial from this website that lays out the steps for you. Just think of your steps or your tutorial as your “recipe”. As you work to complete each step from your portrait recipe, keep in mind the techniques you have learned: the best pencil choices and uses of erasers, choice of drawing style, creating the basic shapes for your line drawing, and how you will add tones to later blend. The more you practice the steps and apply the techniques to your portraits, the happier you will be with your results!','Simple Drawing Techniques for Realistic Pencil Portraits','','inherit','open','open','','837-revision-v1','','','2013-08-19 22:09:56','2013-08-20 05:09:56','',837,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/837-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(868,2,'2013-08-20 08:09:58','2013-08-20 15:09:58','<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-of-girl-by-graphite-pencil.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-867\" alt=\"drawing of girl by graphite pencil\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-of-girl-by-graphite-pencil-300x200.jpg\" width=\"300\" height=\"200\" /></a>The desire of man to keep for himself a record of his everyday activities is so powerful that simple drawings were developed just to provide a solution to such a necessity. Cave paintings, hieroglyphics, and all artistic attempts to capture any moment quickly became a popular method of communication and thus enhancing human development. The art of drawing has been a part of human history ever since.\r\n\r\nToday the skill of drawing people, etching onto paper or canvas a recognizable likeness, is not only a hobby for many, but its impressive aura is still present. In fact, people still stand in awe whenever they see someone drawing realistic images with ease. How do they do it? As I taught myself how to draw over the years, I learned and implemented techniques from other portrait artists that enhanced the realism in my own work. Today, we too will stand in awe as we peer into how these images are made and how some artists so easily capture reality onto paper. Let’s look at several simple drawing techniques used by professional artists everywhere.\r\n<h3>Drawing Instrument Basics</h3>\r\nIt is very important that you know of the drawing instruments needed and how to use them in order to create a realistic portrait. There are several key drawing tools that professional artists use for pencil portraits. Here is a look at two of the most basic instruments: the pencil and the eraser.\r\n<h4>The Pencil</h4>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/artist-pencils.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-866\" alt=\"artist pencils\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/artist-pencils-300x200.jpg\" width=\"300\" height=\"200\" /></a>For the most part, people doing realistic portraits are fond of using graphite pencil (also called lead pencil), as it gives them the ability to focus on detail. <a title=\"Derwent Graphic Pencils, Soft, Metal Tin, 12 Count (34215)\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/derwent-graphic-pencils-soft-metal-tin-12-count-34215/\">Graphite pencils</a> come in a range of grades (from 9H to 9B), but there are generally two types: hard and soft. Hard pencils, or H pencils, are used to create light, fine lines. Soft pencils, or B pencils, are generally used to create darker shades and texture.\r\n\r\nSome artists find the need to have at least two types of pencils, one for drawing fine lines and one for drawing coarser lines and for shading. In most cases, the HB pencil (or something close to it) is preferred because of its versatility and ability to draw fine and coarse lines easily. Your traditional No. 2 pencil is an HB lead. I personally like to use a <a title=\"Pentel GraphGear 500 Automatic Drafting Pencil Black (PG525A)\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/pentel-graphgear-500-automatic-drafting-pencil-black-pg525a/\">mechanical 2B lead pencil</a> for realistic portraits. It allows for fine details, light tones, and deep shading all in one!\r\n\r\nWhen using standard wooden pencils, the way you grasp them can affect the overall look of the portrait. A light hold on the pencil, with the use of the thumb and the pointer finger, is often used to ensure the lines are light, soft, and almost invisible. A full grasp can ensure heavier, darker lines for creating shades. A slanting grip makes use of the side of the pencil\'s graphite to provide a soft thick shade and a good texture. Ultimately though, grasp is determined by an artist’s personal style and preference. Experiment with different ways of holding your pencil to find the best results for you.\r\n<h4>The Eraser</h4>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eraser-hair-highlights.jpg\"><img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-842\" alt=\"eraser hair highlights\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eraser-hair-highlights.jpg\" width=\"105\" height=\"213\" /></a>The eraser is an important tool to use when doing portraits using pencil. Erasers are good for more than just getting rid of your mistakes. You use an eraser to complement your drawings. It can produce a wonderful effect, especially if you know how to use it properly. For example, you can use a kneaded eraser or an <a title=\"SAKURA ELECTRIC ERASER Drafting, Engineering, Art -General Catalog\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/sakura-electric-eraser-drafting-engineering-art-general-catalog/\">electric eraser</a> to lift graphite off the paper and produce streaks that resemble wonderful highlights in hair, as seen in this example.\r\n<h3>Choosing or Combining Drawing Styles</h3>\r\nThere are a number of drawing styles you can choose for drawing your portraits. Your choice depends on the level of detail you are going for, as well as the “look” or “feel” you hope to capture. You can use these styles in isolation, or you can combine them for more realistic results.\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><strong>Line drawing</strong> -- the use of definite lines of various widths to create shapes and boundaries. This is the style most commonly used by everyday people and some professional artists. It is often used to outline the basic shape of the figure. Line drawings are usually not as detailed as other styles, although some line drawings are very detailed.</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Tone drawing</strong> -- the use of the contrasting properties of light and dark to create visual boundaries. The resulting image is softer than a line drawing and is better suited to create realistic images.</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Blending</strong> -- the deliberate \"smudging\" of lines and tones, sometimes with the use of tissue, tortillons, or blending stumps to create \"soft\" shades. When attempting to create realistic portraits, you should focus heavily on perfecting proper blending to create realistic shadows to provide detailed texture and depth.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h3>Getting Your Line Drawing Started</h3>\r\nSo before you actually put pencil to paper, you need to have in mind who you are going to draw (your subject) and what you are going to use to help you capture your subject’s likeness. If you are just practicing for fun without much concern for accuracy, your own memory or imagination is good enough. For a better representation, I would suggest using a reference photo. You can try drawing the reference photo exactly as you see it, or just use it as a “reference” and implement your artistic creativity to draw the same subject in a different pose, from a different angle, etc. Or for a real challenge, you can draw a live model who is willing to pose for you. Just remember, if you are going for the closest possible likeness of your subject and a very realistic portrait, then it is crucial that you take the time needed to get your line drawing right. Do not rush this step!\r\n\r\nMost artists begin their line drawing by sketching basic shapes. Shapes such as circles, ovals, and rectangles are the most popular types of shapes in sketching people. Drawing these shapes can help you visualize the proportions of the body.\r\n\r\nTraditional drawing uses these shapes as guides to better create the features of the body. For example, when you draw a face you can start with an oval or a slightly egg-shaped circle to represent the general contour of the head. Within this shape, you can draw additional guidelines to help you properly place the nose, eyes, ears and mouth. So, it is important to know how to use these basic shapes, as it is one of the most important portrait drawing techniques.<b>\r\n</b>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-guideline-sketch.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-840\" alt=\"drawing techniques guideline sketch\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-guideline-sketch.jpg\" width=\"329\" height=\"265\" /></a>\r\n\r\nAn alternate method for creating a realistic line drawing is called grid drawing. Of all the portrait drawing techniques available, drawing with the use of a grid has got to be my personal favorite! Grid drawing is not “cheating”. In fact, it has been around for centuries. Basically, this technique consists of dividing a reference photo into a grid of equally-sized squares and drawing the same number of squares on your paper. Then it is only a matter of drawing what you see in each square. When I first began using this technique, it took the quality of my work to another level! Not only is this method perfect for beginners, but many professional artists still swear by it.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-example.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-medium wp-image-844\" alt=\"eyes of the bride grid example\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-example-300x149.jpg\" width=\"300\" height=\"149\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-drawing-example.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-medium wp-image-843\" alt=\"eyes of the bride grid drawing example\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-drawing-example-300x228.jpg\" width=\"300\" height=\"228\" /></a>\r\n<h3>Shading Techniques for Adding Tones</h3>\r\nAfter you get your line drawing down, you may want to add tones for an extra layer of realism. Here are some tried and true methods to add shading to the people you draw and bring them to life.\r\n\r\n• <strong>Pointillism</strong> -- using \"dots or points\" to recreate shade and texture. Though rarely used in sketches, it has a vibrant effect, especially when viewed from afar.\r\n\r\n• <strong>Hatching</strong> -- the use of diagonal lines to create the illusion of shade and shadow. Many caricatures and cartoon sketches have this kind of style to add depth. When done properly, hatching also contributes much detail and realism to pencil portraits.\r\n\r\n• <strong>Crosshatching</strong> – similar to ordinary hatching, but instead of using diagonal lines, you use overlapping lines \"crossing\" one another. This will add more volume to the shade in sketches and drawings.\r\n\r\n• <strong>Circulism (also called Scumbling)</strong> -- the use of tiny little circles drawn or “scribbled” closely together and built up in layers. Artists who have mastered this technique achieve some excellent results with very realistic skin textures.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-shading.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-841\" alt=\"drawing techniques shading\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-shading.jpg\" width=\"344\" height=\"187\" /></a>\r\n\r\nTry these different shading techniques out and find what you like best, or use a combination of them. I use a mix of the last three, but I probably do more hatching than anything else. Hatching allows me to draw lines at an angle that compliments the contour of the face, thus getting a more natural look when blending my tones together.\r\n<h3>Applying Techniques in Your Portraits</h3>\r\nCelebrity chef Tom Colicchio one said “Recipes tell you nothing. Learning techniques is the key.” While I do think recipes are important, I also see where Tom is coming from. You may try to follow a recipe step-by-step, but if you don’t understand the techniques within each step, you may not be happy with what comes out of the oven.\r\n\r\nSo, it’s time for you to apply these drawing techniques and create a realistic portrait of your own. Consider the steps you need to take to finish your portrait. You can even use a tutorial from this website that lays out the steps for you. Just think of your steps or your tutorial as your “recipe”. As you work to complete each step from your portrait recipe, keep in mind the techniques you have learned: the best pencil choices and uses of erasers, choice of drawing style, creating the basic shapes for your line drawing, and how you will add tones to later blend. The more you practice the steps and apply the techniques to your portraits, the happier you will be with your results!','Simple Drawing Techniques for Realistic Pencil Portraits','','inherit','open','open','','837-revision-v1','','','2013-08-20 08:09:58','2013-08-20 15:09:58','',837,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/837-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(848,2,'2013-08-19 22:18:25','2013-08-20 05:18:25','<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-girl-graphite-pencil-10354842.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-839\" alt=\"drawing-girl-graphite-pencil-10354842\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-girl-graphite-pencil-10354842-300x200.jpg\" width=\"300\" height=\"200\" /></a>The desire of man to keep for himself a record of his everyday activities is so powerful that simple drawings were developed just to provide a solution to such a necessity. Cave paintings, hieroglyphics, and all artistic attempts to capture any moment quickly became a popular method of communication and thus enhancing human development. The art of drawing has been a part of human history ever since.\r\n\r\nToday the skill of drawing people, etching onto paper or canvas a recognizable likeness, is not only a hobby for many, but its impressive aura is still present. In fact, people still stand in awe whenever they see someone drawing realistic images with ease. How do they do it? As I taught myself how to draw over the years, I learned and implemented techniques from other portrait artists that enhanced the realism in my own work. Today, we too will stand in awe as we peer into how these images are made and how some artists so easily capture reality onto paper. Let’s look at several simple drawing techniques used by professional artists everywhere.\r\n<h3>Drawing Instrument Basics</h3>\r\nIt is very important that you know of the drawing instruments needed and how to use them in order to create a realistic portrait. There are several key drawing tools that professional artists use for pencil portraits. Here is a look at two of the most basic instruments: the pencil and the eraser.\r\n<h4>The Pencil</h4>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/artist-pencils-67169.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-838\" alt=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/-image67169\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/artist-pencils-67169-300x200.jpg\" width=\"300\" height=\"200\" /></a>For the most part, people doing realistic portraits are fond of using graphite pencil (also called lead pencil), as it gives them the ability to focus on detail. <a title=\"Derwent Graphic Pencils, Soft, Metal Tin, 12 Count (34215)\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/derwent-graphic-pencils-soft-metal-tin-12-count-34215/\">Graphite pencils</a> come in a range of grades (from 9H to 9B), but there are generally two types: hard and soft. Hard pencils, or H pencils, are used to create light, fine lines. Soft pencils, or B pencils, are generally used to create darker shades and texture.\r\n\r\nSome artists find the need to have at least two types of pencils, one for drawing fine lines and one for drawing coarser lines and for shading. In most cases, the HB pencil (or something close to it) is preferred because of its versatility and ability to draw fine and coarse lines easily. Your traditional No. 2 pencil is an HB lead. I personally like to use a <a title=\"Pentel GraphGear 500 Automatic Drafting Pencil Black (PG525A)\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/pentel-graphgear-500-automatic-drafting-pencil-black-pg525a/\">mechanical 2B lead pencil</a> for realistic portraits. It allows for fine details, light tones, and deep shading all in one!\r\n\r\nWhen using standard wooden pencils, the way you grasp them can affect the overall look of the portrait. A light hold on the pencil, with the use of the thumb and the pointer finger, is often used to ensure the lines are light, soft, and almost invisible. A full grasp can ensure heavier, darker lines for creating shades. A slanting grip makes use of the side of the pencil\'s graphite to provide a soft thick shade and a good texture. Ultimately though, grasp is determined by an artist’s personal style and preference. Experiment with different ways of holding your pencil to find the best results for you.\r\n<h4>The Eraser</h4>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eraser-hair-highlights.jpg\"><img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-842\" alt=\"eraser hair highlights\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eraser-hair-highlights.jpg\" width=\"105\" height=\"213\" /></a>The eraser is an important tool to use when doing portraits using pencil. Erasers are good for more than just getting rid of your mistakes. You use an eraser to complement your drawings. It can produce a wonderful effect, especially if you know how to use it properly. For example, you can use a kneaded eraser or an <a title=\"SAKURA ELECTRIC ERASER Drafting, Engineering, Art -General Catalog\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/sakura-electric-eraser-drafting-engineering-art-general-catalog/\">electric eraser</a> to lift graphite off the paper and produce streaks that resemble wonderful highlights in hair, as seen in this example.\r\n<h3>Choosing or Combining Drawing Styles</h3>\r\nThere are a number of drawing styles you can choose for drawing your portraits. Your choice depends on the level of detail you are going for, as well as the “look” or “feel” you hope to capture. You can use these styles in isolation, or you can combine them for more realistic results.\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><strong>Line drawing</strong> -- the use of definite lines of various widths to create shapes and boundaries. This is the style most commonly used by everyday people and some professional artists. It is often used to outline the basic shape of the figure. Line drawings are usually not as detailed as other styles, although some line drawings are very detailed.</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Tone drawing</strong> -- the use of the contrasting properties of light and dark to create visual boundaries. The resulting image is softer than a line drawing and is better suited to create realistic images.</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Blending</strong> -- the deliberate \"smudging\" of lines and tones, sometimes with the use of tissue, tortillons, or blending stumps to create \"soft\" shades. When attempting to create realistic portraits, you should focus heavily on perfecting proper blending to create realistic shadows to provide detailed texture and depth.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h3>Getting Your Line Drawing Started</h3>\r\nSo before you actually put pencil to paper, you need to have in mind who you are going to draw (your subject) and what you are going to use to help you capture your subject’s likeness. If you are just practicing for fun without much concern for accuracy, your own memory or imagination is good enough. For a better representation, I would suggest using a reference photo. You can try drawing the reference photo exactly as you see it, or just use it as a “reference” and implement your artistic creativity to draw the same subject in a different pose, from a different angle, etc. Or for a real challenge, you can draw a live model who is willing to pose for you. Just remember, if you are going for the closest possible likeness of your subject and a very realistic portrait, then it is crucial that you take the time needed to get your line drawing right. Do not rush this step!\r\n\r\nMost artists begin their line drawing by sketching basic shapes. Shapes such as circles, ovals, and rectangles are the most popular types of shapes in sketching people. Drawing these shapes can help you visualize the proportions of the body.\r\n\r\nTraditional drawing uses these shapes as guides to better create the features of the body. For example, when you draw a face you can start with an oval or a slightly egg-shaped circle to represent the general contour of the head. Within this shape, you can draw additional guidelines to help you properly place the nose, eyes, ears and mouth. So, it is important to know how to use these basic shapes, as it is one of the most important portrait drawing techniques.<b>\r\n</b>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-guideline-sketch.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-840\" alt=\"drawing techniques guideline sketch\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-guideline-sketch.jpg\" width=\"329\" height=\"265\" /></a>\r\n\r\nAn alternate method for creating a realistic line drawing is called grid drawing. Of all the portrait drawing techniques available, drawing with the use of a grid has got to be my personal favorite! Grid drawing is not “cheating”. In fact, it has been around for centuries. Basically, this technique consists of dividing a reference photo into a grid of equally-sized squares and drawing the same number of squares on your paper. Then it is only a matter of drawing what you see in each square. When I first began using this technique, it took the quality of my work to another level! Not only is this method perfect for beginners, but many professional artists still swear by it.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-example.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-medium wp-image-844\" alt=\"eyes of the bride grid example\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-example-300x149.jpg\" width=\"300\" height=\"149\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-drawing-example.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-medium wp-image-843\" alt=\"eyes of the bride grid drawing example\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-drawing-example-300x228.jpg\" width=\"300\" height=\"228\" /></a>\r\n<h3>Shading Techniques for Adding Tones</h3>\r\nAfter you get your line drawing down, you may want to add tones for an extra layer of realism. Here are some tried and true methods to add shading to the people you draw and bring them to life.\r\n\r\n• <strong>Pointillism</strong> -- using \"dots or points\" to recreate shade and texture. Though rarely used in sketches, it has a vibrant effect, especially when viewed from afar.\r\n\r\n• <strong>Hatching</strong> -- the use of diagonal lines to create the illusion of shade and shadow. Many caricatures and cartoon sketches have this kind of style to add depth. When done properly, hatching also contributes much detail and realism to pencil portraits.\r\n\r\n• <strong>Crosshatching</strong> – similar to ordinary hatching, but instead of using diagonal lines, you use overlapping lines \"crossing\" one another. This will add more volume to the shade in sketches and drawings.\r\n\r\n• <strong>Circulism (also called Scumbling)</strong> -- the use of tiny little circles drawn or “scribbled” closely together and built up in layers. Artists who have mastered this technique achieve some excellent results with very realistic skin textures.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-shading.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-841\" alt=\"drawing techniques shading\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-shading.jpg\" width=\"344\" height=\"187\" /></a>\r\n\r\nTry these different shading techniques out and find what you like best, or use a combination of them. I use a mix of the last three, but I probably do more hatching than anything else. Hatching allows me to draw lines at an angle that compliments the contour of the face, thus getting a more natural look when blending my tones together.\r\n<h3>Applying Techniques in Your Portraits</h3>\r\nCelebrity chef Tom Colicchio one said “Recipes tell you nothing. Learning techniques is the key.” While I do think recipes are important, I also see where Tom is coming from. You may try to follow a recipe step-by-step, but if you don’t understand the techniques within each step, you may not be happy with what comes out of the oven.\r\n\r\nSo, it’s time for you to apply these drawing techniques and create a realistic portrait of your own. Consider the steps you need to take to finish your portrait. You can even use a tutorial from this website that lays out the steps for you. Just think of your steps or your tutorial as your “recipe”. As you work to complete each step from your portrait recipe, keep in mind the techniques you have learned: the best pencil choices and uses of erasers, choice of drawing style, creating the basic shapes for your line drawing, and how you will add tones to later blend. The more you practice the steps and apply the techniques to your portraits, the happier you will be with your results!','Simple Drawing Techniques for Realistic Pencil Portraits','','inherit','open','open','','837-revision-v1','','','2013-08-19 22:18:25','2013-08-20 05:18:25','',837,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/837-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(853,2,'2013-08-20 07:27:46','2013-08-20 14:27:46','<center><iframe src=\"http://www.youtube.com/embed/kJw_7IeQEZ8?rel=0\" height=\"360\" width=\"640\" allowfullscreen=\"\" frameborder=\"0\"></iframe></center>\r\nWhen making a drawing of celebrities (or anyone else, for that matter), it&#146;s helpful to look for characteristics in their features that stand out or make them unique. Noticing these characteristics and including them in your drawing will help you to create a closer, more accurate likeness. In this tutorial, we will use this reference photo to learn how to draw Justin Bieber. Justin is a very popular star, and his face is known all over the world. I will point out some key characteristics of Justin&#146;s facial features along the way that will help us get a likeness that is close to his. So here we go&#133; watch the video above, read the steps below, and try your hand at it too!\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_852\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"320\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/Justin-Bieber-arrives.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-852  \" title=\"Justin-Bieber-arrives\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/Justin-Bieber-arrives.jpg\" width=\"320\" height=\"480\"></a> &copy; Carrienelson1 | Dreamstime.com[/caption]\r\n<h3>Step 1: Make a Grid and Guidelines</h3>\r\nMake a grid of 3 squares by 5 squares. As you follow along with me, try to draw as accurately as possible what you see in each square to keep things in proportion. Next, draw some basic guidelines for the face. Our reference photo is a recent picture of the Biebs, so since he is growing older, our &#147;oval&#148; shape will reflect a longer and more narrow face than when Justin was a younger child. Also, notice the lightly-drawn guidelines that will serve as rough placement for the center of the face, eyes, nose, and mouth.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/01-bieber-grid.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-727\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/01-bieber-grid.jpg\" height=\"600\"></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Step 2: Draw the Eyes</h3>\r\nNotice in the previous step I said &#147;rough placement&#148;. Guidelines are meant to give you general guidance, but you don&#146;t have to be tied to them. So, rather than drawing the eyes directly on the guideline, I drew them just below the line, with the eyebrows above the guideline. Justin has noticeable eyelashes, so I didn&#146;t leave those out of the drawing. In addition, there is a tiny bit of foreshortening present since Justin&#146;s head is slightly turned. Therefore, I decided to leave one eye looking a little smaller than the other.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/02-bieber-eyes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-728\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/02-bieber-eyes.jpg\" height=\"600\"></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 3: Make Justin&#146;s Nose</h3>\r\nOur reference photo shows a nose with a rather short bridge and round tip. You can almost see the &#147;ball&#148; of cartilage at the bottom. These are distinguishing features to include when drawing Justin Bieber&#146;s nose. A not-so distinguishing feature (since it&#146;s common to just about everyone) is how the outer part of the nostril is practically in line with the inside corner of the eye.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/03-bieber-nose.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-729\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/03-bieber-nose.jpg\" height=\"600\"></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Step 4: Draw His Mouth</h3>\r\nUse a combination of lines and shading to form some of the curves in Justin&#146;s lips. The front teeth that are visible in our photo look very similar in size. Take your time with the teeth. They can be tricky to draw but go a long way with forming a likeness. Also, draw some of the subtle lines outside the corners of Justin&#146;s mouth that form his smile and cheeks.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/04-bieber-mouth.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-730\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/04-bieber-mouth.jpg\" height=\"600\"></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 5: Form the Ears and the Outline of the Face</h3>\r\nOnce again, because of foreshortening, one ear is clearly visible and the other is obstructed by Justin&#146;s face and barely noticeable. Just try to draw the outer part of the lobe that can be seen. Be sure to draw the earrings that Justin likes to sport too. Notice as well the characteristic lines that connect the cheeks to the chin.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/05-bieber-ears.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-731\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/05-bieber-ears.jpg\" height=\"600\"></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 6: Draw Justin&#146;s Hair</h3>\r\nOkay, so far we are doing good, but it looks like we have a bald Biebs. What would a drawing of Justin Bieber be without all of that hair? He&#146;s got a lot of it that sits thick above the top of his skull. You are going to have to pay attention to how the hair is styled in different directions, and just &#147;go with the flow&#148;.&nbsp; Draw lines that go in the direction of the hair growth. Use the reference photo to assist you. You can see how he has a lot of strands curving upward from the hairline. Use combinations of dark against light as shown here to build volume. Draw a few hairs that are loose and hang away from the mass.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/06-bieber-hair.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-732\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/06-bieber-hair.jpg\" height=\"600\"></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 7: Draw the Neck and Jacket</h3>\r\nThere&#146;s not too much to this part. We notice Justin wearing a t-shirt and jacket with a chain around his neck. We don&#146;t see the whole chain, since it hangs down out of our view. Do draw a bit of a shadow that Justin&#146;s chin casts on his neck.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/07-bieber-neck.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-733\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/07-bieber-neck.jpg\" height=\"600\"></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 8: Erase and Add Final Details</h3>\r\nCarefully erase your guidelines. This includes your square gridlines and any facial guidelines you no longer want. A kneaded eraser is useful for this part, as it helps you maneuver around what you want to keep. Add in some final details. These could include a few moles unique to Justin&#146;s face, a few extra strands or highlights in the hair (again, great use for the kneaded eraser!), or just some other features you want to go back and better define. Add as much or as little shading as you want to make you satisfied with your final drawing.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/08-bieber.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-734\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" title=\"how to draw Justin Bieber\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/08-bieber.jpg\" width=\"455\" height=\"600\"></a></p>\r\nThere you have it, a few simple steps for how to draw Justin Bieber! Remember, even if your finished drawing doesn&#146;t look completely like Justin, including facial characteristics that are unique to him will help with the resemblance. And of course, the more detail and shading you include, the more realistic your drawing of Justin Bieber will look. There&#146;s no set rule as to how much detail to include. It all just depends on what level of realism you are trying to achieve!\r\n<script type=\"text/javascript\" src=\"//assets.pinterest.com/js/pinit.js\"></script>','How to Draw Justin Bieber','','inherit','open','open','','165-revision-v1','','','2013-08-20 07:27:46','2013-08-20 14:27:46','',165,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/165-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1020,2,'2014-05-09 22:43:21','2014-05-10 05:43:21','<p>When making a drawing of celebrities (or anyone else, for that matter), it&#146;s helpful to look for characteristics in their features that stand out or make them unique. Noticing these characteristics and including them in your drawing will help you to create a closer, more accurate likeness. In this tutorial, we will use this reference photo to learn how to draw Justin Bieber. Justin is a very popular star, and his face is known all over the world. I will point out some key characteristics of Justin&#146;s facial features along the way that will help us get a likeness that is close to his. So here we go&#133; watch the video above, read the steps below, and try your hand at it too!\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_852\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"320\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/Justin-Bieber-arrives.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-852     \" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/Justin-Bieber-arrives.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"320\" height=\"480\"></a> <strong> &copy; <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/carrienelson1_info\">Carrienelson1</a> | <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/\">Dreamstime.com</a></strong>[/caption]\r\n</p><h3>Step 1: Make a Grid and Guidelines</h3>\r\nMake a grid of 3 squares by 5 squares. As you follow along with me, try to draw as accurately as possible what you see in each square to keep things in proportion. Next, draw some basic guidelines for the face. Our reference photo is a recent picture of the Biebs, so since he is growing older, our &#147;oval&#148; shape will reflect a longer and more narrow face than when Justin was a younger child. Also, notice the lightly-drawn guidelines that will serve as rough placement for the center of the face, eyes, nose, and mouth.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/01-bieber-grid.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-727\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/01-bieber-grid.jpg\" alt=\"\" height=\"600\"></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Step 2: Draw the Eyes</h3>\r\nNotice in the previous step I said &#147;rough placement&#148;. Guidelines are meant to give you general guidance, but you don&#146;t have to be tied to them. So, rather than drawing the eyes directly on the guideline, I drew them just below the line, with the eyebrows above the guideline. Justin has noticeable eyelashes, so I didn&#146;t leave those out of the drawing. In addition, there is a tiny bit of foreshortening present since Justin&#146;s head is slightly turned. Therefore, I decided to leave one eye looking a little smaller than the other.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/02-bieber-eyes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-728\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/02-bieber-eyes.jpg\" alt=\"\" height=\"600\"></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 3: Make Justin&#146;s Nose</h3>\r\nOur reference photo shows a nose with a rather short bridge and round tip. You can almost see the &#147;ball&#148; of cartilage at the bottom. These are distinguishing features to include when drawing Justin Bieber&#146;s nose. A not-so distinguishing feature (since it&#146;s common to just about everyone) is how the outer part of the nostril is practically in line with the inside corner of the eye.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/03-bieber-nose.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-729\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/03-bieber-nose.jpg\" alt=\"\" height=\"600\"></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Step 4: Draw His Mouth</h3>\r\nUse a combination of lines and shading to form some of the curves in Justin&#146;s lips. The front teeth that are visible in our photo look very similar in size. Take your time with the teeth. They can be tricky to draw but go a long way with forming a likeness. Also, draw some of the subtle lines outside the corners of Justin&#146;s mouth that form his smile and cheeks.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/04-bieber-mouth.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-730\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/04-bieber-mouth.jpg\" alt=\"\" height=\"600\"></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 5: Form the Ears and the Outline of the Face</h3>\r\nOnce again, because of foreshortening, one ear is clearly visible and the other is obstructed by Justin&#146;s face and barely noticeable. Just try to draw the outer part of the lobe that can be seen. Be sure to draw the earrings that Justin likes to sport too. Notice as well the characteristic lines that connect the cheeks to the chin.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/05-bieber-ears.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-731\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/05-bieber-ears.jpg\" alt=\"\" height=\"600\"></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 6: Draw Justin&#146;s Hair</h3>\r\nOkay, so far we are doing good, but it looks like we have a bald Biebs. What would a drawing of Justin Bieber be without all of that hair? He&#146;s got a lot of it that sits thick above the top of his skull. You are going to have to pay attention to how the hair is styled in different directions, and just &#147;go with the flow&#148;.&nbsp; Draw lines that go in the direction of the hair growth. Use the reference photo to assist you. You can see how he has a lot of strands curving upward from the hairline. Use combinations of dark against light as shown here to build volume. Draw a few hairs that are loose and hang away from the mass.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/06-bieber-hair.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-732\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/06-bieber-hair.jpg\" alt=\"\" height=\"600\"></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 7: Draw the Neck and Jacket</h3>\r\nThere&#146;s not too much to this part. We notice Justin wearing a t-shirt and jacket with a chain around his neck. We don&#146;t see the whole chain, since it hangs down out of our view. Do draw a bit of a shadow that Justin&#146;s chin casts on his neck.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/07-bieber-neck.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-733\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/07-bieber-neck.jpg\" alt=\"\" height=\"600\"></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 8: Erase and Add Final Details</h3>\r\nCarefully erase your guidelines. This includes your square gridlines and any facial guidelines you no longer want. A kneaded eraser is useful for this part, as it helps you maneuver around what you want to keep. Add in some final details. These could include a few moles unique to Justin&#146;s face, a few extra strands or highlights in the hair (again, great use for the kneaded eraser!), or just some other features you want to go back and better define. Add as much or as little shading as you want to make you satisfied with your final drawing.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/08-bieber.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-734\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" title=\"how to draw Justin Bieber\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/08-bieber.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"455\" height=\"600\"></a></p>\r\nThere you have it, a few simple steps for how to draw Justin Bieber! Remember, even if your finished drawing doesn&#146;t look completely like Justin, including facial characteristics that are unique to him will help with the resemblance. And of course, the more detail and shading you include, the more realistic your drawing of Justin Bieber will look. There&#146;s no set rule as to how much detail to include. It all just depends on what level of realism you are trying to achieve!\r\n<script src=\"//assets.pinterest.com/js/pinit.js\"></script>','How to Draw Justin Bieber','','inherit','open','open','','165-revision-v1','','','2014-05-09 22:43:21','2014-05-10 05:43:21','',165,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/165-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(854,2,'2013-08-20 07:47:46','2013-08-20 14:47:46','<center><iframe src=\"http://www.youtube.com/embed/kJw_7IeQEZ8?rel=0\" height=\"360\" width=\"640\" allowfullscreen=\"\" frameborder=\"0\"></iframe></center>\r\nWhen making a drawing of celebrities (or anyone else, for that matter), it&#146;s helpful to look for characteristics in their features that stand out or make them unique. Noticing these characteristics and including them in your drawing will help you to create a closer, more accurate likeness. In this tutorial, we will use this reference photo to learn how to draw Justin Bieber. Justin is a very popular star, and his face is known all over the world. I will point out some key characteristics of Justin&#146;s facial features along the way that will help us get a likeness that is close to his. So here we go&#133; watch the video above, read the steps below, and try your hand at it too!\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_852\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"320\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/Justin-Bieber-arrives.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-852   \" title=\"Justin-Bieber-arrives\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/Justin-Bieber-arrives.jpg\" width=\"320\" height=\"480\"></a> <strong> &copy; <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/carrienelson1_info\">Carrienelson1</a> | <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/\">Dreamstime.com</a></strong>[/caption]\r\n<h3>Step 1: Make a Grid and Guidelines</h3>\r\nMake a grid of 3 squares by 5 squares. As you follow along with me, try to draw as accurately as possible what you see in each square to keep things in proportion. Next, draw some basic guidelines for the face. Our reference photo is a recent picture of the Biebs, so since he is growing older, our &#147;oval&#148; shape will reflect a longer and more narrow face than when Justin was a younger child. Also, notice the lightly-drawn guidelines that will serve as rough placement for the center of the face, eyes, nose, and mouth.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/01-bieber-grid.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-727\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/01-bieber-grid.jpg\" height=\"600\"></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Step 2: Draw the Eyes</h3>\r\nNotice in the previous step I said &#147;rough placement&#148;. Guidelines are meant to give you general guidance, but you don&#146;t have to be tied to them. So, rather than drawing the eyes directly on the guideline, I drew them just below the line, with the eyebrows above the guideline. Justin has noticeable eyelashes, so I didn&#146;t leave those out of the drawing. In addition, there is a tiny bit of foreshortening present since Justin&#146;s head is slightly turned. Therefore, I decided to leave one eye looking a little smaller than the other.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/02-bieber-eyes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-728\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/02-bieber-eyes.jpg\" height=\"600\"></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 3: Make Justin&#146;s Nose</h3>\r\nOur reference photo shows a nose with a rather short bridge and round tip. You can almost see the &#147;ball&#148; of cartilage at the bottom. These are distinguishing features to include when drawing Justin Bieber&#146;s nose. A not-so distinguishing feature (since it&#146;s common to just about everyone) is how the outer part of the nostril is practically in line with the inside corner of the eye.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/03-bieber-nose.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-729\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/03-bieber-nose.jpg\" height=\"600\"></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Step 4: Draw His Mouth</h3>\r\nUse a combination of lines and shading to form some of the curves in Justin&#146;s lips. The front teeth that are visible in our photo look very similar in size. Take your time with the teeth. They can be tricky to draw but go a long way with forming a likeness. Also, draw some of the subtle lines outside the corners of Justin&#146;s mouth that form his smile and cheeks.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/04-bieber-mouth.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-730\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/04-bieber-mouth.jpg\" height=\"600\"></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 5: Form the Ears and the Outline of the Face</h3>\r\nOnce again, because of foreshortening, one ear is clearly visible and the other is obstructed by Justin&#146;s face and barely noticeable. Just try to draw the outer part of the lobe that can be seen. Be sure to draw the earrings that Justin likes to sport too. Notice as well the characteristic lines that connect the cheeks to the chin.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/05-bieber-ears.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-731\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/05-bieber-ears.jpg\" height=\"600\"></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 6: Draw Justin&#146;s Hair</h3>\r\nOkay, so far we are doing good, but it looks like we have a bald Biebs. What would a drawing of Justin Bieber be without all of that hair? He&#146;s got a lot of it that sits thick above the top of his skull. You are going to have to pay attention to how the hair is styled in different directions, and just &#147;go with the flow&#148;.&nbsp; Draw lines that go in the direction of the hair growth. Use the reference photo to assist you. You can see how he has a lot of strands curving upward from the hairline. Use combinations of dark against light as shown here to build volume. Draw a few hairs that are loose and hang away from the mass.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/06-bieber-hair.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-732\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/06-bieber-hair.jpg\" height=\"600\"></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 7: Draw the Neck and Jacket</h3>\r\nThere&#146;s not too much to this part. We notice Justin wearing a t-shirt and jacket with a chain around his neck. We don&#146;t see the whole chain, since it hangs down out of our view. Do draw a bit of a shadow that Justin&#146;s chin casts on his neck.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/07-bieber-neck.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-733\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/07-bieber-neck.jpg\" height=\"600\"></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 8: Erase and Add Final Details</h3>\r\nCarefully erase your guidelines. This includes your square gridlines and any facial guidelines you no longer want. A kneaded eraser is useful for this part, as it helps you maneuver around what you want to keep. Add in some final details. These could include a few moles unique to Justin&#146;s face, a few extra strands or highlights in the hair (again, great use for the kneaded eraser!), or just some other features you want to go back and better define. Add as much or as little shading as you want to make you satisfied with your final drawing.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/08-bieber.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-734\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" title=\"how to draw Justin Bieber\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/08-bieber.jpg\" width=\"455\" height=\"600\"></a></p>\r\nThere you have it, a few simple steps for how to draw Justin Bieber! Remember, even if your finished drawing doesn&#146;t look completely like Justin, including facial characteristics that are unique to him will help with the resemblance. And of course, the more detail and shading you include, the more realistic your drawing of Justin Bieber will look. There&#146;s no set rule as to how much detail to include. It all just depends on what level of realism you are trying to achieve!\r\n<script type=\"text/javascript\" src=\"//assets.pinterest.com/js/pinit.js\"></script>','How to Draw Justin Bieber','','inherit','open','open','','165-revision-v1','','','2013-08-20 07:47:46','2013-08-20 14:47:46','',165,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/165-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1022,2,'2014-05-10 06:32:31','2014-05-10 13:32:31','Shoes can be quite tricky to draw, especially if you consider yourself a beginner. The good news is, there are a wide variety of shoes that exist for us to choose from. So I thought, what better way to begin learning how to draw shoes than to learn something simple? With that said, here is a lesson for drawing wedge high heel shoes. Here is a reference photo for us to draw. In case you are up for more of a challenge, the feet do come included!\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_856\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"320\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/wedge-high-heel-shoes.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-856  \" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/wedge-high-heel-shoes.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"320\" height=\"480\" /></a> <strong> © <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/vukvuk_info\">Branislav Ostojic</a> | <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/\">Dreamstime.com</a></strong>[/caption]\r\n<h3>Step 1: Make a Grid</h3>\r\nMake a grid of 6 squares to use as guidelines. The size isn’t important, but use a ruler to construct your squares properly. This is an optional step, but it can also be a helpful one if you are drawing along with me and want to make your feet and shoes look as close to mine as possible. Grids are really useful for proper placement of your lines.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/01p-drawing-wedge-high-heels-grid.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-712\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/01p-drawing-wedge-high-heels-grid.jpg\" alt=\"01p drawing wedge high heels grid\" width=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 2: Draw the Basic Shapes</h3>\r\nIn this drawing, I am focusing on the two center grid squares. Lightly draw basic shapes for the legs and feet. Use long oval shapes for the legs. Notice how the lines overlap? Even though the right leg is in front, we can still see the outlines of the left leg. This is a good thing, because it helps us to properly place the features that are not obstructed. We will go back later to erase lines that should be hidden. Use wedge shapes for the feet and toes. Use smaller oval shapes or circular shapes for the heel and ankles.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/02-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shapes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-713\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/02-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shapes.jpg\" alt=\"02 drawing wedge high heels shapes\" width=\"379\" height=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 3: Shape the Shoes</h3>\r\nBegin making a wedge shape for the wedge shoes. Since these are wedge high heels that we are drawing, they should be taller in the back. Show a little bit of curvature as they come up to the front.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/03-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shoes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-714\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/03-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shoes.jpg\" alt=\"03 drawing wedge high heels shoes\" height=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 4: Define the Legs and Feet</h3>\r\nUse the shapes to add more defining lines of detail to the legs and feet. Your shapes from earlier are to serve simply as guidelines; don’t feel like you have to draw over them exactly. Notice here that I decided to draw to the right of my guideline, so the curve from the calf muscle would look more slender and natural. Also notice that I didn’t trace those lines of the left leg that are hidden behind the right leg in the foreground. Add in a line or two for the ankle, and do your best to indicate the toes, using your wedge shapes to help you.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/04-drawing-wedge-high-heels-legs.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-715\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/04-drawing-wedge-high-heels-legs.jpg\" alt=\"04 drawing wedge high heels legs\" width=\"600\" height=\"338\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 5: Draw the Base of the Shoes</h3>\r\nDraw thin lines on the top and bottom of each shoe to represent the outer soles and insoles. There is a barely noticeable heel on the bottom of the shoe. Also, notice the space between the foot and the insole.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/05-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shoe-details.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-716\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/05-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shoe-details.jpg\" alt=\"05 drawing wedge high heels shoe details\" width=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 6: Add the Straps</h3>\r\nAdd the straps for the heel, toes, and ankles. You should draw the heel strap overlapping the insole a bit, and then erase the part the strap conceals. You can add a buckle and a few holes to the ankle strap.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/06-drawing-wedge-high-heels-straps.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-717\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/06-drawing-wedge-high-heels-straps.jpg\" alt=\"06 drawing wedge high heels straps\" width=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 7: Plan Your Shading</h3>\r\nMake guidelines to help you place some shading. This way you can plan your light source, draw where the shadows should be, and make any changes needed before committing a lot of shading.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/07-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shade-lines.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-718\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/07-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shade-lines.jpg\" alt=\"07 drawing wedge high heels shade lines\" width=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 8: Add Final Details</h3>\r\nFinish up shading and add final details. Add in shading by using your guidelines from the last step. Consider which areas need to be darker, like just under the foot where it meets the insole and where the front leg casts a shadow on the leg behind it. Also notice a little shading progression on the front part of the shoes to indicate the curves.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/08-drawing-wedge-high-heels-details.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-719\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/08-drawing-wedge-high-heels-details.jpg\" alt=\"08 drawing wedge high heels details\" width=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 9: Erase the Guidelines</h3>\r\nCarefully erase your guidelines. This includes your square gridlines, any shape guidelines you didn’t need (like under the calf), and any that should be hidden from view (like the left leg behind the right). You’ll have to work around the lines you want to keep.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/09-wedge-high-heels-finished.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-720\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/09-wedge-high-heels-finished.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\nAnd that is how you draw a pair of feet wearing wedge high heel shoes! Try practicing this with a different style of wedge shoe next time. This is also good practice for getting better at drawing feet, because you are drawing the shoes that conform to the basic shape of the foot and you are not drawing the feet in isolation. Feet and toes take time to learn…just keep practicing until you have a satisfying composition of shoes and feet!','How to Draw Feet Wearing Wedge High Heels','','inherit','open','open','','129-revision-v1','','','2014-05-10 06:32:31','2014-05-10 13:32:31','',129,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/129-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(859,2,'2013-08-20 07:58:29','2013-08-20 14:58:29','<center><iframe src=\"http://www.youtube.com/embed/ehYHsGCYSH0?rel=0\" height=\"360\" width=\"640\" frameborder=\"0\"></iframe></center>\r\nShoes can be quite tricky to draw, especially if you consider yourself a beginner. The good news is, there are a wide variety of shoes that exist for us to choose from. So I thought, what better way to begin learning how to draw shoes than to learn something simple? With that said, here is a lesson for drawing wedge high heel shoes. Here is a reference photo for us to draw. In case you are up for more of a challenge, the feet do come included!\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_856\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"320\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/wedge-high-heel-shoes.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-856\" alt=\" © Branislav Ostojic | Dreamstime.com\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/wedge-high-heel-shoes.jpg\" width=\"320\" height=\"480\" /></a> <strong> © <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/vukvuk_info\">Branislav Ostojic</a> | <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/\">Dreamstime.com</a></strong>[/caption]\r\n<h3>Step 1: Make a Grid</h3>\r\nMake a grid of 6 squares to use as guidelines. The size isn’t important, but use a ruler to construct your squares properly. This is an optional step, but it can also be a helpful one if you are drawing along with me and want to make your feet and shoes look as close to mine as possible. Grids are really useful for proper placement of your lines.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/01p-drawing-wedge-high-heels-grid.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-712\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"01p drawing wedge high heels grid\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/01p-drawing-wedge-high-heels-grid.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 2: Draw the Basic Shapes</h3>\r\nIn this drawing, I am focusing on the two center grid squares. Lightly draw basic shapes for the legs and feet. Use long oval shapes for the legs. Notice how the lines overlap? Even though the right leg is in front, we can still see the outlines of the left leg. This is a good thing, because it helps us to properly place the features that are not obstructed. We will go back later to erase lines that should be hidden. Use wedge shapes for the feet and toes. Use smaller oval shapes or circular shapes for the heel and ankles.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/02-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shapes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-713\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"02 drawing wedge high heels shapes\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/02-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shapes.jpg\" width=\"379\" height=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 3: Shape the Shoes</h3>\r\nBegin making a wedge shape for the wedge shoes. Since these are wedge high heels that we are drawing, they should be taller in the back. Show a little bit of curvature as they come up to the front.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/03-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shoes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-714\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"03 drawing wedge high heels shoes\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/03-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shoes.jpg\" height=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 4: Define the Legs and Feet</h3>\r\nUse the shapes to add more defining lines of detail to the legs and feet. Your shapes from earlier are to serve simply as guidelines; don’t feel like you have to draw over them exactly. Notice here that I decided to draw to the right of my guideline, so the curve from the calf muscle would look more slender and natural. Also notice that I didn’t trace those lines of the left leg that are hidden behind the right leg in the foreground. Add in a line or two for the ankle, and do your best to indicate the toes, using your wedge shapes to help you.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/04-drawing-wedge-high-heels-legs.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-715\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"04 drawing wedge high heels legs\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/04-drawing-wedge-high-heels-legs.jpg\" width=\"600\" height=\"338\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 5: Draw the Base of the Shoes</h3>\r\nDraw thin lines on the top and bottom of each shoe to represent the outer soles and insoles. There is a barely noticeable heel on the bottom of the shoe. Also, notice the space between the foot and the insole.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/05-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shoe-details.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-716\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"05 drawing wedge high heels shoe details\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/05-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shoe-details.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 6: Add the Straps</h3>\r\nAdd the straps for the heel, toes, and ankles. You should draw the heel strap overlapping the insole a bit, and then erase the part the strap conceals. You can add a buckle and a few holes to the ankle strap.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/06-drawing-wedge-high-heels-straps.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-717\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"06 drawing wedge high heels straps\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/06-drawing-wedge-high-heels-straps.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 7: Plan Your Shading</h3>\r\nMake guidelines to help you place some shading. This way you can plan your light source, draw where the shadows should be, and make any changes needed before committing a lot of shading.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/07-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shade-lines.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-718\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"07 drawing wedge high heels shade lines\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/07-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shade-lines.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 8: Add Final Details</h3>\r\nFinish up shading and add final details. Add in shading by using your guidelines from the last step. Consider which areas need to be darker, like just under the foot where it meets the insole and where the front leg casts a shadow on the leg behind it. Also notice a little shading progression on the front part of the shoes to indicate the curves.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/08-drawing-wedge-high-heels-details.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-719\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"08 drawing wedge high heels details\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/08-drawing-wedge-high-heels-details.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 9: Erase the Guidelines</h3>\r\nCarefully erase your guidelines. This includes your square gridlines, any shape guidelines you didn’t need (like under the calf), and any that should be hidden from view (like the left leg behind the right). You’ll have to work around the lines you want to keep.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/09-wedge-high-heels-finished.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-720\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/09-wedge-high-heels-finished.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\nAnd that is how you draw a pair of feet wearing wedge high heel shoes! Try practicing this with a different style of wedge shoe next time. This is also good practice for getting better at drawing feet, because you are drawing the shoes that conform to the basic shape of the foot and you are not drawing the feet in isolation. Feet and toes take time to learn…just keep practicing until you have a satisfying composition of shoes and feet!','How to Draw Feet Wearing Wedge High Heels','','inherit','open','open','','129-revision-v1','','','2013-08-20 07:58:29','2013-08-20 14:58:29','',129,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/129-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(860,2,'2013-08-20 07:59:27','2013-08-20 14:59:27','<center><iframe src=\"http://www.youtube.com/embed/ehYHsGCYSH0?rel=0\" height=\"360\" width=\"640\" frameborder=\"0\"></iframe></center>\r\nShoes can be quite tricky to draw, especially if you consider yourself a beginner. The good news is, there are a wide variety of shoes that exist for us to choose from. So I thought, what better way to begin learning how to draw shoes than to learn something simple? With that said, here is a lesson for drawing wedge high heel shoes. Here is a reference photo for us to draw. In case you are up for more of a challenge, the feet do come included!\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_856\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"320\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/wedge-high-heel-shoes.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-856 \" title=\"wedge high heel shoes\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/wedge-high-heel-shoes.jpg\" width=\"320\" height=\"480\" /></a> <strong> © <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/vukvuk_info\">Branislav Ostojic</a> | <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/\">Dreamstime.com</a></strong>[/caption]\r\n<h3>Step 1: Make a Grid</h3>\r\nMake a grid of 6 squares to use as guidelines. The size isn’t important, but use a ruler to construct your squares properly. This is an optional step, but it can also be a helpful one if you are drawing along with me and want to make your feet and shoes look as close to mine as possible. Grids are really useful for proper placement of your lines.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/01p-drawing-wedge-high-heels-grid.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-712\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"01p drawing wedge high heels grid\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/01p-drawing-wedge-high-heels-grid.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 2: Draw the Basic Shapes</h3>\r\nIn this drawing, I am focusing on the two center grid squares. Lightly draw basic shapes for the legs and feet. Use long oval shapes for the legs. Notice how the lines overlap? Even though the right leg is in front, we can still see the outlines of the left leg. This is a good thing, because it helps us to properly place the features that are not obstructed. We will go back later to erase lines that should be hidden. Use wedge shapes for the feet and toes. Use smaller oval shapes or circular shapes for the heel and ankles.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/02-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shapes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-713\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"02 drawing wedge high heels shapes\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/02-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shapes.jpg\" width=\"379\" height=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 3: Shape the Shoes</h3>\r\nBegin making a wedge shape for the wedge shoes. Since these are wedge high heels that we are drawing, they should be taller in the back. Show a little bit of curvature as they come up to the front.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/03-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shoes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-714\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"03 drawing wedge high heels shoes\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/03-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shoes.jpg\" height=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 4: Define the Legs and Feet</h3>\r\nUse the shapes to add more defining lines of detail to the legs and feet. Your shapes from earlier are to serve simply as guidelines; don’t feel like you have to draw over them exactly. Notice here that I decided to draw to the right of my guideline, so the curve from the calf muscle would look more slender and natural. Also notice that I didn’t trace those lines of the left leg that are hidden behind the right leg in the foreground. Add in a line or two for the ankle, and do your best to indicate the toes, using your wedge shapes to help you.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/04-drawing-wedge-high-heels-legs.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-715\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"04 drawing wedge high heels legs\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/04-drawing-wedge-high-heels-legs.jpg\" width=\"600\" height=\"338\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 5: Draw the Base of the Shoes</h3>\r\nDraw thin lines on the top and bottom of each shoe to represent the outer soles and insoles. There is a barely noticeable heel on the bottom of the shoe. Also, notice the space between the foot and the insole.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/05-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shoe-details.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-716\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"05 drawing wedge high heels shoe details\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/05-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shoe-details.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 6: Add the Straps</h3>\r\nAdd the straps for the heel, toes, and ankles. You should draw the heel strap overlapping the insole a bit, and then erase the part the strap conceals. You can add a buckle and a few holes to the ankle strap.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/06-drawing-wedge-high-heels-straps.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-717\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"06 drawing wedge high heels straps\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/06-drawing-wedge-high-heels-straps.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 7: Plan Your Shading</h3>\r\nMake guidelines to help you place some shading. This way you can plan your light source, draw where the shadows should be, and make any changes needed before committing a lot of shading.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/07-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shade-lines.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-718\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"07 drawing wedge high heels shade lines\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/07-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shade-lines.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 8: Add Final Details</h3>\r\nFinish up shading and add final details. Add in shading by using your guidelines from the last step. Consider which areas need to be darker, like just under the foot where it meets the insole and where the front leg casts a shadow on the leg behind it. Also notice a little shading progression on the front part of the shoes to indicate the curves.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/08-drawing-wedge-high-heels-details.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-719\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"08 drawing wedge high heels details\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/08-drawing-wedge-high-heels-details.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 9: Erase the Guidelines</h3>\r\nCarefully erase your guidelines. This includes your square gridlines, any shape guidelines you didn’t need (like under the calf), and any that should be hidden from view (like the left leg behind the right). You’ll have to work around the lines you want to keep.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/09-wedge-high-heels-finished.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-720\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/09-wedge-high-heels-finished.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\nAnd that is how you draw a pair of feet wearing wedge high heel shoes! Try practicing this with a different style of wedge shoe next time. This is also good practice for getting better at drawing feet, because you are drawing the shoes that conform to the basic shape of the foot and you are not drawing the feet in isolation. Feet and toes take time to learn…just keep practicing until you have a satisfying composition of shoes and feet!','How to Draw Feet Wearing Wedge High Heels','','inherit','open','open','','129-revision-v1','','','2013-08-20 07:59:27','2013-08-20 14:59:27','',129,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/129-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(861,2,'2013-08-20 08:01:00','2013-08-20 15:01:00','<center><iframe src=\"http://www.youtube.com/embed/ehYHsGCYSH0?rel=0\" height=\"360\" width=\"640\" frameborder=\"0\"></iframe></center>\r\nShoes can be quite tricky to draw, especially if you consider yourself a beginner. The good news is, there are a wide variety of shoes that exist for us to choose from. So I thought, what better way to begin learning how to draw shoes than to learn something simple? With that said, here is a lesson for drawing wedge high heel shoes. Here is a reference photo for us to draw. In case you are up for more of a challenge, the feet do come included!\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_856\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"320\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/wedge-high-heel-shoes.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-856  \" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/wedge-high-heel-shoes.jpg\" width=\"320\" height=\"480\" /></a> <strong> © <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/vukvuk_info\">Branislav Ostojic</a> | <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/\">Dreamstime.com</a></strong>[/caption]\r\n<h3>Step 1: Make a Grid</h3>\r\nMake a grid of 6 squares to use as guidelines. The size isn’t important, but use a ruler to construct your squares properly. This is an optional step, but it can also be a helpful one if you are drawing along with me and want to make your feet and shoes look as close to mine as possible. Grids are really useful for proper placement of your lines.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/01p-drawing-wedge-high-heels-grid.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-712\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"01p drawing wedge high heels grid\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/01p-drawing-wedge-high-heels-grid.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 2: Draw the Basic Shapes</h3>\r\nIn this drawing, I am focusing on the two center grid squares. Lightly draw basic shapes for the legs and feet. Use long oval shapes for the legs. Notice how the lines overlap? Even though the right leg is in front, we can still see the outlines of the left leg. This is a good thing, because it helps us to properly place the features that are not obstructed. We will go back later to erase lines that should be hidden. Use wedge shapes for the feet and toes. Use smaller oval shapes or circular shapes for the heel and ankles.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/02-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shapes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-713\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"02 drawing wedge high heels shapes\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/02-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shapes.jpg\" width=\"379\" height=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 3: Shape the Shoes</h3>\r\nBegin making a wedge shape for the wedge shoes. Since these are wedge high heels that we are drawing, they should be taller in the back. Show a little bit of curvature as they come up to the front.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/03-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shoes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-714\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"03 drawing wedge high heels shoes\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/03-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shoes.jpg\" height=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 4: Define the Legs and Feet</h3>\r\nUse the shapes to add more defining lines of detail to the legs and feet. Your shapes from earlier are to serve simply as guidelines; don’t feel like you have to draw over them exactly. Notice here that I decided to draw to the right of my guideline, so the curve from the calf muscle would look more slender and natural. Also notice that I didn’t trace those lines of the left leg that are hidden behind the right leg in the foreground. Add in a line or two for the ankle, and do your best to indicate the toes, using your wedge shapes to help you.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/04-drawing-wedge-high-heels-legs.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-715\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"04 drawing wedge high heels legs\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/04-drawing-wedge-high-heels-legs.jpg\" width=\"600\" height=\"338\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 5: Draw the Base of the Shoes</h3>\r\nDraw thin lines on the top and bottom of each shoe to represent the outer soles and insoles. There is a barely noticeable heel on the bottom of the shoe. Also, notice the space between the foot and the insole.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/05-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shoe-details.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-716\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"05 drawing wedge high heels shoe details\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/05-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shoe-details.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 6: Add the Straps</h3>\r\nAdd the straps for the heel, toes, and ankles. You should draw the heel strap overlapping the insole a bit, and then erase the part the strap conceals. You can add a buckle and a few holes to the ankle strap.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/06-drawing-wedge-high-heels-straps.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-717\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"06 drawing wedge high heels straps\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/06-drawing-wedge-high-heels-straps.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 7: Plan Your Shading</h3>\r\nMake guidelines to help you place some shading. This way you can plan your light source, draw where the shadows should be, and make any changes needed before committing a lot of shading.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/07-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shade-lines.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-718\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"07 drawing wedge high heels shade lines\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/07-drawing-wedge-high-heels-shade-lines.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 8: Add Final Details</h3>\r\nFinish up shading and add final details. Add in shading by using your guidelines from the last step. Consider which areas need to be darker, like just under the foot where it meets the insole and where the front leg casts a shadow on the leg behind it. Also notice a little shading progression on the front part of the shoes to indicate the curves.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/08-drawing-wedge-high-heels-details.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-719\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"08 drawing wedge high heels details\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/08-drawing-wedge-high-heels-details.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 9: Erase the Guidelines</h3>\r\nCarefully erase your guidelines. This includes your square gridlines, any shape guidelines you didn’t need (like under the calf), and any that should be hidden from view (like the left leg behind the right). You’ll have to work around the lines you want to keep.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/09-wedge-high-heels-finished.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-720\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/09-wedge-high-heels-finished.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></h3>\r\nAnd that is how you draw a pair of feet wearing wedge high heel shoes! Try practicing this with a different style of wedge shoe next time. This is also good practice for getting better at drawing feet, because you are drawing the shoes that conform to the basic shape of the foot and you are not drawing the feet in isolation. Feet and toes take time to learn…just keep practicing until you have a satisfying composition of shoes and feet!','How to Draw Feet Wearing Wedge High Heels','','inherit','open','open','','129-revision-v1','','','2013-08-20 08:01:00','2013-08-20 15:01:00','',129,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/129-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(862,2,'2013-08-20 08:01:29','2013-08-20 15:01:29','<center><iframe src=\"http://www.youtube.com/embed/kJw_7IeQEZ8?rel=0\" height=\"360\" width=\"640\" allowfullscreen=\"\" frameborder=\"0\"></iframe></center>\r\nWhen making a drawing of celebrities (or anyone else, for that matter), it&#146;s helpful to look for characteristics in their features that stand out or make them unique. Noticing these characteristics and including them in your drawing will help you to create a closer, more accurate likeness. In this tutorial, we will use this reference photo to learn how to draw Justin Bieber. Justin is a very popular star, and his face is known all over the world. I will point out some key characteristics of Justin&#146;s facial features along the way that will help us get a likeness that is close to his. So here we go&#133; watch the video above, read the steps below, and try your hand at it too!\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_852\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"320\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/Justin-Bieber-arrives.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-852     \" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/Justin-Bieber-arrives.jpg\" width=\"320\" height=\"480\"></a> <strong> &copy; <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/carrienelson1_info\">Carrienelson1</a> | <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/\">Dreamstime.com</a></strong>[/caption]\r\n<h3>Step 1: Make a Grid and Guidelines</h3>\r\nMake a grid of 3 squares by 5 squares. As you follow along with me, try to draw as accurately as possible what you see in each square to keep things in proportion. Next, draw some basic guidelines for the face. Our reference photo is a recent picture of the Biebs, so since he is growing older, our &#147;oval&#148; shape will reflect a longer and more narrow face than when Justin was a younger child. Also, notice the lightly-drawn guidelines that will serve as rough placement for the center of the face, eyes, nose, and mouth.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/01-bieber-grid.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-727\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/01-bieber-grid.jpg\" height=\"600\"></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Step 2: Draw the Eyes</h3>\r\nNotice in the previous step I said &#147;rough placement&#148;. Guidelines are meant to give you general guidance, but you don&#146;t have to be tied to them. So, rather than drawing the eyes directly on the guideline, I drew them just below the line, with the eyebrows above the guideline. Justin has noticeable eyelashes, so I didn&#146;t leave those out of the drawing. In addition, there is a tiny bit of foreshortening present since Justin&#146;s head is slightly turned. Therefore, I decided to leave one eye looking a little smaller than the other.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/02-bieber-eyes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-728\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/02-bieber-eyes.jpg\" height=\"600\"></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 3: Make Justin&#146;s Nose</h3>\r\nOur reference photo shows a nose with a rather short bridge and round tip. You can almost see the &#147;ball&#148; of cartilage at the bottom. These are distinguishing features to include when drawing Justin Bieber&#146;s nose. A not-so distinguishing feature (since it&#146;s common to just about everyone) is how the outer part of the nostril is practically in line with the inside corner of the eye.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/03-bieber-nose.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-729\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/03-bieber-nose.jpg\" height=\"600\"></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Step 4: Draw His Mouth</h3>\r\nUse a combination of lines and shading to form some of the curves in Justin&#146;s lips. The front teeth that are visible in our photo look very similar in size. Take your time with the teeth. They can be tricky to draw but go a long way with forming a likeness. Also, draw some of the subtle lines outside the corners of Justin&#146;s mouth that form his smile and cheeks.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/04-bieber-mouth.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-730\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/04-bieber-mouth.jpg\" height=\"600\"></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 5: Form the Ears and the Outline of the Face</h3>\r\nOnce again, because of foreshortening, one ear is clearly visible and the other is obstructed by Justin&#146;s face and barely noticeable. Just try to draw the outer part of the lobe that can be seen. Be sure to draw the earrings that Justin likes to sport too. Notice as well the characteristic lines that connect the cheeks to the chin.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/05-bieber-ears.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-731\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/05-bieber-ears.jpg\" height=\"600\"></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 6: Draw Justin&#146;s Hair</h3>\r\nOkay, so far we are doing good, but it looks like we have a bald Biebs. What would a drawing of Justin Bieber be without all of that hair? He&#146;s got a lot of it that sits thick above the top of his skull. You are going to have to pay attention to how the hair is styled in different directions, and just &#147;go with the flow&#148;.&nbsp; Draw lines that go in the direction of the hair growth. Use the reference photo to assist you. You can see how he has a lot of strands curving upward from the hairline. Use combinations of dark against light as shown here to build volume. Draw a few hairs that are loose and hang away from the mass.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/06-bieber-hair.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-732\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/06-bieber-hair.jpg\" height=\"600\"></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 7: Draw the Neck and Jacket</h3>\r\nThere&#146;s not too much to this part. We notice Justin wearing a t-shirt and jacket with a chain around his neck. We don&#146;t see the whole chain, since it hangs down out of our view. Do draw a bit of a shadow that Justin&#146;s chin casts on his neck.\r\n<h3><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/07-bieber-neck.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-733\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/07-bieber-neck.jpg\" height=\"600\"></a></h3>\r\n<h3>Step 8: Erase and Add Final Details</h3>\r\nCarefully erase your guidelines. This includes your square gridlines and any facial guidelines you no longer want. A kneaded eraser is useful for this part, as it helps you maneuver around what you want to keep. Add in some final details. These could include a few moles unique to Justin&#146;s face, a few extra strands or highlights in the hair (again, great use for the kneaded eraser!), or just some other features you want to go back and better define. Add as much or as little shading as you want to make you satisfied with your final drawing.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/08-bieber.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-734\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" title=\"how to draw Justin Bieber\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/08-bieber.jpg\" width=\"455\" height=\"600\"></a></p>\r\nThere you have it, a few simple steps for how to draw Justin Bieber! Remember, even if your finished drawing doesn&#146;t look completely like Justin, including facial characteristics that are unique to him will help with the resemblance. And of course, the more detail and shading you include, the more realistic your drawing of Justin Bieber will look. There&#146;s no set rule as to how much detail to include. It all just depends on what level of realism you are trying to achieve!\r\n<script type=\"text/javascript\" src=\"//assets.pinterest.com/js/pinit.js\"></script>','How to Draw Justin Bieber','','inherit','open','open','','165-revision-v1','','','2013-08-20 08:01:29','2013-08-20 15:01:29','',165,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/165-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(864,2,'2016-07-31 11:14:46','2016-07-31 18:14:46','<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/12/picasion.com_eb0158e8f970a015b6e5416909e2abc6.gif\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-280\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/12/picasion.com_eb0158e8f970a015b6e5416909e2abc6.gif\" alt=\"picasion.com_eb0158e8f970a015b6e5416909e2abc6\" width=\"450\" height=\"343\" /></a></p>\nHere we have a drawing of a bride, eyes wide and looking from behind a bouquet. The central focus will be on her eyes and how to draw them. Hopefully after giving this a try, you will learn to include all of the little details that bring the eyes to life. So refer to the reference photo below, as well as my step-by-step drawings, and let’s draw some eyes!\n\n[caption id=\"attachment_863\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"480\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-bride-and-bridal-bouquet.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-863\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-bride-and-bridal-bouquet.jpg\" alt=\" © Pzaxe | Dreamstime.com\" width=\"480\" height=\"320\" /></a> <strong> © <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/pzaxe_info\">Pzaxe</a> | <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/\">Dreamstime.com</a></strong>[/caption]\n<h3>Step 1: Make a Grid</h3>\nMake a grid of 6 squares across and 3 squares down. They can be any size you choose. Just make sure to use a ruler and make perfect squares if you are hoping for a more accurate drawing of the photograph. If you are good at sketching lines and can make boxes approximately the same size, that will work too for this drawing (since we are not trying to capture a likeness).\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/01p-bride-eyes-grid.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-698\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/01p-bride-eyes-grid.jpg\" alt=\"01p bride eyes grid\" width=\"600\" /></a></p>\n\n<h3>Step 2: Outline of the Eyes</h3>\nOnce again, if you are using your grid for accuracy, pay close attention to placement. For example, the corner of the bride’s left eye (right side of the drawing) is approximately at the imaginary center line of its grid box (lined up with the arrow). Also, notice how the widths of both eyes are the same, and there is about one eye-width between the two eyes. This is a standard rule of thumb for drawing eyes looking directly at you, no matter who you are drawing! You can also include the tear ducts at this point.\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/02p-bride-eyes-outline.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-709\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/02p-bride-eyes-outline.jpg\" alt=\"02p bride eyes outline\" width=\"600\" /></a></p>\n\n<h3>Step 3: Upper Eyelids</h3>\nDraw a thin line above each eye’s outline to represent the eyelids. Draw lines from the outer corners that will lead to the brows. Draw lines from the inner corners to the upper bridge of the nose.\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/03p-bride-eyes-upper-lids.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-710\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/03p-bride-eyes-upper-lids.jpg\" alt=\"03p bride eyes upper lids\" width=\"600\" /></a></p>\n\n<h3>Step 4: Irises and Pupils</h3>\nUsing your grid and guidelines to help you, lightly sketch circles for the irises and pupils. If necessary, try a few times until you get satisfactory size and placement. Then, trace over them as carefully as you can to make them as round as possible. I like to use a <a title=\"Pickett Template 1204-i Circle Master\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/pickett-template-1204-i-circle-master/\">circle template</a> to make this tracing easier and more accurate. Remember, too, to make smaller circles serving as highlights (or catchlights).\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/04p-bride-eyes-irises-and-pupils.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-702\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/04p-bride-eyes-irises-and-pupils.jpg\" alt=\"04p bride eyes irises and pupils\" width=\"600\" /></a></p>\n\n<h3>Step 5: Lower Eyelids</h3>\nRepeat the same process as you did for the upper eyelids to make the lower lids. Draw a thin line under the white part of the eye. This line is actually for the top rim of the lower eyelids, where we will place the lower eyelashes later. Underneath this, draw any characteristic lines that support the bottom of the eyeballs.\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/05p-bride-eyes-lower-lids.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-703\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/05p-bride-eyes-lower-lids.jpg\" alt=\"05p bride eyes lower lids\" width=\"600\" /></a></p>\n\n<h3>Step 6: Surrounding Features</h3>\nDraw the eyebrows, bouquet, face, ear, hair, veil, and any other features that you want to include. Put as much or as little detail as you wish. You can just use simple shapes, especially for the bouquet. It is okay if some of the drawing extends outside of the grid squares.\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/06p-bride-eyes-surrounding.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-704\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/06p-bride-eyes-surrounding.jpg\" alt=\"06p bride eyes surrounding\" width=\"600\" /></a></p>\n\n<h3>Step 7: Guidelines for Shading</h3>\nDraw light lines where you see shadows. The shading you will add later will provide form to the eyes and surrounding facial features.\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/07p-bride-eyes-shading.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-705\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/07p-bride-eyes-shading.jpg\" alt=\"07p bride eyes shading\" width=\"600\" /></a></p>\n\n<h3>Step 8: Erase Grid Lines</h3>\nCarefully erase the grid lines. Try to erase as much as you can without affecting the lines of the actual drawing. If you can still see some light lines (as indicated by the arrow), it’s not too big of a deal. You can mask them later with shading.\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/08p-bride-eyes-erase.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-706\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/08p-bride-eyes-erase.jpg\" alt=\"08p bride eyes erase\" width=\"600\" /></a></p>\n\n<h3>Step 9: Shading and Details</h3>\nUse the lines you made earlier and the reference photo to add shading. Try to use soft strokes that go in the same direction as the surfaces you are shading.\n\nFor the eyebrows, I lightly shade what was drawn before, and then I use short pencil lines to represent the individual hairs. Pay attention to direction, and notice how most but not all of the little hairs flow together.\n\nFor the whites of the eyes, I almost always put a little bit of shading under the upper eyelids and some on each corner to give that spherical look to the eyeballs.\n\nMake the pupils as dark as you possibly can. For the iris, make the outer rim darker, and draw lines going toward the pupil. Leave the catchlights white by shading around them.\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/09p-bride-eyes-details.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-707\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/09p-bride-eyes-details.jpg\" alt=\"09p bride eyes details\" width=\"600\" /></a></p>\n\n<h3>Step 10: Eyelashes</h3>\nI like to leave the eyelashes as the last step for the eyes. This way, I can have all of my desired shading complete and place the lashes over it, for a more natural appearance.\n\nCarefully trace part of the upper eyelid in dark black before placing the upper eyelashes. This will give them a certain thickness. Use fine pencil lines from the lids outward for each of the hairs (much like the eyebrows). Pay attention to direction, and make the lower eyelashes shorter.\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/10p-bride-eyes-lashes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-694\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/10p-bride-eyes-lashes.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"600\" /></a></p>\nYou may have heard it said that the eyes are the windows to the soul. That is why drawing eyes correctly is so vital for portrait artists. The eyes are a very important (if not the most important) part of capturing a subject’s true likeness.\n\nApply what you learn from this drawing to other drawings like it that focus mainly on the eyes. Then, when you try to draw a familiar face, you will likely see a better resemblance in your work!\n\n[magicactionbox id=\"2032\"]','How to Draw Eyes of a Bride','','inherit','open','open','','271-autosave-v1','','','2016-07-31 11:14:46','2016-07-31 18:14:46','',271,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/271-autosave-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(865,2,'2013-08-20 08:05:54','2013-08-20 15:05:54','<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/12/picasion.com_eb0158e8f970a015b6e5416909e2abc6.gif\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-280\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"picasion.com_eb0158e8f970a015b6e5416909e2abc6\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/12/picasion.com_eb0158e8f970a015b6e5416909e2abc6.gif\" width=\"450\" height=\"343\" /></a></p>\r\nHere we have a drawing of a bride, eyes wide and looking from behind a bouquet. The central focus will be on her eyes and how to draw them. Hopefully after giving this a try, you will learn to include all of the little details that bring the eyes to life. So refer to the reference photo below, as well as my step-by-step drawings, and let’s draw some eyes!\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_863\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"480\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-bride-and-bridal-bouquet.jpg\"><img class=\"size-full wp-image-863\" alt=\" © Pzaxe | Dreamstime.com\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-bride-and-bridal-bouquet.jpg\" width=\"480\" height=\"320\" /></a> <strong> © <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/pzaxe_info\">Pzaxe</a> | <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/\">Dreamstime.com</a></strong>[/caption]\r\n<h3>Step 1: Make a Grid</h3>\r\nMake a grid of 6 squares across and 3 squares down. They can be any size you choose. Just make sure to use a ruler and make perfect squares if you are hoping for a more accurate drawing of the photograph. If you are good at sketching lines and can make boxes approximately the same size, that will work too for this drawing (since we are not trying to capture a likeness).\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/01p-bride-eyes-grid.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-698\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"01p bride eyes grid\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/01p-bride-eyes-grid.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Step 2: Outline of the Eyes</h3>\r\nOnce again, if you are using your grid for accuracy, pay close attention to placement. For example, the corner of the bride’s left eye (right side of the drawing) is approximately at the imaginary center line of its grid box (lined up with the arrow). Also, notice how the widths of both eyes are the same, and there is about one eye-width between the two eyes. This is a standard rule of thumb for drawing eyes looking directly at you, no matter who you are drawing! You can also include the tear ducts at this point.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/02p-bride-eyes-outline.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-709\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"02p bride eyes outline\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/02p-bride-eyes-outline.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Step 3: Upper Eyelids</h3>\r\nDraw a thin line above each eye’s outline to represent the eyelids. Draw lines from the outer corners that will lead to the brows. Draw lines from the inner corners to the upper bridge of the nose.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/03p-bride-eyes-upper-lids.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-710\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"03p bride eyes upper lids\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/03p-bride-eyes-upper-lids.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Step 4: Irises and Pupils</h3>\r\nUsing your grid and guidelines to help you, lightly sketch circles for the irises and pupils. If necessary, try a few times until you get satisfactory size and placement. Then, trace over them as carefully as you can to make them as round as possible. I like to use a <a title=\"Pickett Template 1204-i Circle Master\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/pickett-template-1204-i-circle-master/\">circle template</a> to make this tracing easier and more accurate. Remember, too, to make smaller circles serving as highlights (or catchlights).\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/04p-bride-eyes-irises-and-pupils.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-702\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"04p bride eyes irises and pupils\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/04p-bride-eyes-irises-and-pupils.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Step 5: Lower Eyelids</h3>\r\nRepeat the same process as you did for the upper eyelids to make the lower lids. Draw a thin line under the white part of the eye. This line is actually for the top rim of the lower eyelids, where we will place the lower eyelashes later. Underneath this, draw any characteristic lines that support the bottom of the eyeballs.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/05p-bride-eyes-lower-lids.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-703\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"05p bride eyes lower lids\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/05p-bride-eyes-lower-lids.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Step 6: Surrounding Features</h3>\r\nDraw the eyebrows, bouquet, face, ear, hair, veil, and any other features that you want to include. Put as much or as little detail as you wish. You can just use simple shapes, especially for the bouquet. It is okay if some of the drawing extends outside of the grid squares.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/06p-bride-eyes-surrounding.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-704\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"06p bride eyes surrounding\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/06p-bride-eyes-surrounding.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Step 7: Guidelines for Shading</h3>\r\nDraw light lines where you see shadows. The shading you will add later will provide form to the eyes and surrounding facial features.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/07p-bride-eyes-shading.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-705\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"07p bride eyes shading\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/07p-bride-eyes-shading.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Step 8: Erase Grid Lines</h3>\r\nCarefully erase the grid lines. Try to erase as much as you can without affecting the lines of the actual drawing. If you can still see some light lines (as indicated by the arrow), it’s not too big of a deal. You can mask them later with shading.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/08p-bride-eyes-erase.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-706\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"08p bride eyes erase\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/08p-bride-eyes-erase.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Step 9: Shading and Details</h3>\r\nUse the lines you made earlier and the reference photo to add shading. Try to use soft strokes that go in the same direction as the surfaces you are shading. For the eyebrows, I lightly shade what was drawn before, and then I use short pencil lines to represent the individual hairs. Pay attention to direction, and notice how most but not all of the little hairs flow together. For the whites of the eyes, I almost always put a little bit of shading under the upper eyelids and some on each corner to give that spherical look to the eyeballs. Make the pupils as dark as you possibly can. For the iris, make the outer rim darker, and draw lines going toward the pupil. Leave the catchlights white by shading around them.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/09p-bride-eyes-details.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-707\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"09p bride eyes details\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/09p-bride-eyes-details.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Step 10: Eyelashes</h3>\r\nI like to leave the eyelashes as the last step for the eyes. This way, I can have all of my desired shading complete and place the lashes over it, for a more natural appearance. Carefully trace part of the upper eyelid in dark black before placing the upper eyelashes. This will give them a certain thickness. Use fine pencil lines from the lids outward for each of the hairs (much like the eyebrows). Pay attention to direction, and make the lower eyelashes shorter.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/10p-bride-eyes-lashes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-694\" style=\"border: 1px solid black;\" alt=\"\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/10p-bride-eyes-lashes.jpg\" width=\"600\" /></a></p>\r\nYou may have heard it said that the eyes are the windows to the soul. That is why drawing eyes correctly is so vital for portrait artists. The eyes are a very important (if not the most important) part of capturing a subject’s true likeness. Apply what you learn from this drawing to other drawings like it that focus mainly on the eyes. Then, when you try to draw a familiar face, you will likely see a better resemblance in your work!','How to Draw Eyes of a Bride','','inherit','open','open','','271-revision-v1','','','2013-08-20 08:05:54','2013-08-20 15:05:54','',271,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/271-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(874,2,'2015-07-15 14:52:49','2015-07-15 21:52:49','<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-of-girl-by-graphite-pencil.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-867\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-of-girl-by-graphite-pencil-300x200.jpg\" alt=\"drawing of girl by graphite pencil\" width=\"300\" height=\"200\" /></a>The desire of man to keep for himself a record of his everyday activities is so powerful that simple drawings were developed just to provide a solution to such a necessity. Cave paintings, hieroglyphics, and all artistic attempts to capture any moment quickly became a popular method of communication and thus enhancing human development. The art of drawing has been a part of human history ever since.\n\nToday the skill of drawing people, etching onto paper or canvas a recognizable likeness, is not only a hobby for many, but its impressive aura is still present. In fact, people still stand in awe whenever they see someone drawing realistic images with ease. How do they do it? How do they make it look so easy? Are there complicated techniques involved? As I taught myself how to draw over the years, I learned and implemented techniques from other portrait artists that enhanced the realism in my own work. The more I learned, the more I realized that those techniques and concepts were not complicated at all, but rather simplistic. Today, we too will stand in awe as we peer into how these images are made and how some artists so easily capture reality onto paper. Let’s look at several <strong>simple</strong> drawing techniques used by professional artists everywhere.\n<h3>Drawing Instrument Basics</h3>\nIt is very important that you know of the drawing instruments needed and how to use them in order to create a realistic portrait. There are <a title=\"The Drawing Tools of the Artist’s Trade\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/the-drawing-tools-of-the-artists-trade/\">several key drawing tools</a> that professional artists use for pencil portraits. Here is a look at two of the most basic instruments: the pencil and the eraser.\n<h4>The Pencil</h4>\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/artist-pencils.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-866\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/artist-pencils-300x200.jpg\" alt=\"artist pencils\" width=\"300\" height=\"200\" /></a>For the most part, people doing realistic portraits are fond of using graphite pencil (also called lead pencil), as it gives them the ability to focus on detail. <a title=\"Derwent Graphic Pencils, Soft, Metal Tin, 12 Count (34215)\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/graphite-pencils/\">Graphite pencils</a> come in a range of grades (from 9H to 9B), but there are generally two types: hard and soft. Hard pencils, or H pencils, are used to create light, fine lines. Soft pencils, or B pencils, are generally used to create darker shades and texture.\n\nSome artists find the need to have at least two types of pencils, one for drawing fine lines and one for drawing coarser lines and for shading. In most cases, the HB pencil (or something close to it) is preferred because of its versatility and ability to draw fine and coarse lines easily. Your traditional No. 2 pencil is an HB lead. I personally like to use a <a title=\"Pentel GraphGear 500 Automatic Drafting Pencil Black (PG525A)\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/mechanical-pencil/\">mechanical 2B lead pencil</a> for realistic portraits. It allows for fine details, light tones, and deep shading all in one!\n\nWhen using standard wooden pencils, the way you grasp them can affect the overall look of the portrait. A light hold on the pencil, with the use of the thumb and the pointer finger, is often used to ensure the lines are light, soft, and almost invisible. A full grasp can ensure heavier, darker lines for creating shades. A slanting grip makes use of the side of the pencil\'s graphite to provide a soft thick shade and a good texture. Ultimately though, grasp is determined by an artist’s personal style and preference. Experiment with different ways of holding your pencil to find the best results for you.\n<h4>The Eraser</h4>\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eraser-hair-highlights.jpg\"><img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-842\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eraser-hair-highlights.jpg\" alt=\"eraser hair highlights\" width=\"105\" height=\"213\" /></a>The eraser is an important tool to use when doing portraits using pencil. Erasers are good for more than just getting rid of your mistakes. You use an eraser to complement your drawings. It can produce a wonderful effect, especially if you know how to use it properly. For example, you can use a kneaded eraser or an <a title=\"SAKURA ELECTRIC ERASER Drafting, Engineering, Art -General Catalog\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/more/electric-eraser/\">electric eraser</a> to lift graphite off the paper and produce streaks that resemble wonderful highlights in hair, as seen in this example.\n<h3>Choosing or Combining Drawing Styles</h3>\nThere are a number of drawing styles you can choose for drawing your portraits. Your choice depends on the level of detail you are going for, as well as the “look” or “feel” you hope to capture. You can use these styles in isolation, or you can combine them for more realistic results.\n<ul>\n	<li><strong>Line drawing</strong> -- the use of definite lines of various widths to create shapes and boundaries. This is the style most commonly used by everyday people and some professional artists. It is often used to outline the basic shape of the figure. Line drawings are usually not as detailed as other styles, although some line drawings are very detailed.</li>\n	<li><strong>Tone drawing</strong> -- the use of the contrasting properties of light and dark to create visual boundaries. The resulting image is softer than a line drawing and is better suited to create realistic images.</li>\n	<li><strong>Blending</strong> -- the deliberate \"smudging\" of lines and tones, sometimes with the use of tissue, tortillions, or blending stumps to create \"soft\" shades. When attempting to create realistic portraits, you should focus heavily on perfecting proper blending to create realistic shadows to provide detailed texture and depth.</li>\n</ul>\n<h3>Getting Your Line Drawing Started</h3>\nSo before you actually put pencil to paper, you need to have in mind who you are going to draw (your subject) and what you are going to use to help you capture your subject’s likeness. If you are just practicing for fun without much concern for accuracy, your own memory or imagination is good enough. For a better representation, I would suggest using a reference photo. You can try drawing the reference photo exactly as you see it, or just use it as a “reference” and implement your artistic creativity to draw the same subject in a different pose, from a different angle, etc. Or for a real challenge, you can draw a live model who is willing to pose for you. Just remember, if you are going for the closest possible likeness of your subject and a very realistic portrait, then it is crucial that you take the time needed to get your line drawing right. Do not rush this step!\n\nMost artists begin their line drawing by sketching basic shapes. Shapes such as circles, ovals, and rectangles are the most popular types of shapes in sketching people. Drawing these shapes can help you visualize the proportions of the body.\n\nTraditional drawing uses these shapes as guides to better create the features of the body. For example, when you draw a face you can start with an oval or a slightly egg-shaped circle to represent the general contour of the head. Within this shape, you can draw additional guidelines to help you properly place the nose, eyes, ears and mouth. So, it is important to know how to use these basic shapes, as it is one of the most important portrait drawing techniques.<b>\n</b>\n\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-guideline-sketch.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-840\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-guideline-sketch.jpg\" alt=\"drawing techniques guideline sketch\" width=\"329\" height=\"265\" /></a>\n\nAn alternate method for creating a realistic line drawing is called grid drawing. Of all the portrait drawing techniques available, drawing with the use of a grid has got to be my personal favorite! Grid drawing is not “cheating”. In fact, it has been around for centuries. Basically, this technique consists of dividing a reference photo into a grid of equally-sized squares and drawing the same number of squares on your paper. Then it is only a matter of drawing what you see in each square. When I first began using this technique, it took the quality of my work to another level! Not only is this method perfect for beginners, but many professional artists still swear by it.\n\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-example.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-844\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-example.jpg\" alt=\"eyes of the bride grid example\" width=\"431\" height=\"215\" /></a>\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-drawing-example.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-843\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-drawing-example.jpg\" alt=\"eyes of the bride grid drawing example\" width=\"560\" height=\"427\" /></a></p>\n\n<h3>Shading Techniques for Adding Tones</h3>\nAfter you get your line drawing down, you may want to add tones for an extra layer of realism. Here are some tried and true methods to add shading to the people you draw and bring them to life.\n\n• <strong>Stippling</strong> -- using \"dots or points\" to recreate shade and texture. Though rarely used in sketches, it has a vibrant effect, especially when viewed from afar.\n\n• <strong>Hatching</strong> -- the use of diagonal lines to create the illusion of shade and shadow. Many caricatures and cartoon sketches have this kind of style to add depth. When done properly, hatching also contributes much detail and realism to pencil portraits.\n\n• <strong>Crosshatching</strong> – similar to ordinary hatching, but instead of using diagonal lines, you use overlapping lines \"crossing\" one another. This will add more volume to the shade in sketches and drawings.\n\n• <strong>Circulism (also called Scumbling)</strong> -- the use of tiny little circles drawn or “scribbled” closely together and built up in layers. Artists who have mastered this technique achieve some excellent results with very realistic skin textures.\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-shading2.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-1248\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-shading2.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"600\" height=\"450\" /></a></p>\nTry these different shading techniques out and find what you like best, or use a combination of them. I use a mix of the last three, but I probably do more hatching than anything else. Hatching allows me to draw lines at angles that complement the contour of the face, thus getting a more natural look when blending my tones together.\n<h3>Applying Techniques in Your Portraits</h3>\nCelebrity chef Tom Colicchio one said “Recipes tell you nothing. Learning techniques is the key.” While I do think recipes are important, I also see where Tom is coming from. You may try to follow a recipe step-by-step, but if you don’t understand the techniques within each step, you may not be happy with what comes out of the oven.\n\nSo, it’s time for you to apply these simple drawing techniques and create a realistic portrait of your own. Consider the steps you need to take to finish your portrait. You can even use a tutorial from this website that lays out the steps for you. Just think of your steps or your tutorial as your “recipe”. As you work to complete each step from your portrait recipe, keep in mind the techniques you have learned: the best pencil choices and uses of erasers, choice of drawing style, creating the basic shapes for your line drawing, and how you will add tones to later blend. The more you practice the steps and apply the techniques to your portraits, the happier you will be with your results!','Simple Drawing Techniques for Realistic Pencil Portraits','','inherit','open','open','','837-autosave-v1','','','2015-07-15 14:52:49','2015-07-15 21:52:49','',837,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/837-autosave-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(875,2,'2013-12-30 17:09:45','2013-12-31 01:09:45','<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-of-girl-by-graphite-pencil.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-867\" alt=\"drawing of girl by graphite pencil\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-of-girl-by-graphite-pencil-300x200.jpg\" width=\"300\" height=\"200\" /></a>The desire of man to keep for himself a record of his everyday activities is so powerful that simple drawings were developed just to provide a solution to such a necessity. Cave paintings, hieroglyphics, and all artistic attempts to capture any moment quickly became a popular method of communication and thus enhancing human development. The art of drawing has been a part of human history ever since.\r\n\r\nToday the skill of drawing people, etching onto paper or canvas a recognizable likeness, is not only a hobby for many, but its impressive aura is still present. In fact, people still stand in awe whenever they see someone drawing realistic images with ease. How do they do it? As I taught myself how to draw over the years, I learned and implemented techniques from other portrait artists that enhanced the realism in my own work. Today, we too will stand in awe as we peer into how these images are made and how some artists so easily capture reality onto paper. Let’s look at several simple drawing techniques used by professional artists everywhere.\r\n<h3>Drawing Instrument Basics</h3>\r\nIt is very important that you know of the drawing instruments needed and how to use them in order to create a realistic portrait. There are several key drawing tools that professional artists use for pencil portraits. Here is a look at two of the most basic instruments: the pencil and the eraser.\r\n<h4>The Pencil</h4>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/artist-pencils.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-866\" alt=\"artist pencils\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/artist-pencils-300x200.jpg\" width=\"300\" height=\"200\" /></a>For the most part, people doing realistic portraits are fond of using graphite pencil (also called lead pencil), as it gives them the ability to focus on detail. <a title=\"Derwent Graphic Pencils, Soft, Metal Tin, 12 Count (34215)\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/derwent-graphic-pencils-soft-metal-tin-12-count-34215/\">Graphite pencils</a> come in a range of grades (from 9H to 9B), but there are generally two types: hard and soft. Hard pencils, or H pencils, are used to create light, fine lines. Soft pencils, or B pencils, are generally used to create darker shades and texture.\r\n\r\nSome artists find the need to have at least two types of pencils, one for drawing fine lines and one for drawing coarser lines and for shading. In most cases, the HB pencil (or something close to it) is preferred because of its versatility and ability to draw fine and coarse lines easily. Your traditional No. 2 pencil is an HB lead. I personally like to use a <a title=\"Pentel GraphGear 500 Automatic Drafting Pencil Black (PG525A)\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/pentel-graphgear-500-automatic-drafting-pencil-black-pg525a/\">mechanical 2B lead pencil</a> for realistic portraits. It allows for fine details, light tones, and deep shading all in one!\r\n\r\nWhen using standard wooden pencils, the way you grasp them can affect the overall look of the portrait. A light hold on the pencil, with the use of the thumb and the pointer finger, is often used to ensure the lines are light, soft, and almost invisible. A full grasp can ensure heavier, darker lines for creating shades. A slanting grip makes use of the side of the pencil\'s graphite to provide a soft thick shade and a good texture. Ultimately though, grasp is determined by an artist’s personal style and preference. Experiment with different ways of holding your pencil to find the best results for you.\r\n<h4>The Eraser</h4>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eraser-hair-highlights.jpg\"><img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-842\" alt=\"eraser hair highlights\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eraser-hair-highlights.jpg\" width=\"105\" height=\"213\" /></a>The eraser is an important tool to use when doing portraits using pencil. Erasers are good for more than just getting rid of your mistakes. You use an eraser to complement your drawings. It can produce a wonderful effect, especially if you know how to use it properly. For example, you can use a kneaded eraser or an <a title=\"SAKURA ELECTRIC ERASER Drafting, Engineering, Art -General Catalog\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/sakura-electric-eraser-drafting-engineering-art-general-catalog/\">electric eraser</a> to lift graphite off the paper and produce streaks that resemble wonderful highlights in hair, as seen in this example.\r\n<h3>Choosing or Combining Drawing Styles</h3>\r\nThere are a number of drawing styles you can choose for drawing your portraits. Your choice depends on the level of detail you are going for, as well as the “look” or “feel” you hope to capture. You can use these styles in isolation, or you can combine them for more realistic results.\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><strong>Line drawing</strong> -- the use of definite lines of various widths to create shapes and boundaries. This is the style most commonly used by everyday people and some professional artists. It is often used to outline the basic shape of the figure. Line drawings are usually not as detailed as other styles, although some line drawings are very detailed.</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Tone drawing</strong> -- the use of the contrasting properties of light and dark to create visual boundaries. The resulting image is softer than a line drawing and is better suited to create realistic images.</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Blending</strong> -- the deliberate \"smudging\" of lines and tones, sometimes with the use of tissue, tortillons, or blending stumps to create \"soft\" shades. When attempting to create realistic portraits, you should focus heavily on perfecting proper blending to create realistic shadows to provide detailed texture and depth.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h3>Getting Your Line Drawing Started</h3>\r\nSo before you actually put pencil to paper, you need to have in mind who you are going to draw (your subject) and what you are going to use to help you capture your subject’s likeness. If you are just practicing for fun without much concern for accuracy, your own memory or imagination is good enough. For a better representation, I would suggest using a reference photo. You can try drawing the reference photo exactly as you see it, or just use it as a “reference” and implement your artistic creativity to draw the same subject in a different pose, from a different angle, etc. Or for a real challenge, you can draw a live model who is willing to pose for you. Just remember, if you are going for the closest possible likeness of your subject and a very realistic portrait, then it is crucial that you take the time needed to get your line drawing right. Do not rush this step!\r\n\r\nMost artists begin their line drawing by sketching basic shapes. Shapes such as circles, ovals, and rectangles are the most popular types of shapes in sketching people. Drawing these shapes can help you visualize the proportions of the body.\r\n\r\nTraditional drawing uses these shapes as guides to better create the features of the body. For example, when you draw a face you can start with an oval or a slightly egg-shaped circle to represent the general contour of the head. Within this shape, you can draw additional guidelines to help you properly place the nose, eyes, ears and mouth. So, it is important to know how to use these basic shapes, as it is one of the most important portrait drawing techniques.<b>\r\n</b>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-guideline-sketch.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-840\" alt=\"drawing techniques guideline sketch\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-guideline-sketch.jpg\" width=\"329\" height=\"265\" /></a>\r\n\r\nAn alternate method for creating a realistic line drawing is called grid drawing. Of all the portrait drawing techniques available, drawing with the use of a grid has got to be my personal favorite! Grid drawing is not “cheating”. In fact, it has been around for centuries. Basically, this technique consists of dividing a reference photo into a grid of equally-sized squares and drawing the same number of squares on your paper. Then it is only a matter of drawing what you see in each square. When I first began using this technique, it took the quality of my work to another level! Not only is this method perfect for beginners, but many professional artists still swear by it.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-example.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-844\" alt=\"eyes of the bride grid example\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-example.jpg\" width=\"431\" height=\"215\" /></a>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-drawing-example.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-843\" alt=\"eyes of the bride grid drawing example\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-drawing-example.jpg\" width=\"560\" height=\"427\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Shading Techniques for Adding Tones</h3>\r\nAfter you get your line drawing down, you may want to add tones for an extra layer of realism. Here are some tried and true methods to add shading to the people you draw and bring them to life.\r\n\r\n• <strong>Pointillism</strong> -- using \"dots or points\" to recreate shade and texture. Though rarely used in sketches, it has a vibrant effect, especially when viewed from afar.\r\n\r\n• <strong>Hatching</strong> -- the use of diagonal lines to create the illusion of shade and shadow. Many caricatures and cartoon sketches have this kind of style to add depth. When done properly, hatching also contributes much detail and realism to pencil portraits.\r\n\r\n• <strong>Crosshatching</strong> – similar to ordinary hatching, but instead of using diagonal lines, you use overlapping lines \"crossing\" one another. This will add more volume to the shade in sketches and drawings.\r\n\r\n• <strong>Circulism (also called Scumbling)</strong> -- the use of tiny little circles drawn or “scribbled” closely together and built up in layers. Artists who have mastered this technique achieve some excellent results with very realistic skin textures.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-shading.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-841\" alt=\"drawing techniques shading\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-shading.jpg\" width=\"344\" height=\"187\" /></a>\r\n\r\nTry these different shading techniques out and find what you like best, or use a combination of them. I use a mix of the last three, but I probably do more hatching than anything else. Hatching allows me to draw lines at an angle that compliments the contour of the face, thus getting a more natural look when blending my tones together.\r\n<h3>Applying Techniques in Your Portraits</h3>\r\nCelebrity chef Tom Colicchio one said “Recipes tell you nothing. Learning techniques is the key.” While I do think recipes are important, I also see where Tom is coming from. You may try to follow a recipe step-by-step, but if you don’t understand the techniques within each step, you may not be happy with what comes out of the oven.\r\n\r\nSo, it’s time for you to apply these drawing techniques and create a realistic portrait of your own. Consider the steps you need to take to finish your portrait. You can even use a tutorial from this website that lays out the steps for you. Just think of your steps or your tutorial as your “recipe”. As you work to complete each step from your portrait recipe, keep in mind the techniques you have learned: the best pencil choices and uses of erasers, choice of drawing style, creating the basic shapes for your line drawing, and how you will add tones to later blend. The more you practice the steps and apply the techniques to your portraits, the happier you will be with your results!','Simple Drawing Techniques for Realistic Pencil Portraits','','inherit','open','open','','837-revision-v1','','','2013-12-30 17:09:45','2013-12-31 01:09:45','',837,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/837-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1249,2,'2014-06-24 09:28:01','2014-06-24 16:28:01','<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-of-girl-by-graphite-pencil.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-867\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-of-girl-by-graphite-pencil-300x200.jpg\" alt=\"drawing of girl by graphite pencil\" width=\"300\" height=\"200\" /></a>The desire of man to keep for himself a record of his everyday activities is so powerful that simple drawings were developed just to provide a solution to such a necessity. Cave paintings, hieroglyphics, and all artistic attempts to capture any moment quickly became a popular method of communication and thus enhancing human development. The art of drawing has been a part of human history ever since.\r\n\r\nToday the skill of drawing people, etching onto paper or canvas a recognizable likeness, is not only a hobby for many, but its impressive aura is still present. In fact, people still stand in awe whenever they see someone drawing realistic images with ease. How do they do it? As I taught myself how to draw over the years, I learned and implemented techniques from other portrait artists that enhanced the realism in my own work. Today, we too will stand in awe as we peer into how these images are made and how some artists so easily capture reality onto paper. Let’s look at several simple drawing techniques used by professional artists everywhere.\r\n<h3>Drawing Instrument Basics</h3>\r\nIt is very important that you know of the drawing instruments needed and how to use them in order to create a realistic portrait. There are several key drawing tools that professional artists use for pencil portraits. Here is a look at two of the most basic instruments: the pencil and the eraser.\r\n<h4>The Pencil</h4>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/artist-pencils.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-866\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/artist-pencils-300x200.jpg\" alt=\"artist pencils\" width=\"300\" height=\"200\" /></a>For the most part, people doing realistic portraits are fond of using graphite pencil (also called lead pencil), as it gives them the ability to focus on detail. <a title=\"Derwent Graphic Pencils, Soft, Metal Tin, 12 Count (34215)\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/derwent-graphic-pencils-soft-metal-tin-12-count-34215/\">Graphite pencils</a> come in a range of grades (from 9H to 9B), but there are generally two types: hard and soft. Hard pencils, or H pencils, are used to create light, fine lines. Soft pencils, or B pencils, are generally used to create darker shades and texture.\r\n\r\nSome artists find the need to have at least two types of pencils, one for drawing fine lines and one for drawing coarser lines and for shading. In most cases, the HB pencil (or something close to it) is preferred because of its versatility and ability to draw fine and coarse lines easily. Your traditional No. 2 pencil is an HB lead. I personally like to use a <a title=\"Pentel GraphGear 500 Automatic Drafting Pencil Black (PG525A)\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/pentel-graphgear-500-automatic-drafting-pencil-black-pg525a/\">mechanical 2B lead pencil</a> for realistic portraits. It allows for fine details, light tones, and deep shading all in one!\r\n\r\nWhen using standard wooden pencils, the way you grasp them can affect the overall look of the portrait. A light hold on the pencil, with the use of the thumb and the pointer finger, is often used to ensure the lines are light, soft, and almost invisible. A full grasp can ensure heavier, darker lines for creating shades. A slanting grip makes use of the side of the pencil\'s graphite to provide a soft thick shade and a good texture. Ultimately though, grasp is determined by an artist’s personal style and preference. Experiment with different ways of holding your pencil to find the best results for you.\r\n<h4>The Eraser</h4>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eraser-hair-highlights.jpg\"><img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-842\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eraser-hair-highlights.jpg\" alt=\"eraser hair highlights\" width=\"105\" height=\"213\" /></a>The eraser is an important tool to use when doing portraits using pencil. Erasers are good for more than just getting rid of your mistakes. You use an eraser to complement your drawings. It can produce a wonderful effect, especially if you know how to use it properly. For example, you can use a kneaded eraser or an <a title=\"SAKURA ELECTRIC ERASER Drafting, Engineering, Art -General Catalog\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/sakura-electric-eraser-drafting-engineering-art-general-catalog/\">electric eraser</a> to lift graphite off the paper and produce streaks that resemble wonderful highlights in hair, as seen in this example.\r\n<h3>Choosing or Combining Drawing Styles</h3>\r\nThere are a number of drawing styles you can choose for drawing your portraits. Your choice depends on the level of detail you are going for, as well as the “look” or “feel” you hope to capture. You can use these styles in isolation, or you can combine them for more realistic results.\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><strong>Line drawing</strong> -- the use of definite lines of various widths to create shapes and boundaries. This is the style most commonly used by everyday people and some professional artists. It is often used to outline the basic shape of the figure. Line drawings are usually not as detailed as other styles, although some line drawings are very detailed.</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Tone drawing</strong> -- the use of the contrasting properties of light and dark to create visual boundaries. The resulting image is softer than a line drawing and is better suited to create realistic images.</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Blending</strong> -- the deliberate \"smudging\" of lines and tones, sometimes with the use of tissue, tortillons, or blending stumps to create \"soft\" shades. When attempting to create realistic portraits, you should focus heavily on perfecting proper blending to create realistic shadows to provide detailed texture and depth.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h3>Getting Your Line Drawing Started</h3>\r\nSo before you actually put pencil to paper, you need to have in mind who you are going to draw (your subject) and what you are going to use to help you capture your subject’s likeness. If you are just practicing for fun without much concern for accuracy, your own memory or imagination is good enough. For a better representation, I would suggest using a reference photo. You can try drawing the reference photo exactly as you see it, or just use it as a “reference” and implement your artistic creativity to draw the same subject in a different pose, from a different angle, etc. Or for a real challenge, you can draw a live model who is willing to pose for you. Just remember, if you are going for the closest possible likeness of your subject and a very realistic portrait, then it is crucial that you take the time needed to get your line drawing right. Do not rush this step!\r\n\r\nMost artists begin their line drawing by sketching basic shapes. Shapes such as circles, ovals, and rectangles are the most popular types of shapes in sketching people. Drawing these shapes can help you visualize the proportions of the body.\r\n\r\nTraditional drawing uses these shapes as guides to better create the features of the body. For example, when you draw a face you can start with an oval or a slightly egg-shaped circle to represent the general contour of the head. Within this shape, you can draw additional guidelines to help you properly place the nose, eyes, ears and mouth. So, it is important to know how to use these basic shapes, as it is one of the most important portrait drawing techniques.<b>\r\n</b>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-guideline-sketch.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-840\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-guideline-sketch.jpg\" alt=\"drawing techniques guideline sketch\" width=\"329\" height=\"265\" /></a>\r\n\r\nAn alternate method for creating a realistic line drawing is called grid drawing. Of all the portrait drawing techniques available, drawing with the use of a grid has got to be my personal favorite! Grid drawing is not “cheating”. In fact, it has been around for centuries. Basically, this technique consists of dividing a reference photo into a grid of equally-sized squares and drawing the same number of squares on your paper. Then it is only a matter of drawing what you see in each square. When I first began using this technique, it took the quality of my work to another level! Not only is this method perfect for beginners, but many professional artists still swear by it.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-example.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-844\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-example.jpg\" alt=\"eyes of the bride grid example\" width=\"431\" height=\"215\" /></a>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-drawing-example.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-843\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-drawing-example.jpg\" alt=\"eyes of the bride grid drawing example\" width=\"560\" height=\"427\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Shading Techniques for Adding Tones</h3>\r\nAfter you get your line drawing down, you may want to add tones for an extra layer of realism. Here are some tried and true methods to add shading to the people you draw and bring them to life.\r\n\r\n• <strong>Stippling</strong> -- using \"dots or points\" to recreate shade and texture. Though rarely used in sketches, it has a vibrant effect, especially when viewed from afar.\r\n\r\n• <strong>Hatching</strong> -- the use of diagonal lines to create the illusion of shade and shadow. Many caricatures and cartoon sketches have this kind of style to add depth. When done properly, hatching also contributes much detail and realism to pencil portraits.\r\n\r\n• <strong>Crosshatching</strong> – similar to ordinary hatching, but instead of using diagonal lines, you use overlapping lines \"crossing\" one another. This will add more volume to the shade in sketches and drawings.\r\n\r\n• <strong>Circulism (also called Scumbling)</strong> -- the use of tiny little circles drawn or “scribbled” closely together and built up in layers. Artists who have mastered this technique achieve some excellent results with very realistic skin textures.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-shading2.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter wp-image-1248\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-shading2.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"600\" height=\"450\" /></a></p>\r\nTry these different shading techniques out and find what you like best, or use a combination of them. I use a mix of the last three, but I probably do more hatching than anything else. Hatching allows me to draw lines at an angle that compliments the contour of the face, thus getting a more natural look when blending my tones together.\r\n<h3>Applying Techniques in Your Portraits</h3>\r\nCelebrity chef Tom Colicchio one said “Recipes tell you nothing. Learning techniques is the key.” While I do think recipes are important, I also see where Tom is coming from. You may try to follow a recipe step-by-step, but if you don’t understand the techniques within each step, you may not be happy with what comes out of the oven.\r\n\r\nSo, it’s time for you to apply these drawing techniques and create a realistic portrait of your own. Consider the steps you need to take to finish your portrait. You can even use a tutorial from this website that lays out the steps for you. Just think of your steps or your tutorial as your “recipe”. As you work to complete each step from your portrait recipe, keep in mind the techniques you have learned: the best pencil choices and uses of erasers, choice of drawing style, creating the basic shapes for your line drawing, and how you will add tones to later blend. The more you practice the steps and apply the techniques to your portraits, the happier you will be with your results!','Simple Drawing Techniques for Realistic Pencil Portraits','','inherit','open','open','','837-revision-v1','','','2014-06-24 09:28:01','2014-06-24 16:28:01','',837,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/837-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(877,2,'2013-12-30 18:05:07','2013-12-31 02:05:07','<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-of-girl-by-graphite-pencil.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-867\" alt=\"drawing of girl by graphite pencil\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-of-girl-by-graphite-pencil-300x200.jpg\" width=\"300\" height=\"200\" /></a>The desire of man to keep for himself a record of his everyday activities is so powerful that simple drawings were developed just to provide a solution to such a necessity. Cave paintings, hieroglyphics, and all artistic attempts to capture any moment quickly became a popular method of communication and thus enhancing human development. The art of drawing has been a part of human history ever since.\r\n\r\nToday the skill of drawing people, etching onto paper or canvas a recognizable likeness, is not only a hobby for many, but its impressive aura is still present. In fact, people still stand in awe whenever they see someone drawing realistic images with ease. How do they do it? As I taught myself how to draw over the years, I learned and implemented techniques from other portrait artists that enhanced the realism in my own work. Today, we too will stand in awe as we peer into how these images are made and how some artists so easily capture reality onto paper. Let’s look at several simple drawing techniques used by professional artists everywhere.\r\n<h3>Drawing Instrument Basics</h3>\r\nIt is very important that you know of the drawing instruments needed and how to use them in order to create a realistic portrait. There are several key drawing tools that professional artists use for pencil portraits. Here is a look at two of the most basic instruments: the pencil and the eraser.\r\n<h4>The Pencil</h4>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/artist-pencils.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-866\" alt=\"artist pencils\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/artist-pencils-300x200.jpg\" width=\"300\" height=\"200\" /></a>For the most part, people doing realistic portraits are fond of using graphite pencil (also called lead pencil), as it gives them the ability to focus on detail. <a title=\"Derwent Graphic Pencils, Soft, Metal Tin, 12 Count (34215)\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/derwent-graphic-pencils-soft-metal-tin-12-count-34215/\">Graphite pencils</a> come in a range of grades (from 9H to 9B), but there are generally two types: hard and soft. Hard pencils, or H pencils, are used to create light, fine lines. Soft pencils, or B pencils, are generally used to create darker shades and texture.\r\n\r\nSome artists find the need to have at least two types of pencils, one for drawing fine lines and one for drawing coarser lines and for shading. In most cases, the HB pencil (or something close to it) is preferred because of its versatility and ability to draw fine and coarse lines easily. Your traditional No. 2 pencil is an HB lead. I personally like to use a <a title=\"Pentel GraphGear 500 Automatic Drafting Pencil Black (PG525A)\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/pentel-graphgear-500-automatic-drafting-pencil-black-pg525a/\">mechanical 2B lead pencil</a> for realistic portraits. It allows for fine details, light tones, and deep shading all in one!\r\n\r\nWhen using standard wooden pencils, the way you grasp them can affect the overall look of the portrait. A light hold on the pencil, with the use of the thumb and the pointer finger, is often used to ensure the lines are light, soft, and almost invisible. A full grasp can ensure heavier, darker lines for creating shades. A slanting grip makes use of the side of the pencil\'s graphite to provide a soft thick shade and a good texture. Ultimately though, grasp is determined by an artist’s personal style and preference. Experiment with different ways of holding your pencil to find the best results for you.\r\n<h4>The Eraser</h4>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eraser-hair-highlights.jpg\"><img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-842\" alt=\"eraser hair highlights\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eraser-hair-highlights.jpg\" width=\"105\" height=\"213\" /></a>The eraser is an important tool to use when doing portraits using pencil. Erasers are good for more than just getting rid of your mistakes. You use an eraser to complement your drawings. It can produce a wonderful effect, especially if you know how to use it properly. For example, you can use a kneaded eraser or an <a title=\"SAKURA ELECTRIC ERASER Drafting, Engineering, Art -General Catalog\" href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/sakura-electric-eraser-drafting-engineering-art-general-catalog/\">electric eraser</a> to lift graphite off the paper and produce streaks that resemble wonderful highlights in hair, as seen in this example.\r\n<h3>Choosing or Combining Drawing Styles</h3>\r\nThere are a number of drawing styles you can choose for drawing your portraits. Your choice depends on the level of detail you are going for, as well as the “look” or “feel” you hope to capture. You can use these styles in isolation, or you can combine them for more realistic results.\r\n<ul>\r\n	<li><strong>Line drawing</strong> -- the use of definite lines of various widths to create shapes and boundaries. This is the style most commonly used by everyday people and some professional artists. It is often used to outline the basic shape of the figure. Line drawings are usually not as detailed as other styles, although some line drawings are very detailed.</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Tone drawing</strong> -- the use of the contrasting properties of light and dark to create visual boundaries. The resulting image is softer than a line drawing and is better suited to create realistic images.</li>\r\n	<li><strong>Blending</strong> -- the deliberate \"smudging\" of lines and tones, sometimes with the use of tissue, tortillons, or blending stumps to create \"soft\" shades. When attempting to create realistic portraits, you should focus heavily on perfecting proper blending to create realistic shadows to provide detailed texture and depth.</li>\r\n</ul>\r\n<h3>Getting Your Line Drawing Started</h3>\r\nSo before you actually put pencil to paper, you need to have in mind who you are going to draw (your subject) and what you are going to use to help you capture your subject’s likeness. If you are just practicing for fun without much concern for accuracy, your own memory or imagination is good enough. For a better representation, I would suggest using a reference photo. You can try drawing the reference photo exactly as you see it, or just use it as a “reference” and implement your artistic creativity to draw the same subject in a different pose, from a different angle, etc. Or for a real challenge, you can draw a live model who is willing to pose for you. Just remember, if you are going for the closest possible likeness of your subject and a very realistic portrait, then it is crucial that you take the time needed to get your line drawing right. Do not rush this step!\r\n\r\nMost artists begin their line drawing by sketching basic shapes. Shapes such as circles, ovals, and rectangles are the most popular types of shapes in sketching people. Drawing these shapes can help you visualize the proportions of the body.\r\n\r\nTraditional drawing uses these shapes as guides to better create the features of the body. For example, when you draw a face you can start with an oval or a slightly egg-shaped circle to represent the general contour of the head. Within this shape, you can draw additional guidelines to help you properly place the nose, eyes, ears and mouth. So, it is important to know how to use these basic shapes, as it is one of the most important portrait drawing techniques.<b>\r\n</b>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-guideline-sketch.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-840\" alt=\"drawing techniques guideline sketch\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-guideline-sketch.jpg\" width=\"329\" height=\"265\" /></a>\r\n\r\nAn alternate method for creating a realistic line drawing is called grid drawing. Of all the portrait drawing techniques available, drawing with the use of a grid has got to be my personal favorite! Grid drawing is not “cheating”. In fact, it has been around for centuries. Basically, this technique consists of dividing a reference photo into a grid of equally-sized squares and drawing the same number of squares on your paper. Then it is only a matter of drawing what you see in each square. When I first began using this technique, it took the quality of my work to another level! Not only is this method perfect for beginners, but many professional artists still swear by it.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-example.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-844\" alt=\"eyes of the bride grid example\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-example.jpg\" width=\"431\" height=\"215\" /></a>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-drawing-example.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-843\" alt=\"eyes of the bride grid drawing example\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/eyes-of-the-bride-grid-drawing-example.jpg\" width=\"560\" height=\"427\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3>Shading Techniques for Adding Tones</h3>\r\nAfter you get your line drawing down, you may want to add tones for an extra layer of realism. Here are some tried and true methods to add shading to the people you draw and bring them to life.\r\n\r\n• <strong>Pointillism</strong> -- using \"dots or points\" to recreate shade and texture. Though rarely used in sketches, it has a vibrant effect, especially when viewed from afar.\r\n\r\n• <strong>Hatching</strong> -- the use of diagonal lines to create the illusion of shade and shadow. Many caricatures and cartoon sketches have this kind of style to add depth. When done properly, hatching also contributes much detail and realism to pencil portraits.\r\n\r\n• <strong>Crosshatching</strong> – similar to ordinary hatching, but instead of using diagonal lines, you use overlapping lines \"crossing\" one another. This will add more volume to the shade in sketches and drawings.\r\n\r\n• <strong>Circulism (also called Scumbling)</strong> -- the use of tiny little circles drawn or “scribbled” closely together and built up in layers. Artists who have mastered this technique achieve some excellent results with very realistic skin textures.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-shading1.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-876\" alt=\"drawing techniques shading\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/drawing-techniques-shading1.jpg\" width=\"576\" height=\"432\" /></a></p>\r\nTry these different shading techniques out and find what you like best, or use a combination of them. I use a mix of the last three, but I probably do more hatching than anything else. Hatching allows me to draw lines at an angle that compliments the contour of the face, thus getting a more natural look when blending my tones together.\r\n<h3>Applying Techniques in Your Portraits</h3>\r\nCelebrity chef Tom Colicchio one said “Recipes tell you nothing. Learning techniques is the key.” While I do think recipes are important, I also see where Tom is coming from. You may try to follow a recipe step-by-step, but if you don’t understand the techniques within each step, you may not be happy with what comes out of the oven.\r\n\r\nSo, it’s time for you to apply these drawing techniques and create a realistic portrait of your own. Consider the steps you need to take to finish your portrait. You can even use a tutorial from this website that lays out the steps for you. Just think of your steps or your tutorial as your “recipe”. As you work to complete each step from your portrait recipe, keep in mind the techniques you have learned: the best pencil choices and uses of erasers, choice of drawing style, creating the basic shapes for your line drawing, and how you will add tones to later blend. The more you practice the steps and apply the techniques to your portraits, the happier you will be with your results!','Simple Drawing Techniques for Realistic Pencil Portraits','','inherit','open','open','','837-revision-v1','','','2013-12-30 18:05:07','2013-12-31 02:05:07','',837,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/837-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(878,2,'2014-09-02 07:24:44','2014-09-02 14:24:44','<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-simple-tips.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1451\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-simple-tips.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces simple tips\" width=\"1200\" height=\"800\" /></a>\r\n\r\nThe human face is a very intriguing and inspiring subject. It is also one of the most challenging and scariest things to draw because it is so easy to produce a \"bad\" picture.\r\n\r\nWhen it comes to illustrating human facial features, beginning artists simply think that their work may not be good enough or fail to look \"real\" or authentic. This is especially true when it comes to portraiture, an approach that requires accuracy, technique, and skill in order to produce a realistic image.\r\n\r\nAs a beginning artist, what you may not know is that drawing the human face can be a fantastic opportunity to explore different techniques and improve your drawing skills. Learn how to draw faces using some simple tips from this post, and you can begin to build the right skills in order to approach this art form with confidence!\r\n<h3> Drawing a Face... Any Face</h3>\r\nThere are two ways you can draw human faces: draw a \"generic\" image or create a likeness.\r\n\r\nA generic image is quite simply something you imagine, something that you come up with and sketch onto paper. A likeness, on the other hand, is a drawing that resembles a real person.\r\n\r\nA portrait is a likeness, which means it will require a slightly different technique in order to <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/realistic-line-drawings-of-any-face-post\">create an image that is realistic and close to the source image,</a> such as a reference photograph or a live model.\r\n\r\nRegardless, there are certain issues that must be understood in order to create an image that is believable and artistic.\r\n<h3>Understanding Proportion</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-measure.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-883\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-measure-200x300.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces measure\" width=\"200\" height=\"300\" /></a>The most common reason beginning artists find it tricky to draw faces is because they draw an image with the wrong proportions.\r\n\r\nEyes, for example, may appear too high on the forehead or too far apart, or the lips may appear too high above the chin. Proportion refers to how one part of the face appears in relation to the other parts, such as the nose, mouth and ears.\r\n\r\nWith good proportion, a multi-featured object such as a face will appear more aesthetically pleasing. But how do you achieve proportion?\r\n\r\nOne simple way is to measure. When first trying to draw the features that make up a face, use a ruler or tape measure and take measurements, such as the distance of one edge of the eye to the other edge, the length of the nose, the distance between the eyebrows, the distance of the chin from the edge of the lower lip, the width of the nostrils, etc.\r\n\r\nBy taking measurements, you will be able to see the relationship between features of the face and learn how to put them together on a blank space so that they make sense. In time, you will have proportion down to a science, making it easier for you to make adjustments in order to create a more pleasing image.\r\n\r\nAnother way to achieve proportion is to follow some commonly accepted guidelines for the placement of facial features. Check some out in the image below. The more measurements you make and the more studying of faces you do, the more you will realize these guidelines for yourself.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-guidelines.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-891\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-guidelines.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces guidelines\" width=\"551\" height=\"568\" /></a></p>\r\n <strong>A tip:</strong> From time to time, hold up the image you are working on in front of a mirror to see if the lines and proportion are just right. Alternatively, you may view the same image in reverse by holding up the paper against a light source and viewing your drawing from the back. Features of the face should appear even and well-proportioned. If anything appears lopsided, make the necessary corrections.\r\n\r\n<strong>Note:</strong> Proportion is relative. What works for one face may not work for another. The above guidelines are broad and general. If you are doing portraiture, remember that each face is different. Some people, for example, have higher foreheads than others. They may have close-set eyes, narrower nostrils, thinner lips, smaller chins, etc. If your goal is to capture an accurate likeness of a particular person, you may want to try <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/realistic-line-drawings-of-any-face-post\">an even more reliable technique.</a> What matters, though, is that you understand basic proportions of each face and use them to build your image.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Faces Using Profiles</h3>\r\nFirst, let us learn of the three major ways that a face is drawn: the Straight On View (face is forward), the Profile View (face is turned to the side) and the Three Quarters View (face is turned slightly or halfway to the side).\r\n\r\nOf these, the Profile is usually the easiest to draw because only one side of the subject\'s face is shown. The Three Quarters requires a view of about 75% of the face and shows both eyes, the nose and most of the mouth. The Straight On is the face in full view.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-views-of-faces.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-886\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-views-of-faces.jpg\" alt=\"three views of faces\" width=\"640\" height=\"480\" /></a>\r\n\r\nHere is where things can get a little tricky again. Each view has its own set of challenges. For example, the Straight On View calls for an appearance of symmetry, and if you don\'t deliver this symmetry, it is usually easy to spot. You don\'t have to worry about symmetry for the Three Quarters View, but drawing, for example, one eye smaller and a different shape and angle than the other can be tricky and problematic for many beginners trying to get it just right.\r\n\r\nOne suggestion I can give you that has been very helpful for me is to look at how the facial features align with other reference points around it. You can use an imaginary line for this or even a ruler.\r\n\r\nLet\'s say you wanted to draw a portrait using the reference photo below. Not only is it a Three Quarter View, but the subject\'s head is tilted down for an extra element of challenge!\r\n\r\nImmediately, you should look at how different parts of the face are positioned in relation to other parts of the photograph. The white lines represent examples where you can use a ruler or even \"eyeball it\" and trace the path with your finger.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-quarter-view-reference-lines.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1441\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-quarter-view-reference-lines.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"480\" height=\"480\" /></a>\r\n\r\nNotice how the man\'s right eye at the far corner lines up with the middle of his hairline at this angle? You can also see that the lower left edge of his nose is directly below his left pupil. Also, the top of the right eye is in perfect alignment with the bottom of the left eye and the attached lobe of the left ear.\r\n\r\nSimply keep looking for positional relationships like this, and you can draw a face angled in any view, any position!\r\n\r\nAlthough this technique has worked well for me over the years, it can be a little time-consuming to discover all of these interesting alignments. Also, if you get lazy and don\'t line up some features properly because you are rushing (like I have done in the past!), your results might not be what you had hoped for.\r\n\r\nThere is a much faster method of drawing a face in any position, and it removes the likelihood of you not placing your facial features properly. <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/realistic-line-drawings-of-any-face-post\">You can read more about it here.</a>\r\n\r\nNext, let’s look at some basics for drawing facial features. You can begin by learning how to illustrate each of these in isolation, and later integrate the techniques with the proportion guidelines shared earlier to create a whole Straight On face.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Eyes</h3>\r\nThe eyes are the soul of an otherwise lifeless illustration. With eyes, you can create different expressions and convey certain emotions.\r\n\r\nTo start, draw a horizontal line across the page using a pencil. This will be your guideline. Starting at just below this line, draw an almond-shaped line, allowing the pencil to move smoothly over the guideline to create a graceful arch. Stop when the line reaches the horizontal guideline. Complete the almond shape by drawing under the guideline.\r\n\r\nThe arch of the eye should be graceful and rise gradually from the guideline. If it is too steep, it may make the eye appear rounder and bigger.\r\n\r\nTo make the other eye, repeat the same steps, except that the second eye must be a mirror image of the first eye. The distance between two eyes must be the width of one eye.\r\n\r\nTo draw the iris, measure the height of the eyes at the highest part. This will be the diameter of the iris or the big circle. Within this circle, you may draw a smaller circle, also known as the pupil, and another small circle or two for highlights. Add the lids and the eyelashes.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-eyes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-892\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-eyes.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces eyes\" height=\"640\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3> How to Draw Noses</h3>\r\nThe nose may seem like a simple job but it can actually mean the difference between a well-executed drawing and a mediocre attempt. To start, consider the different parts of the nose: the bridge, the ball (the slightly rounded or pointy tip), and the nostrils (including the wings (or alars), which are the fleshy parts). You will need to integrate these parts into your drawing and make them work together.\r\n\r\nNext, draw a vertical line the length of which you want the nose to be. On both sides of this line, draw diagonal lines that are angled away from each other so that the image forms a very steep triangle.\r\n\r\nAt the base of the triangle, draw two dark strips to represent the nostrils. Using light pencil strokes, start building the nose by drawing the ball and finishing up the alars. Create more strokes to define the nose and provide shading.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-nose.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-893\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-nose.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces nose\" width=\"640\" height=\"280\" /></a></p>\r\n<strong>Tip:</strong> Keep in mind that noses can be any shape, width or length, so you do have some flexibility in drawing the nose that you like.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Ears</h3>\r\nThe ears are easily the most complicated part of drawing faces because of the different folds of fleshy areas that compose each ear. Since the shape is irregular, all you really need to do is learn the basics and practice so that you are more comfortable drawing the lines next time.\r\n\r\nTo start, draw a rectangular box with the short sides on the top and bottom. Use a 1:2 ratio to make the size proportional - that is, the long sides should be twice as long as the short sides. Using the box as a guide, draw the basic shape of the ear within it. Go gently on the curves, especially the upper arch at the top of the ear. Once done, erase the rectangle so you are left with the basic shape to work on.\r\n\r\nAdd the small bump (called a tragus) on the opposite side, slightly at the lower middle area. Make a parallel outline of the ear shape (the helix) and stop just above the lower middle point. Starting at the upper area where the tragus is, draw a thick Y-shape that curves gracefully downwards, following the outline of the ear. This line should meet the lower end of the tragus. Once you are done, you have a basic ear. Begin shading areas to create depth and dimension.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-ear.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-894\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-ear.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces ear\" width=\"640\" height=\"347\" /></a></p>\r\n <strong>Note:</strong> Ears appear different depending on the profile of the face you are drawing. A full side view or profile will show a full view of the ears, which means you may have to create better details. For reference, study photos of real ears to familiarize yourself with shape and shading.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Lips</h3>\r\nMen\'s and women\'s lips differ slightly but for the sake of learning the technique, let\'s try to draw a woman\'s lips. A woman\'s lips usually appears thicker and fuller, with more curves.\r\n\r\nTo start, draw a short horizontal guideline. This line will mark the middle part of the lips. Using the line as a guide, draw two peaks to represent the bow curve of the upper lips. The line should rise gently from the guideline to create a more natural look.\r\n\r\nStarting at one end of the line at the base of the peaks, draw the lower lip, finishing the drawing to make sure the lines all meet. Refine the lines and add shading or color.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-lips.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-895\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-lips.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces lips\" width=\"437\" height=\"640\" /></a></p>\r\n <strong>Tip:</strong> Lips may appear thicker or thinner and may even be modified to illustrate a smiling portrait. Watch for proportion in relation to the base of the mouth and the chin.\r\n<h3>But My Drawing Still Looks Nothing Like the Face I Wanted It to Look Like!</h3>\r\nIn this post, I shared just a few simple tips to help you with some of the beginning basics of drawing a face and the facial features properly. That said, there is a lot more to drawing the face than I can cover in this one post, <span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"><em>especially</em></span> if you are striving to draw a face from a reference photo and you want the likeness to match that of the photo!\r\n\r\nIf you like the suggestions in this post but still want a faster and easier way to draw faces...that is also certain to have you end up with a better drawing in the end...\r\n\r\n...then I\'d like to share with you a special guide that I wrote titled <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/realistic-line-drawings-of-any-face-post\">\"How to Make Realistic Line Drawings of Any Face\".</a> <strong><em>(You can download this guide for <span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\">free</span> when you sign up for my newsletter).</em></strong> It provides information on a very effective technique with thorough details and examples that will have you drawing any face from any reference photo, perfectly proportioned and having a true likeness to your subject.\r\n\r\nYou will also <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/realistic-line-drawings-of-any-face-post\">see how to get more detailed, realistic-looking facial features</a> with your initial line drawing. Here is an example of a reference photo of a woman\'s eyes, followed by my rendering.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/drawing-the-eyes-photo.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1444\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/drawing-the-eyes-photo.jpg\" alt=\"drawing the eyes photo\" width=\"800\" height=\"358\" /></a>\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/drawing-the-eyes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-1445\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/drawing-the-eyes.jpg\" alt=\"drawing the eyes\" width=\"800\" height=\"399\" /></a>\r\n\r\nA line drawing is typically the first (and most important) step before adding shading to a portrait to make it as realistic as possible. If your initial line drawing is already detailed and accurate, that makes your final portrait that much more convincing.\r\n\r\nA line drawing can also stand alone as artwork of its own!\r\n\r\nAfter drawing for 15 years, I learned this incredibly simple method that had me immediately drawing better, literally overnight! I will teach you to do the same.\r\n<h3>Perfecting the Human Face</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-female-face.jpg\"><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-881 alignright\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-female-face-221x300.jpg\" alt=\"how to draw faces female face\" width=\"221\" height=\"300\" /></a>The human face itself is a blank canvas that can be painted on to show a wide range of features and emotions. From pain and regret to joy and bliss to annoyance and rage, faces can be manipulated on paper to appear as you want them to appear.\r\n\r\nHowever, as you build your drawing skills, make sure to learn from the best teacher and the best source of inspiration, which is real life. When you are learning how to draw faces, learn to observe, to look, to see. Study people\'s faces in pictures and in videos. Also study and learn from drawings of faces and drawing videos. If you have a willing model, take advantage of that as well. Observe how different parts of faces are put together and determine the relationship of each feature with the others.\r\n\r\nBe an observer of life. Implement the simple tips on this page while you keep practicing. <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/realistic-line-drawings-of-any-face-post\">Seek more effective techniques</a> when you are ready. The more you are aware of your environment, the better you will be at translating what you see on paper, and you will see that drawing faces is no longer all that tricky!','How to Draw Those Tricky Faces with Some Simple Tips','','publish','open','open','','how-to-draw-faces-tips-techniques-and-short-tutorials','','','2015-07-08 00:06:22','2015-07-08 07:06:22','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/?p=878',0,'post','',4),(881,2,'2014-01-04 06:58:02','2014-01-04 14:58:02','','how to draw faces female face','','inherit','open','open','','how-to-draw-faces-female-face','','','2014-01-04 06:58:02','2014-01-04 14:58:02','',878,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-female-face.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(879,2,'2014-01-01 22:23:45','2014-01-02 06:23:45','[*****DT male face*****]The human face is a very intriguing and inspiring subject. It is also one of the most challenging and scariest things to draw because it is so easy to produce a bad picture. When it comes to illustrating human features, beginner artists simply think that their work may not be good enough or fail to look \"real\" or authentic. This is especially true when it comes to portraiture, an approach that requires accuracy, technique and skill in order to produce a realistic image. What many beginner artists do not know is that drawing the human face can be a fantastic opportunity to explore different techniques and improve one\'s drawing skills. Learn how to draw faces using this post and build the right skills in order to approach this art form with confidence.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nDrawing a Face... Any Face\r\n\r\nThere are two ways you can draw human faces: draw a \"generic\" image or create a likeness. A generic image is quite simply something you imagined, something that you come up with using a pencil and paper. A likeness, on the other hand, is a drawing that resembles a real person. A portrait is a likeness, which means it will require a slightly different technique in order to create an image that is realistic and close to the source image, such as a reference photograph or a live model. Regardless, there are certain issues that must be understood in order to create an image that is believable and artistic.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nUnderstanding Proportion\r\n\r\n[*****DT ruler on face*****]The most common mistake artists make when drawing faces is producing an image where the proportions are all wrong. Eyes, for example, may appear too high on the forehead or too far apart, or the lips may appear too high above the chin. Proportion refers to how one part of the face appears in relation to the other parts, such as the nose, mouth and ears. With good proportion, a multi-featured object such as a face will appear more aesthetically pleasing.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nBut how do you achieve proportion? One simple way is to measure. When first trying to draw the features that make up a face, use a ruler and take measurements, such as the distance of one edge of the eye to the other edge, the length of the nose, the distance between the eyebrows, the distance of the chin from the edge of the lower lip, the width of the nostrils, etc. By taking measurements, you will be able to see the relationship between objects and learn how to put them together on a blank space so that they make sense. In time, you will have proportion down to a science, making it easier for you to make adjustments in order to create a more pleasing image.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nAnother way to achieve proportion is to follow some commonly accepted guidelines for the placement of facial features. Check some out in the image below. The more measurements you make and the more studying of faces you do, the more you will realize these guidelines for yourself.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****features guidelines*****]</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nA tip: From time to time, hold up the image you are working on in front of a mirror to see if the lines and proportion are just right. Alternatively, you may view the same image in reverse by holding up the paper against a light source and viewing your drawing from the back. Features of the face should appear even and well-proportioned. If anything appears lopsided, make the necessary corrections.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nNote: Proportion is relative. What works for one face may not work for another. If you are doing portraiture, remember that each face is different. Some people, for example, have higher foreheads than others. They may have close-set eyes, narrower nostrils, thinner lips, smaller chins, etc. What matters is that you understand basic proportions of each face and use them to build your image.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nHow to Draw Faces Using Profiles\r\n\r\nFirst, let us learn of the three major ways that a face is drawn: the Straight On (face is forward), the Profile (face is turned to the side) and the Three Quarters (face is turned slightly or halfway to the side). Of these, the Profile is usually the easiest to draw because only one side of the subject\'s face is shown. The Three Quarters requires a view of about 75% of the face and shows both eyes, the nose and most of the mouth. The Straight On is the face in full view. While it can be more challenging, the Straight On is actually a very dynamic profile to work on because it can be used to convey a number of expressions, looks and emotions.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****straight on, profile, three quarters*****]</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nNext, let’s look at some basics for drawing facial features. You can begin by learning how to illustrate each of these in isolation, and later integrate the techniques with the proportion guidelines shared earlier to create a whole Straight On face.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nHow to Draw Eyes\r\n\r\nThe eyes are the soul of an otherwise lifeless illustration. With eyes, you can create different expressions and convey certain emotions. To start, draw a horizontal line across the page using a pencil. This will be your guideline. Starting at just below this line, draw an almond-shaped line, allowing the pencil to move smoothly over the guideline to create a graceful arch. Stop when the line reaches the horizontal guideline. Complete the almond shape by drawing under the guideline. The arch of the eye should be graceful and rise gradually from the guideline. If it is too steep, it may make the eye appear rounder and bigger. To make the other eye, repeat the same steps, except that the second eye must be a mirror image of the first eye. The distance between two eyes must be the width of one eye.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nTo draw the iris, measure the height of the eyes at the highest part. This will be the diameter of the iris or the big circle. Within this circle, you may draw a smaller circle, also known as the pupil, and another small circle or two for highlights. Add the lids and the eyelashes.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****outlines, circles, lids and eyelashes*****]</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nHow to Draw Noses\r\n\r\nThe nose may seem like a simple job but it can actually mean the difference between a well-executed drawing and a mediocre attempt. To start, consider the different parts of the nose: the bridge, the ball (the slightly rounded or pointy tip), and the nostrils (including the alars, which are the fleshy parts). You will need to integrate these parts into your drawing and make them work together.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nNext, draw a vertical line the length of which you want the nose to be. On both sides of this line, draw diagonal lines that are angled away from each other so that the image forms a very steep triangle. At the base of the triangle, draw two dark strips to represent the nostrils. Using light pencil strokes, start building the nose by drawing the ball and finishing up the alars. Create more strokes to define the nose and provide shading.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****verticle and triangle; nostrils, ball, and alars; strokes and shading*****]</p>\r\n<p align=\"center\"></p>\r\nTip: Keep in mind that noses can be any shape, width or length, so you do have some flexibility in drawing the nose that you like.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nHow to Draw Ears\r\n\r\nThe ears are easily the most complicated part of drawing faces because of the different folds of fleshy areas that compose each ear. Since the shape is irregular, all you really need to do is learn the basics and practice so that you are more comfortable drawing the lines next time.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nTo start, draw a rectangular box with the short sides on the top and bottom. Use a 1:2 ratio to make the size proportional - that is, the long sides should be twice as long as the short sides. Using the box as a guide, draw the basic shape of the ear within it. Go gently on the curves, especially the upper arch at the top of the ear. Once done, erase the rectangle so you are left with the basic shape to work on. Add the small bump (called a tragus) on the opposite side, slightly at the lower middle area. Make a parallel outline of the ear shape and stop just above the lower middle point. Starting at the upper area where the tragus is, draw a thick Y-shape that curves gracefully downwards, following the outline of the ear. This line should meet the lower end of the tragus. Once you are done, you have a basic ear. Begin shading areas to create depth and dimension.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****box w/ ear shape; no box w/ parallel and y; shading*****]</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nNote: Ears appear different depending on the profile of the face you are drawing. A full side view or profile will show a full view of the ears, which means you may have to create better details. For reference, study photos of real ears to familiarize yourself with shape and shading.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nHow to Draw Lips\r\n\r\nMen\'s and women\'s lips differ slightly but for the sake of learning the technique, let\'s try to draw a woman\'s lips first. A woman\'s lips usually appears thicker and fuller, with more curves. To start, draw a short horizontal guideline. This line will mark the middle part of the lips. Using the line as a guide, draw two peaks to represent the bow curve of the upper lips. The line should rise gently from the guideline to create a more natural look. Starting at one end of the line at the base of the peaks, draw the lower lip, finishing the drawing to make sure the lines all meet. Refine the lines and add shading or color.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****upper lip, lower lip, shading*****]</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nTip: Lips may appear thicker or thinner and may even be modified to illustrate a smiling portrait. Watch for proportion in relation to the base of the mouth and the chin.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nPerfecting the Human Face\r\n\r\n[*****DT female face*****]The human face itself is a blank canvas that can be painted on to show a wide range of features and emotions. From pain and regret to joy and bliss to annoyance and rage, faces can be manipulated on canvas or paper to appear as you want them to appear. However, as you build your drawing skills, make sure to learn from the best teacher and the best source of inspiration, which is real life. When you are learning how to draw faces, learn to observe, to look, to see. Study people\'s faces in pictures and in videos. Also study and learn from drawings of faces and drawing videos. If you have a willing model, take advantage of that as well. Observe how different parts of their faces are put together and determine the relationship of each feature with the others. Observe how the faces appear in different lighting conditions, especially where light and shadows fall. Be an observer of life. The more you are aware of your environment, the better you will be at translating what you see on paper or canvas using a pencil or a brush.','How to Draw Faces: Tips, Techniques and Short Tutorials','','inherit','open','open','','878-revision-v1','','','2014-01-01 22:23:45','2014-01-02 06:23:45','',878,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/878-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(880,2,'2014-01-01 22:24:01','2014-01-02 06:24:01','[*****DT male face*****]The human face is a very intriguing and inspiring subject. It is also one of the most challenging and scariest things to draw because it is so easy to produce a bad picture. When it comes to illustrating human features, beginner artists simply think that their work may not be good enough or fail to look \"real\" or authentic. This is especially true when it comes to portraiture, an approach that requires accuracy, technique and skill in order to produce a realistic image. What many beginner artists do not know is that drawing the human face can be a fantastic opportunity to explore different techniques and improve one\'s drawing skills. Learn how to draw faces using this post and build the right skills in order to approach this art form with confidence.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nDrawing a Face... Any Face\r\n\r\nThere are two ways you can draw human faces: draw a \"generic\" image or create a likeness. A generic image is quite simply something you imagined, something that you come up with using a pencil and paper. A likeness, on the other hand, is a drawing that resembles a real person. A portrait is a likeness, which means it will require a slightly different technique in order to create an image that is realistic and close to the source image, such as a reference photograph or a live model. Regardless, there are certain issues that must be understood in order to create an image that is believable and artistic.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nUnderstanding Proportion\r\n\r\n[*****DT ruler on face*****]The most common mistake artists make when drawing faces is producing an image where the proportions are all wrong. Eyes, for example, may appear too high on the forehead or too far apart, or the lips may appear too high above the chin. Proportion refers to how one part of the face appears in relation to the other parts, such as the nose, mouth and ears. With good proportion, a multi-featured object such as a face will appear more aesthetically pleasing.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nBut how do you achieve proportion? One simple way is to measure. When first trying to draw the features that make up a face, use a ruler and take measurements, such as the distance of one edge of the eye to the other edge, the length of the nose, the distance between the eyebrows, the distance of the chin from the edge of the lower lip, the width of the nostrils, etc. By taking measurements, you will be able to see the relationship between objects and learn how to put them together on a blank space so that they make sense. In time, you will have proportion down to a science, making it easier for you to make adjustments in order to create a more pleasing image.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nAnother way to achieve proportion is to follow some commonly accepted guidelines for the placement of facial features. Check some out in the image below. The more measurements you make and the more studying of faces you do, the more you will realize these guidelines for yourself.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****features guidelines*****]</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nA tip: From time to time, hold up the image you are working on in front of a mirror to see if the lines and proportion are just right. Alternatively, you may view the same image in reverse by holding up the paper against a light source and viewing your drawing from the back. Features of the face should appear even and well-proportioned. If anything appears lopsided, make the necessary corrections.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nNote: Proportion is relative. What works for one face may not work for another. If you are doing portraiture, remember that each face is different. Some people, for example, have higher foreheads than others. They may have close-set eyes, narrower nostrils, thinner lips, smaller chins, etc. What matters is that you understand basic proportions of each face and use them to build your image.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nHow to Draw Faces Using Profiles\r\n\r\nFirst, let us learn of the three major ways that a face is drawn: the Straight On (face is forward), the Profile (face is turned to the side) and the Three Quarters (face is turned slightly or halfway to the side). Of these, the Profile is usually the easiest to draw because only one side of the subject\'s face is shown. The Three Quarters requires a view of about 75% of the face and shows both eyes, the nose and most of the mouth. The Straight On is the face in full view. While it can be more challenging, the Straight On is actually a very dynamic profile to work on because it can be used to convey a number of expressions, looks and emotions.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****straight on, profile, three quarters*****]</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nNext, let’s look at some basics for drawing facial features. You can begin by learning how to illustrate each of these in isolation, and later integrate the techniques with the proportion guidelines shared earlier to create a whole Straight On face.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nHow to Draw Eyes\r\n\r\nThe eyes are the soul of an otherwise lifeless illustration. With eyes, you can create different expressions and convey certain emotions. To start, draw a horizontal line across the page using a pencil. This will be your guideline. Starting at just below this line, draw an almond-shaped line, allowing the pencil to move smoothly over the guideline to create a graceful arch. Stop when the line reaches the horizontal guideline. Complete the almond shape by drawing under the guideline. The arch of the eye should be graceful and rise gradually from the guideline. If it is too steep, it may make the eye appear rounder and bigger. To make the other eye, repeat the same steps, except that the second eye must be a mirror image of the first eye. The distance between two eyes must be the width of one eye.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nTo draw the iris, measure the height of the eyes at the highest part. This will be the diameter of the iris or the big circle. Within this circle, you may draw a smaller circle, also known as the pupil, and another small circle or two for highlights. Add the lids and the eyelashes.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****outlines, circles, lids and eyelashes*****]</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nHow to Draw Noses\r\n\r\nThe nose may seem like a simple job but it can actually mean the difference between a well-executed drawing and a mediocre attempt. To start, consider the different parts of the nose: the bridge, the ball (the slightly rounded or pointy tip), and the nostrils (including the alars, which are the fleshy parts). You will need to integrate these parts into your drawing and make them work together.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nNext, draw a vertical line the length of which you want the nose to be. On both sides of this line, draw diagonal lines that are angled away from each other so that the image forms a very steep triangle. At the base of the triangle, draw two dark strips to represent the nostrils. Using light pencil strokes, start building the nose by drawing the ball and finishing up the alars. Create more strokes to define the nose and provide shading.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****verticle and triangle; nostrils, ball, and alars; strokes and shading*****]</p>\r\nTip: Keep in mind that noses can be any shape, width or length, so you do have some flexibility in drawing the nose that you like.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nHow to Draw Ears\r\n\r\nThe ears are easily the most complicated part of drawing faces because of the different folds of fleshy areas that compose each ear. Since the shape is irregular, all you really need to do is learn the basics and practice so that you are more comfortable drawing the lines next time.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nTo start, draw a rectangular box with the short sides on the top and bottom. Use a 1:2 ratio to make the size proportional - that is, the long sides should be twice as long as the short sides. Using the box as a guide, draw the basic shape of the ear within it. Go gently on the curves, especially the upper arch at the top of the ear. Once done, erase the rectangle so you are left with the basic shape to work on. Add the small bump (called a tragus) on the opposite side, slightly at the lower middle area. Make a parallel outline of the ear shape and stop just above the lower middle point. Starting at the upper area where the tragus is, draw a thick Y-shape that curves gracefully downwards, following the outline of the ear. This line should meet the lower end of the tragus. Once you are done, you have a basic ear. Begin shading areas to create depth and dimension.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****box w/ ear shape; no box w/ parallel and y; shading*****]</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nNote: Ears appear different depending on the profile of the face you are drawing. A full side view or profile will show a full view of the ears, which means you may have to create better details. For reference, study photos of real ears to familiarize yourself with shape and shading.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nHow to Draw Lips\r\n\r\nMen\'s and women\'s lips differ slightly but for the sake of learning the technique, let\'s try to draw a woman\'s lips first. A woman\'s lips usually appears thicker and fuller, with more curves. To start, draw a short horizontal guideline. This line will mark the middle part of the lips. Using the line as a guide, draw two peaks to represent the bow curve of the upper lips. The line should rise gently from the guideline to create a more natural look. Starting at one end of the line at the base of the peaks, draw the lower lip, finishing the drawing to make sure the lines all meet. Refine the lines and add shading or color.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****upper lip, lower lip, shading*****]</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nTip: Lips may appear thicker or thinner and may even be modified to illustrate a smiling portrait. Watch for proportion in relation to the base of the mouth and the chin.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nPerfecting the Human Face\r\n\r\n[*****DT female face*****]The human face itself is a blank canvas that can be painted on to show a wide range of features and emotions. From pain and regret to joy and bliss to annoyance and rage, faces can be manipulated on canvas or paper to appear as you want them to appear. However, as you build your drawing skills, make sure to learn from the best teacher and the best source of inspiration, which is real life. When you are learning how to draw faces, learn to observe, to look, to see. Study people\'s faces in pictures and in videos. Also study and learn from drawings of faces and drawing videos. If you have a willing model, take advantage of that as well. Observe how different parts of their faces are put together and determine the relationship of each feature with the others. Observe how the faces appear in different lighting conditions, especially where light and shadows fall. Be an observer of life. The more you are aware of your environment, the better you will be at translating what you see on paper or canvas using a pencil or a brush.','How to Draw Faces: Tips, Techniques and Short Tutorials','','inherit','open','open','','878-revision-v1','','','2014-01-01 22:24:01','2014-01-02 06:24:01','',878,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/878-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(882,2,'2014-01-04 06:58:04','2014-01-04 14:58:04','','how to draw faces male face','','inherit','open','open','','how-to-draw-faces-male-face','','','2014-01-04 06:58:04','2014-01-04 14:58:04','',878,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-male-face.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(883,2,'2014-01-04 06:58:05','2014-01-04 14:58:05','','how to draw faces measure','','inherit','open','open','','how-to-draw-faces-measure','','','2014-01-04 06:58:05','2014-01-04 14:58:05','',878,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-measure.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(884,2,'2014-01-04 06:58:07','2014-01-04 14:58:07','','how to draw faces three profiles','','inherit','open','open','','how-to-draw-faces-three-profiles','','','2014-01-04 06:58:07','2014-01-04 14:58:07','',878,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-three-profiles.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(885,2,'2014-01-04 07:03:47','2014-01-04 15:03:47','<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-male-face.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-882\" alt=\"how to draw faces male face\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-male-face-208x300.jpg\" width=\"208\" height=\"300\" /></a>The human face is a very intriguing and inspiring subject. It is also one of the most challenging and scariest things to draw because it is so easy to produce a bad picture. When it comes to illustrating human features, beginner artists simply think that their work may not be good enough or fail to look \"real\" or authentic. This is especially true when it comes to portraiture, an approach that requires accuracy, technique and skill in order to produce a realistic image. What many beginner artists do not know is that drawing the human face can be a fantastic opportunity to explore different techniques and improve one\'s drawing skills. Learn how to draw faces using this post and build the right skills in order to approach this art form with confidence.\r\n<h3> Drawing a Face... Any Face</h3>\r\nThere are two ways you can draw human faces: draw a \"generic\" image or create a likeness. A generic image is quite simply something you imagined, something that you come up with using a pencil and paper. A likeness, on the other hand, is a drawing that resembles a real person. A portrait is a likeness, which means it will require a slightly different technique in order to create an image that is realistic and close to the source image, such as a reference photograph or a live model. Regardless, there are certain issues that must be understood in order to create an image that is believable and artistic.\r\n<h3>Understanding Proportion</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-measure.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-883\" alt=\"how to draw faces measure\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-measure-200x300.jpg\" width=\"200\" height=\"300\" /></a>The most common mistake artists make when drawing faces is producing an image where the proportions are all wrong. Eyes, for example, may appear too high on the forehead or too far apart, or the lips may appear too high above the chin. Proportion refers to how one part of the face appears in relation to the other parts, such as the nose, mouth and ears. With good proportion, a multi-featured object such as a face will appear more aesthetically pleasing.\r\n\r\nBut how do you achieve proportion? One simple way is to measure. When first trying to draw the features that make up a face, use a ruler or tape measure and take measurements, such as the distance of one edge of the eye to the other edge, the length of the nose, the distance between the eyebrows, the distance of the chin from the edge of the lower lip, the width of the nostrils, etc. By taking measurements, you will be able to see the relationship between objects and learn how to put them together on a blank space so that they make sense. In time, you will have proportion down to a science, making it easier for you to make adjustments in order to create a more pleasing image.\r\n\r\nAnother way to achieve proportion is to follow some commonly accepted guidelines for the placement of facial features. Check some out in the image below. The more measurements you make and the more studying of faces you do, the more you will realize these guidelines for yourself.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****features guidelines*****]</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nA tip: From time to time, hold up the image you are working on in front of a mirror to see if the lines and proportion are just right. Alternatively, you may view the same image in reverse by holding up the paper against a light source and viewing your drawing from the back. Features of the face should appear even and well-proportioned. If anything appears lopsided, make the necessary corrections.\r\n\r\nNote: Proportion is relative. What works for one face may not work for another. If you are doing portraiture, remember that each face is different. Some people, for example, have higher foreheads than others. They may have close-set eyes, narrower nostrils, thinner lips, smaller chins, etc. What matters is that you understand basic proportions of each face and use them to build your image.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Faces Using Profiles</h3>\r\nFirst, let us learn of the three major ways that a face is drawn: the Straight On (face is forward), the Profile (face is turned to the side) and the Three Quarters (face is turned slightly or halfway to the side). Of these, the Profile is usually the easiest to draw because only one side of the subject\'s face is shown. The Three Quarters requires a view of about 75% of the face and shows both eyes, the nose and most of the mouth. The Straight On is the face in full view. While it can be more challenging, the Straight On is actually a very dynamic profile to work on because it can be used to convey a number of expressions, looks and emotions.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****straight on, profile, three quarters*****]</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nNext, let’s look at some basics for drawing facial features. You can begin by learning how to illustrate each of these in isolation, and later integrate the techniques with the proportion guidelines shared earlier to create a whole Straight On face.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Eyes</h3>\r\nThe eyes are the soul of an otherwise lifeless illustration. With eyes, you can create different expressions and convey certain emotions. To start, draw a horizontal line across the page using a pencil. This will be your guideline. Starting at just below this line, draw an almond-shaped line, allowing the pencil to move smoothly over the guideline to create a graceful arch. Stop when the line reaches the horizontal guideline. Complete the almond shape by drawing under the guideline. The arch of the eye should be graceful and rise gradually from the guideline. If it is too steep, it may make the eye appear rounder and bigger. To make the other eye, repeat the same steps, except that the second eye must be a mirror image of the first eye. The distance between two eyes must be the width of one eye.\r\n\r\nTo draw the iris, measure the height of the eyes at the highest part. This will be the diameter of the iris or the big circle. Within this circle, you may draw a smaller circle, also known as the pupil, and another small circle or two for highlights. Add the lids and the eyelashes.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****outlines, circles, lids and eyelashes*****]</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<h3>How to Draw Noses</h3>\r\nThe nose may seem like a simple job but it can actually mean the difference between a well-executed drawing and a mediocre attempt. To start, consider the different parts of the nose: the bridge, the ball (the slightly rounded or pointy tip), and the nostrils (including the alars, which are the fleshy parts). You will need to integrate these parts into your drawing and make them work together.\r\n\r\nNext, draw a vertical line the length of which you want the nose to be. On both sides of this line, draw diagonal lines that are angled away from each other so that the image forms a very steep triangle. At the base of the triangle, draw two dark strips to represent the nostrils. Using light pencil strokes, start building the nose by drawing the ball and finishing up the alars. Create more strokes to define the nose and provide shading.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****verticle and triangle; nostrils, ball, and alars; strokes and shading*****]</p>\r\nTip: Keep in mind that noses can be any shape, width or length, so you do have some flexibility in drawing the nose that you like.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Ears</h3>\r\nThe ears are easily the most complicated part of drawing faces because of the different folds of fleshy areas that compose each ear. Since the shape is irregular, all you really need to do is learn the basics and practice so that you are more comfortable drawing the lines next time.\r\n\r\nTo start, draw a rectangular box with the short sides on the top and bottom. Use a 1:2 ratio to make the size proportional - that is, the long sides should be twice as long as the short sides. Using the box as a guide, draw the basic shape of the ear within it. Go gently on the curves, especially the upper arch at the top of the ear. Once done, erase the rectangle so you are left with the basic shape to work on. Add the small bump (called a tragus) on the opposite side, slightly at the lower middle area. Make a parallel outline of the ear shape and stop just above the lower middle point. Starting at the upper area where the tragus is, draw a thick Y-shape that curves gracefully downwards, following the outline of the ear. This line should meet the lower end of the tragus. Once you are done, you have a basic ear. Begin shading areas to create depth and dimension.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****box w/ ear shape; no box w/ parallel and y; shading*****]</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nNote: Ears appear different depending on the profile of the face you are drawing. A full side view or profile will show a full view of the ears, which means you may have to create better details. For reference, study photos of real ears to familiarize yourself with shape and shading.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Lips</h3>\r\nMen\'s and women\'s lips differ slightly but for the sake of learning the technique, let\'s try to draw a woman\'s lips first. A woman\'s lips usually appears thicker and fuller, with more curves. To start, draw a short horizontal guideline. This line will mark the middle part of the lips. Using the line as a guide, draw two peaks to represent the bow curve of the upper lips. The line should rise gently from the guideline to create a more natural look. Starting at one end of the line at the base of the peaks, draw the lower lip, finishing the drawing to make sure the lines all meet. Refine the lines and add shading or color.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****upper lip, lower lip, shading*****]</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nTip: Lips may appear thicker or thinner and may even be modified to illustrate a smiling portrait. Watch for proportion in relation to the base of the mouth and the chin.\r\n<h3>Perfecting the Human Face</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-female-face.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-881\" alt=\"how to draw faces female face\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-female-face-221x300.jpg\" width=\"221\" height=\"300\" /></a>The human face itself is a blank canvas that can be painted on to show a wide range of features and emotions. From pain and regret to joy and bliss to annoyance and rage, faces can be manipulated on canvas or paper to appear as you want them to appear. However, as you build your drawing skills, make sure to learn from the best teacher and the best source of inspiration, which is real life. When you are learning how to draw faces, learn to observe, to look, to see. Study people\'s faces in pictures and in videos. Also study and learn from drawings of faces and drawing videos. If you have a willing model, take advantage of that as well. Observe how different parts of their faces are put together and determine the relationship of each feature with the others. Observe how the faces appear in different lighting conditions, especially where light and shadows fall. Be an observer of life. The more you are aware of your environment, the better you will be at translating what you see on paper or canvas using a pencil or a brush.','How to Draw Faces: Tips, Techniques and Short Tutorials','','inherit','open','open','','878-revision-v1','','','2014-01-04 07:03:47','2014-01-04 15:03:47','',878,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/878-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(886,2,'2014-01-04 08:07:11','2014-01-04 16:07:11','','three views of faces','','inherit','open','open','','three-views-of-faces','','','2014-01-04 08:07:11','2014-01-04 16:07:11','',878,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-views-of-faces.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(887,2,'2014-01-04 08:09:19','2014-01-04 16:09:19','<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-male-face.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-882\" alt=\"how to draw faces male face\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-male-face-208x300.jpg\" width=\"208\" height=\"300\" /></a>The human face is a very intriguing and inspiring subject. It is also one of the most challenging and scariest things to draw because it is so easy to produce a bad picture. When it comes to illustrating human features, beginner artists simply think that their work may not be good enough or fail to look \"real\" or authentic. This is especially true when it comes to portraiture, an approach that requires accuracy, technique and skill in order to produce a realistic image. What many beginner artists do not know is that drawing the human face can be a fantastic opportunity to explore different techniques and improve one\'s drawing skills. Learn how to draw faces using this post and build the right skills in order to approach this art form with confidence.\r\n<h3> Drawing a Face... Any Face</h3>\r\nThere are two ways you can draw human faces: draw a \"generic\" image or create a likeness. A generic image is quite simply something you imagined, something that you come up with using a pencil and paper. A likeness, on the other hand, is a drawing that resembles a real person. A portrait is a likeness, which means it will require a slightly different technique in order to create an image that is realistic and close to the source image, such as a reference photograph or a live model. Regardless, there are certain issues that must be understood in order to create an image that is believable and artistic.\r\n<h3>Understanding Proportion</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-measure.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-883\" alt=\"how to draw faces measure\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-measure-200x300.jpg\" width=\"200\" height=\"300\" /></a>The most common mistake artists make when drawing faces is producing an image where the proportions are all wrong. Eyes, for example, may appear too high on the forehead or too far apart, or the lips may appear too high above the chin. Proportion refers to how one part of the face appears in relation to the other parts, such as the nose, mouth and ears. With good proportion, a multi-featured object such as a face will appear more aesthetically pleasing.\r\n\r\nBut how do you achieve proportion? One simple way is to measure. When first trying to draw the features that make up a face, use a ruler or tape measure and take measurements, such as the distance of one edge of the eye to the other edge, the length of the nose, the distance between the eyebrows, the distance of the chin from the edge of the lower lip, the width of the nostrils, etc. By taking measurements, you will be able to see the relationship between objects and learn how to put them together on a blank space so that they make sense. In time, you will have proportion down to a science, making it easier for you to make adjustments in order to create a more pleasing image.\r\n\r\nAnother way to achieve proportion is to follow some commonly accepted guidelines for the placement of facial features. Check some out in the image below. The more measurements you make and the more studying of faces you do, the more you will realize these guidelines for yourself.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****features guidelines*****]</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nA tip: From time to time, hold up the image you are working on in front of a mirror to see if the lines and proportion are just right. Alternatively, you may view the same image in reverse by holding up the paper against a light source and viewing your drawing from the back. Features of the face should appear even and well-proportioned. If anything appears lopsided, make the necessary corrections.\r\n\r\nNote: Proportion is relative. What works for one face may not work for another. If you are doing portraiture, remember that each face is different. Some people, for example, have higher foreheads than others. They may have close-set eyes, narrower nostrils, thinner lips, smaller chins, etc. What matters is that you understand basic proportions of each face and use them to build your image.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Faces Using Profiles</h3>\r\nFirst, let us learn of the three major ways that a face is drawn: the Straight On (face is forward), the Profile (face is turned to the side) and the Three Quarters (face is turned slightly or halfway to the side). Of these, the Profile is usually the easiest to draw because only one side of the subject\'s face is shown. The Three Quarters requires a view of about 75% of the face and shows both eyes, the nose and most of the mouth. The Straight On is the face in full view. While it can be more challenging, the Straight On is actually a very dynamic profile to work on because it can be used to convey a number of expressions, looks and emotions.<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-views-of-faces.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-886\" alt=\"three views of faces\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-views-of-faces.jpg\" width=\"640\" height=\"480\" /></a>Next, let’s look at some basics for drawing facial features. You can begin by learning how to illustrate each of these in isolation, and later integrate the techniques with the proportion guidelines shared earlier to create a whole Straight On face.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Eyes</h3>\r\nThe eyes are the soul of an otherwise lifeless illustration. With eyes, you can create different expressions and convey certain emotions. To start, draw a horizontal line across the page using a pencil. This will be your guideline. Starting at just below this line, draw an almond-shaped line, allowing the pencil to move smoothly over the guideline to create a graceful arch. Stop when the line reaches the horizontal guideline. Complete the almond shape by drawing under the guideline. The arch of the eye should be graceful and rise gradually from the guideline. If it is too steep, it may make the eye appear rounder and bigger. To make the other eye, repeat the same steps, except that the second eye must be a mirror image of the first eye. The distance between two eyes must be the width of one eye.\r\n\r\nTo draw the iris, measure the height of the eyes at the highest part. This will be the diameter of the iris or the big circle. Within this circle, you may draw a smaller circle, also known as the pupil, and another small circle or two for highlights. Add the lids and the eyelashes.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****outlines, circles, lids and eyelashes*****]</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<h3>How to Draw Noses</h3>\r\nThe nose may seem like a simple job but it can actually mean the difference between a well-executed drawing and a mediocre attempt. To start, consider the different parts of the nose: the bridge, the ball (the slightly rounded or pointy tip), and the nostrils (including the alars, which are the fleshy parts). You will need to integrate these parts into your drawing and make them work together.\r\n\r\nNext, draw a vertical line the length of which you want the nose to be. On both sides of this line, draw diagonal lines that are angled away from each other so that the image forms a very steep triangle. At the base of the triangle, draw two dark strips to represent the nostrils. Using light pencil strokes, start building the nose by drawing the ball and finishing up the alars. Create more strokes to define the nose and provide shading.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****verticle and triangle; nostrils, ball, and alars; strokes and shading*****]</p>\r\nTip: Keep in mind that noses can be any shape, width or length, so you do have some flexibility in drawing the nose that you like.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Ears</h3>\r\nThe ears are easily the most complicated part of drawing faces because of the different folds of fleshy areas that compose each ear. Since the shape is irregular, all you really need to do is learn the basics and practice so that you are more comfortable drawing the lines next time.\r\n\r\nTo start, draw a rectangular box with the short sides on the top and bottom. Use a 1:2 ratio to make the size proportional - that is, the long sides should be twice as long as the short sides. Using the box as a guide, draw the basic shape of the ear within it. Go gently on the curves, especially the upper arch at the top of the ear. Once done, erase the rectangle so you are left with the basic shape to work on. Add the small bump (called a tragus) on the opposite side, slightly at the lower middle area. Make a parallel outline of the ear shape and stop just above the lower middle point. Starting at the upper area where the tragus is, draw a thick Y-shape that curves gracefully downwards, following the outline of the ear. This line should meet the lower end of the tragus. Once you are done, you have a basic ear. Begin shading areas to create depth and dimension.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****box w/ ear shape; no box w/ parallel and y; shading*****]</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nNote: Ears appear different depending on the profile of the face you are drawing. A full side view or profile will show a full view of the ears, which means you may have to create better details. For reference, study photos of real ears to familiarize yourself with shape and shading.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Lips</h3>\r\nMen\'s and women\'s lips differ slightly but for the sake of learning the technique, let\'s try to draw a woman\'s lips first. A woman\'s lips usually appears thicker and fuller, with more curves. To start, draw a short horizontal guideline. This line will mark the middle part of the lips. Using the line as a guide, draw two peaks to represent the bow curve of the upper lips. The line should rise gently from the guideline to create a more natural look. Starting at one end of the line at the base of the peaks, draw the lower lip, finishing the drawing to make sure the lines all meet. Refine the lines and add shading or color.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****upper lip, lower lip, shading*****]</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\nTip: Lips may appear thicker or thinner and may even be modified to illustrate a smiling portrait. Watch for proportion in relation to the base of the mouth and the chin.\r\n<h3>Perfecting the Human Face</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-female-face.jpg\"><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-881 alignright\" alt=\"how to draw faces female face\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-female-face-221x300.jpg\" width=\"221\" height=\"300\" /></a>The human face itself is a blank canvas that can be painted on to show a wide range of features and emotions. From pain and regret to joy and bliss to annoyance and rage, faces can be manipulated on canvas or paper to appear as you want them to appear. However, as you build your drawing skills, make sure to learn from the best teacher and the best source of inspiration, which is real life. When you are learning how to draw faces, learn to observe, to look, to see. Study people\'s faces in pictures and in videos. Also study and learn from drawings of faces and drawing videos. If you have a willing model, take advantage of that as well. Observe how different parts of their faces are put together and determine the relationship of each feature with the others. Observe how the faces appear in different lighting conditions, especially where light and shadows fall. Be an observer of life. The more you are aware of your environment, the better you will be at translating what you see on paper or canvas using a pencil or a brush.','How to Draw Faces: Tips, Techniques and Short Tutorials','','inherit','open','open','','878-revision-v1','','','2014-01-04 08:09:19','2014-01-04 16:09:19','',878,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/878-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(892,2,'2014-01-12 21:04:36','2014-01-13 05:04:36','','how to draw faces eyes','','inherit','open','open','','how-to-draw-faces-eyes','','','2014-01-12 21:04:36','2014-01-13 05:04:36','',878,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-eyes.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(891,2,'2014-01-12 21:03:19','2014-01-13 05:03:19','','how to draw faces guidelines','','inherit','open','open','','how-to-draw-faces-guidelines','','','2014-01-12 21:03:19','2014-01-13 05:03:19','',878,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-guidelines.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(890,2,'2014-01-12 17:17:34','2014-01-13 01:17:34','<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-male-face.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-882\" alt=\"how to draw faces male face\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-male-face-208x300.jpg\" width=\"208\" height=\"300\" /></a>The human face is a very intriguing and inspiring subject. It is also one of the most challenging and scariest things to draw because it is so easy to produce a bad picture. When it comes to illustrating human features, beginner artists simply think that their work may not be good enough or fail to look \"real\" or authentic. This is especially true when it comes to portraiture, an approach that requires accuracy, technique and skill in order to produce a realistic image. What many beginner artists do not know is that drawing the human face can be a fantastic opportunity to explore different techniques and improve one\'s drawing skills. Learn how to draw faces using this post and build the right skills in order to approach this art form with confidence.\r\n<h3> Drawing a Face... Any Face</h3>\r\nThere are two ways you can draw human faces: draw a \"generic\" image or create a likeness. A generic image is quite simply something you imagined, something that you come up with using a pencil and paper. A likeness, on the other hand, is a drawing that resembles a real person. A portrait is a likeness, which means it will require a slightly different technique in order to create an image that is realistic and close to the source image, such as a reference photograph or a live model. Regardless, there are certain issues that must be understood in order to create an image that is believable and artistic.\r\n<h3>Understanding Proportion</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-measure.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-883\" alt=\"how to draw faces measure\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-measure-200x300.jpg\" width=\"200\" height=\"300\" /></a>The most common mistake artists make when drawing faces is producing an image where the proportions are all wrong. Eyes, for example, may appear too high on the forehead or too far apart, or the lips may appear too high above the chin. Proportion refers to how one part of the face appears in relation to the other parts, such as the nose, mouth and ears. With good proportion, a multi-featured object such as a face will appear more aesthetically pleasing.\r\n\r\nBut how do you achieve proportion? One simple way is to measure. When first trying to draw the features that make up a face, use a ruler or tape measure and take measurements, such as the distance of one edge of the eye to the other edge, the length of the nose, the distance between the eyebrows, the distance of the chin from the edge of the lower lip, the width of the nostrils, etc. By taking measurements, you will be able to see the relationship between objects and learn how to put them together on a blank space so that they make sense. In time, you will have proportion down to a science, making it easier for you to make adjustments in order to create a more pleasing image.\r\n\r\nAnother way to achieve proportion is to follow some commonly accepted guidelines for the placement of facial features. Check some out in the image below. The more measurements you make and the more studying of faces you do, the more you will realize these guidelines for yourself.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-guidelines.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-889\" alt=\"how to draw faces guidelines\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-guidelines.jpg\" width=\"551\" height=\"568\" /></a></p>\r\n <strong>A tip:</strong> From time to time, hold up the image you are working on in front of a mirror to see if the lines and proportion are just right. Alternatively, you may view the same image in reverse by holding up the paper against a light source and viewing your drawing from the back. Features of the face should appear even and well-proportioned. If anything appears lopsided, make the necessary corrections.\r\n\r\n<strong>Note:</strong> Proportion is relative. What works for one face may not work for another. If you are doing portraiture, remember that each face is different. Some people, for example, have higher foreheads than others. They may have close-set eyes, narrower nostrils, thinner lips, smaller chins, etc. What matters is that you understand basic proportions of each face and use them to build your image.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Faces Using Profiles</h3>\r\nFirst, let us learn of the three major ways that a face is drawn: the Straight On (face is forward), the Profile (face is turned to the side) and the Three Quarters (face is turned slightly or halfway to the side). Of these, the Profile is usually the easiest to draw because only one side of the subject\'s face is shown. The Three Quarters requires a view of about 75% of the face and shows both eyes, the nose and most of the mouth. The Straight On is the face in full view. While it can be more challenging, the Straight On is actually a very dynamic profile to work on because it can be used to convey a number of expressions, looks and emotions.<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-views-of-faces.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-886\" alt=\"three views of faces\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-views-of-faces.jpg\" width=\"640\" height=\"480\" /></a>Next, let’s look at some basics for drawing facial features. You can begin by learning how to illustrate each of these in isolation, and later integrate the techniques with the proportion guidelines shared earlier to create a whole Straight On face.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Eyes</h3>\r\nThe eyes are the soul of an otherwise lifeless illustration. With eyes, you can create different expressions and convey certain emotions. To start, draw a horizontal line across the page using a pencil. This will be your guideline. Starting at just below this line, draw an almond-shaped line, allowing the pencil to move smoothly over the guideline to create a graceful arch. Stop when the line reaches the horizontal guideline. Complete the almond shape by drawing under the guideline. The arch of the eye should be graceful and rise gradually from the guideline. If it is too steep, it may make the eye appear rounder and bigger. To make the other eye, repeat the same steps, except that the second eye must be a mirror image of the first eye. The distance between two eyes must be the width of one eye.\r\n\r\nTo draw the iris, measure the height of the eyes at the highest part. This will be the diameter of the iris or the big circle. Within this circle, you may draw a smaller circle, also known as the pupil, and another small circle or two for highlights. Add the lids and the eyelashes.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****outlines, circles, lids and eyelashes*****]</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<h3>How to Draw Noses</h3>\r\nThe nose may seem like a simple job but it can actually mean the difference between a well-executed drawing and a mediocre attempt. To start, consider the different parts of the nose: the bridge, the ball (the slightly rounded or pointy tip), and the nostrils (including the alars, which are the fleshy parts). You will need to integrate these parts into your drawing and make them work together.\r\n\r\nNext, draw a vertical line the length of which you want the nose to be. On both sides of this line, draw diagonal lines that are angled away from each other so that the image forms a very steep triangle. At the base of the triangle, draw two dark strips to represent the nostrils. Using light pencil strokes, start building the nose by drawing the ball and finishing up the alars. Create more strokes to define the nose and provide shading.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****verticle and triangle; nostrils, ball, and alars; strokes and shading*****]</p>\r\n<strong>Tip:</strong> Keep in mind that noses can be any shape, width or length, so you do have some flexibility in drawing the nose that you like.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Ears</h3>\r\nThe ears are easily the most complicated part of drawing faces because of the different folds of fleshy areas that compose each ear. Since the shape is irregular, all you really need to do is learn the basics and practice so that you are more comfortable drawing the lines next time.\r\n\r\nTo start, draw a rectangular box with the short sides on the top and bottom. Use a 1:2 ratio to make the size proportional - that is, the long sides should be twice as long as the short sides. Using the box as a guide, draw the basic shape of the ear within it. Go gently on the curves, especially the upper arch at the top of the ear. Once done, erase the rectangle so you are left with the basic shape to work on. Add the small bump (called a tragus) on the opposite side, slightly at the lower middle area. Make a parallel outline of the ear shape and stop just above the lower middle point. Starting at the upper area where the tragus is, draw a thick Y-shape that curves gracefully downwards, following the outline of the ear. This line should meet the lower end of the tragus. Once you are done, you have a basic ear. Begin shading areas to create depth and dimension.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****box w/ ear shape; no box w/ parallel and y; shading*****]</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<strong>Note:</strong> Ears appear different depending on the profile of the face you are drawing. A full side view or profile will show a full view of the ears, which means you may have to create better details. For reference, study photos of real ears to familiarize yourself with shape and shading.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Lips</h3>\r\nMen\'s and women\'s lips differ slightly but for the sake of learning the technique, let\'s try to draw a woman\'s lips first. A woman\'s lips usually appears thicker and fuller, with more curves. To start, draw a short horizontal guideline. This line will mark the middle part of the lips. Using the line as a guide, draw two peaks to represent the bow curve of the upper lips. The line should rise gently from the guideline to create a more natural look. Starting at one end of the line at the base of the peaks, draw the lower lip, finishing the drawing to make sure the lines all meet. Refine the lines and add shading or color.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****upper lip, lower lip, shading*****]</p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<strong>Tip:</strong> Lips may appear thicker or thinner and may even be modified to illustrate a smiling portrait. Watch for proportion in relation to the base of the mouth and the chin.\r\n<h3>Perfecting the Human Face</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-female-face.jpg\"><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-881 alignright\" alt=\"how to draw faces female face\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-female-face-221x300.jpg\" width=\"221\" height=\"300\" /></a>The human face itself is a blank canvas that can be painted on to show a wide range of features and emotions. From pain and regret to joy and bliss to annoyance and rage, faces can be manipulated on canvas or paper to appear as you want them to appear. However, as you build your drawing skills, make sure to learn from the best teacher and the best source of inspiration, which is real life. When you are learning how to draw faces, learn to observe, to look, to see. Study people\'s faces in pictures and in videos. Also study and learn from drawings of faces and drawing videos. If you have a willing model, take advantage of that as well. Observe how different parts of their faces are put together and determine the relationship of each feature with the others. Observe how the faces appear in different lighting conditions, especially where light and shadows fall. Be an observer of life. The more you are aware of your environment, the better you will be at translating what you see on paper or canvas using a pencil or a brush.','How to Draw Faces: Tips, Techniques and Short Tutorials','','inherit','open','open','','878-revision-v1','','','2014-01-12 17:17:34','2014-01-13 01:17:34','',878,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/878-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(893,2,'2014-01-12 21:07:16','2014-01-13 05:07:16','','how to draw faces nose','','inherit','open','open','','how-to-draw-faces-nose','','','2014-01-12 21:07:16','2014-01-13 05:07:16','',878,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-nose.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(894,2,'2014-01-12 21:08:55','2014-01-13 05:08:55','','how to draw faces ear','','inherit','open','open','','how-to-draw-faces-ear','','','2014-01-12 21:08:55','2014-01-13 05:08:55','',878,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-ear.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(895,2,'2014-01-12 21:09:44','2014-01-13 05:09:44','','how to draw faces lips','','inherit','open','open','','how-to-draw-faces-lips','','','2014-01-12 21:09:44','2014-01-13 05:09:44','',878,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-lips.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(896,2,'2014-01-12 21:11:16','2014-01-13 05:11:16','<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-male-face.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-882\" alt=\"how to draw faces male face\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-male-face-208x300.jpg\" width=\"208\" height=\"300\" /></a>The human face is a very intriguing and inspiring subject. It is also one of the most challenging and scariest things to draw because it is so easy to produce a bad picture. When it comes to illustrating human features, beginner artists simply think that their work may not be good enough or fail to look \"real\" or authentic. This is especially true when it comes to portraiture, an approach that requires accuracy, technique and skill in order to produce a realistic image. What many beginner artists do not know is that drawing the human face can be a fantastic opportunity to explore different techniques and improve one\'s drawing skills. Learn how to draw faces using this post and build the right skills in order to approach this art form with confidence.\r\n<h3> Drawing a Face... Any Face</h3>\r\nThere are two ways you can draw human faces: draw a \"generic\" image or create a likeness. A generic image is quite simply something you imagined, something that you come up with using a pencil and paper. A likeness, on the other hand, is a drawing that resembles a real person. A portrait is a likeness, which means it will require a slightly different technique in order to create an image that is realistic and close to the source image, such as a reference photograph or a live model. Regardless, there are certain issues that must be understood in order to create an image that is believable and artistic.\r\n<h3>Understanding Proportion</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-measure.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-883\" alt=\"how to draw faces measure\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-measure-200x300.jpg\" width=\"200\" height=\"300\" /></a>The most common mistake artists make when drawing faces is producing an image where the proportions are all wrong. Eyes, for example, may appear too high on the forehead or too far apart, or the lips may appear too high above the chin. Proportion refers to how one part of the face appears in relation to the other parts, such as the nose, mouth and ears. With good proportion, a multi-featured object such as a face will appear more aesthetically pleasing.\r\n\r\nBut how do you achieve proportion? One simple way is to measure. When first trying to draw the features that make up a face, use a ruler or tape measure and take measurements, such as the distance of one edge of the eye to the other edge, the length of the nose, the distance between the eyebrows, the distance of the chin from the edge of the lower lip, the width of the nostrils, etc. By taking measurements, you will be able to see the relationship between objects and learn how to put them together on a blank space so that they make sense. In time, you will have proportion down to a science, making it easier for you to make adjustments in order to create a more pleasing image.\r\n\r\nAnother way to achieve proportion is to follow some commonly accepted guidelines for the placement of facial features. Check some out in the image below. The more measurements you make and the more studying of faces you do, the more you will realize these guidelines for yourself.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-guidelines.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-891\" alt=\"how to draw faces guidelines\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-guidelines.jpg\" width=\"551\" height=\"568\" /></a></p>\r\n <strong>A tip:</strong> From time to time, hold up the image you are working on in front of a mirror to see if the lines and proportion are just right. Alternatively, you may view the same image in reverse by holding up the paper against a light source and viewing your drawing from the back. Features of the face should appear even and well-proportioned. If anything appears lopsided, make the necessary corrections.\r\n\r\n<strong>Note:</strong> Proportion is relative. What works for one face may not work for another. If you are doing portraiture, remember that each face is different. Some people, for example, have higher foreheads than others. They may have close-set eyes, narrower nostrils, thinner lips, smaller chins, etc. What matters is that you understand basic proportions of each face and use them to build your image.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Faces Using Profiles</h3>\r\nFirst, let us learn of the three major ways that a face is drawn: the Straight On (face is forward), the Profile (face is turned to the side) and the Three Quarters (face is turned slightly or halfway to the side). Of these, the Profile is usually the easiest to draw because only one side of the subject\'s face is shown. The Three Quarters requires a view of about 75% of the face and shows both eyes, the nose and most of the mouth. The Straight On is the face in full view. While it can be more challenging, the Straight On is actually a very dynamic profile to work on because it can be used to convey a number of expressions, looks and emotions.<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-views-of-faces.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-886\" alt=\"three views of faces\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-views-of-faces.jpg\" width=\"640\" height=\"480\" /></a>Next, let’s look at some basics for drawing facial features. You can begin by learning how to illustrate each of these in isolation, and later integrate the techniques with the proportion guidelines shared earlier to create a whole Straight On face.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Eyes</h3>\r\nThe eyes are the soul of an otherwise lifeless illustration. With eyes, you can create different expressions and convey certain emotions. To start, draw a horizontal line across the page using a pencil. This will be your guideline. Starting at just below this line, draw an almond-shaped line, allowing the pencil to move smoothly over the guideline to create a graceful arch. Stop when the line reaches the horizontal guideline. Complete the almond shape by drawing under the guideline. The arch of the eye should be graceful and rise gradually from the guideline. If it is too steep, it may make the eye appear rounder and bigger. To make the other eye, repeat the same steps, except that the second eye must be a mirror image of the first eye. The distance between two eyes must be the width of one eye.\r\n\r\nTo draw the iris, measure the height of the eyes at the highest part. This will be the diameter of the iris or the big circle. Within this circle, you may draw a smaller circle, also known as the pupil, and another small circle or two for highlights. Add the lids and the eyelashes.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-eyes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-892\" alt=\"how to draw faces eyes\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-eyes.jpg\" width=\"736\" height=\"640\" /></a></p>\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<h3>How to Draw Noses</h3>\r\nThe nose may seem like a simple job but it can actually mean the difference between a well-executed drawing and a mediocre attempt. To start, consider the different parts of the nose: the bridge, the ball (the slightly rounded or pointy tip), and the nostrils (including the alars, which are the fleshy parts). You will need to integrate these parts into your drawing and make them work together.\r\n\r\nNext, draw a vertical line the length of which you want the nose to be. On both sides of this line, draw diagonal lines that are angled away from each other so that the image forms a very steep triangle. At the base of the triangle, draw two dark strips to represent the nostrils. Using light pencil strokes, start building the nose by drawing the ball and finishing up the alars. Create more strokes to define the nose and provide shading.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-nose.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-893\" alt=\"how to draw faces nose\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-nose.jpg\" width=\"640\" height=\"280\" /></a></p>\r\n<strong>Tip:</strong> Keep in mind that noses can be any shape, width or length, so you do have some flexibility in drawing the nose that you like.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Ears</h3>\r\nThe ears are easily the most complicated part of drawing faces because of the different folds of fleshy areas that compose each ear. Since the shape is irregular, all you really need to do is learn the basics and practice so that you are more comfortable drawing the lines next time.\r\n\r\nTo start, draw a rectangular box with the short sides on the top and bottom. Use a 1:2 ratio to make the size proportional - that is, the long sides should be twice as long as the short sides. Using the box as a guide, draw the basic shape of the ear within it. Go gently on the curves, especially the upper arch at the top of the ear. Once done, erase the rectangle so you are left with the basic shape to work on. Add the small bump (called a tragus) on the opposite side, slightly at the lower middle area. Make a parallel outline of the ear shape and stop just above the lower middle point. Starting at the upper area where the tragus is, draw a thick Y-shape that curves gracefully downwards, following the outline of the ear. This line should meet the lower end of the tragus. Once you are done, you have a basic ear. Begin shading areas to create depth and dimension.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-ear.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-894\" alt=\"how to draw faces ear\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-ear.jpg\" width=\"640\" height=\"347\" /></a></p>\r\n <strong>Note:</strong> Ears appear different depending on the profile of the face you are drawing. A full side view or profile will show a full view of the ears, which means you may have to create better details. For reference, study photos of real ears to familiarize yourself with shape and shading.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Lips</h3>\r\nMen\'s and women\'s lips differ slightly but for the sake of learning the technique, let\'s try to draw a woman\'s lips. A woman\'s lips usually appears thicker and fuller, with more curves. To start, draw a short horizontal guideline. This line will mark the middle part of the lips. Using the line as a guide, draw two peaks to represent the bow curve of the upper lips. The line should rise gently from the guideline to create a more natural look. Starting at one end of the line at the base of the peaks, draw the lower lip, finishing the drawing to make sure the lines all meet. Refine the lines and add shading or color.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-lips.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-895\" alt=\"how to draw faces lips\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-lips.jpg\" width=\"437\" height=\"640\" /></a></p>\r\n <strong>Tip:</strong> Lips may appear thicker or thinner and may even be modified to illustrate a smiling portrait. Watch for proportion in relation to the base of the mouth and the chin.\r\n<h3>Perfecting the Human Face</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-female-face.jpg\"><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-881 alignright\" alt=\"how to draw faces female face\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-female-face-221x300.jpg\" width=\"221\" height=\"300\" /></a>The human face itself is a blank canvas that can be painted on to show a wide range of features and emotions. From pain and regret to joy and bliss to annoyance and rage, faces can be manipulated on canvas or paper to appear as you want them to appear. However, as you build your drawing skills, make sure to learn from the best teacher and the best source of inspiration, which is real life. When you are learning how to draw faces, learn to observe, to look, to see. Study people\'s faces in pictures and in videos. Also study and learn from drawings of faces and drawing videos. If you have a willing model, take advantage of that as well. Observe how different parts of their faces are put together and determine the relationship of each feature with the others. Observe how the faces appear in different lighting conditions, especially where light and shadows fall. Be an observer of life. The more you are aware of your environment, the better you will be at translating what you see on paper or canvas using a pencil or a brush.','How to Draw Faces: Tips, Techniques and Short Tutorials','','inherit','open','open','','878-revision-v1','','','2014-01-12 21:11:16','2014-01-13 05:11:16','',878,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/878-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(897,2,'2014-01-12 21:18:30','2014-01-13 05:18:30','<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-male-face.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-882\" alt=\"how to draw faces male face\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-male-face-208x300.jpg\" width=\"208\" height=\"300\" /></a>The human face is a very intriguing and inspiring subject. It is also one of the most challenging and scariest things to draw because it is so easy to produce a bad picture. When it comes to illustrating human features, beginner artists simply think that their work may not be good enough or fail to look \"real\" or authentic. This is especially true when it comes to portraiture, an approach that requires accuracy, technique and skill in order to produce a realistic image. What many beginner artists do not know is that drawing the human face can be a fantastic opportunity to explore different techniques and improve one\'s drawing skills. Learn how to draw faces using this post and build the right skills in order to approach this art form with confidence.\r\n<h3> Drawing a Face... Any Face</h3>\r\nThere are two ways you can draw human faces: draw a \"generic\" image or create a likeness. A generic image is quite simply something you imagined, something that you come up with using a pencil and paper. A likeness, on the other hand, is a drawing that resembles a real person. A portrait is a likeness, which means it will require a slightly different technique in order to create an image that is realistic and close to the source image, such as a reference photograph or a live model. Regardless, there are certain issues that must be understood in order to create an image that is believable and artistic.\r\n<h3>Understanding Proportion</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-measure.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-883\" alt=\"how to draw faces measure\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-measure-200x300.jpg\" width=\"200\" height=\"300\" /></a>The most common mistake artists make when drawing faces is producing an image where the proportions are all wrong. Eyes, for example, may appear too high on the forehead or too far apart, or the lips may appear too high above the chin. Proportion refers to how one part of the face appears in relation to the other parts, such as the nose, mouth and ears. With good proportion, a multi-featured object such as a face will appear more aesthetically pleasing.\r\n\r\nBut how do you achieve proportion? One simple way is to measure. When first trying to draw the features that make up a face, use a ruler or tape measure and take measurements, such as the distance of one edge of the eye to the other edge, the length of the nose, the distance between the eyebrows, the distance of the chin from the edge of the lower lip, the width of the nostrils, etc. By taking measurements, you will be able to see the relationship between objects and learn how to put them together on a blank space so that they make sense. In time, you will have proportion down to a science, making it easier for you to make adjustments in order to create a more pleasing image.\r\n\r\nAnother way to achieve proportion is to follow some commonly accepted guidelines for the placement of facial features. Check some out in the image below. The more measurements you make and the more studying of faces you do, the more you will realize these guidelines for yourself.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-guidelines.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-891\" alt=\"how to draw faces guidelines\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-guidelines.jpg\" width=\"551\" height=\"568\" /></a></p>\r\n <strong>A tip:</strong> From time to time, hold up the image you are working on in front of a mirror to see if the lines and proportion are just right. Alternatively, you may view the same image in reverse by holding up the paper against a light source and viewing your drawing from the back. Features of the face should appear even and well-proportioned. If anything appears lopsided, make the necessary corrections.\r\n\r\n<strong>Note:</strong> Proportion is relative. What works for one face may not work for another. If you are doing portraiture, remember that each face is different. Some people, for example, have higher foreheads than others. They may have close-set eyes, narrower nostrils, thinner lips, smaller chins, etc. What matters is that you understand basic proportions of each face and use them to build your image.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Faces Using Profiles</h3>\r\nFirst, let us learn of the three major ways that a face is drawn: the Straight On (face is forward), the Profile (face is turned to the side) and the Three Quarters (face is turned slightly or halfway to the side). Of these, the Profile is usually the easiest to draw because only one side of the subject\'s face is shown. The Three Quarters requires a view of about 75% of the face and shows both eyes, the nose and most of the mouth. The Straight On is the face in full view. While it can be more challenging, the Straight On is actually a very dynamic profile to work on because it can be used to convey a number of expressions, looks and emotions.\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-views-of-faces.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-886\" alt=\"three views of faces\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-views-of-faces.jpg\" width=\"640\" height=\"480\" /></a>\r\n\r\nNext, let’s look at some basics for drawing facial features. You can begin by learning how to illustrate each of these in isolation, and later integrate the techniques with the proportion guidelines shared earlier to create a whole Straight On face.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Eyes</h3>\r\nThe eyes are the soul of an otherwise lifeless illustration. With eyes, you can create different expressions and convey certain emotions. To start, draw a horizontal line across the page using a pencil. This will be your guideline. Starting at just below this line, draw an almond-shaped line, allowing the pencil to move smoothly over the guideline to create a graceful arch. Stop when the line reaches the horizontal guideline. Complete the almond shape by drawing under the guideline. The arch of the eye should be graceful and rise gradually from the guideline. If it is too steep, it may make the eye appear rounder and bigger. To make the other eye, repeat the same steps, except that the second eye must be a mirror image of the first eye. The distance between two eyes must be the width of one eye.\r\n\r\nTo draw the iris, measure the height of the eyes at the highest part. This will be the diameter of the iris or the big circle. Within this circle, you may draw a smaller circle, also known as the pupil, and another small circle or two for highlights. Add the lids and the eyelashes.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-eyes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-892\" alt=\"how to draw faces eyes\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-eyes.jpg\" height=\"640\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3> How to Draw Noses</h3>\r\nThe nose may seem like a simple job but it can actually mean the difference between a well-executed drawing and a mediocre attempt. To start, consider the different parts of the nose: the bridge, the ball (the slightly rounded or pointy tip), and the nostrils (including the alars, which are the fleshy parts). You will need to integrate these parts into your drawing and make them work together.\r\n\r\nNext, draw a vertical line the length of which you want the nose to be. On both sides of this line, draw diagonal lines that are angled away from each other so that the image forms a very steep triangle. At the base of the triangle, draw two dark strips to represent the nostrils. Using light pencil strokes, start building the nose by drawing the ball and finishing up the alars. Create more strokes to define the nose and provide shading.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-nose.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-893\" alt=\"how to draw faces nose\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-nose.jpg\" width=\"640\" height=\"280\" /></a></p>\r\n<strong>Tip:</strong> Keep in mind that noses can be any shape, width or length, so you do have some flexibility in drawing the nose that you like.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Ears</h3>\r\nThe ears are easily the most complicated part of drawing faces because of the different folds of fleshy areas that compose each ear. Since the shape is irregular, all you really need to do is learn the basics and practice so that you are more comfortable drawing the lines next time.\r\n\r\nTo start, draw a rectangular box with the short sides on the top and bottom. Use a 1:2 ratio to make the size proportional - that is, the long sides should be twice as long as the short sides. Using the box as a guide, draw the basic shape of the ear within it. Go gently on the curves, especially the upper arch at the top of the ear. Once done, erase the rectangle so you are left with the basic shape to work on. Add the small bump (called a tragus) on the opposite side, slightly at the lower middle area. Make a parallel outline of the ear shape and stop just above the lower middle point. Starting at the upper area where the tragus is, draw a thick Y-shape that curves gracefully downwards, following the outline of the ear. This line should meet the lower end of the tragus. Once you are done, you have a basic ear. Begin shading areas to create depth and dimension.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-ear.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-894\" alt=\"how to draw faces ear\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-ear.jpg\" width=\"640\" height=\"347\" /></a></p>\r\n <strong>Note:</strong> Ears appear different depending on the profile of the face you are drawing. A full side view or profile will show a full view of the ears, which means you may have to create better details. For reference, study photos of real ears to familiarize yourself with shape and shading.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Lips</h3>\r\nMen\'s and women\'s lips differ slightly but for the sake of learning the technique, let\'s try to draw a woman\'s lips. A woman\'s lips usually appears thicker and fuller, with more curves. To start, draw a short horizontal guideline. This line will mark the middle part of the lips. Using the line as a guide, draw two peaks to represent the bow curve of the upper lips. The line should rise gently from the guideline to create a more natural look. Starting at one end of the line at the base of the peaks, draw the lower lip, finishing the drawing to make sure the lines all meet. Refine the lines and add shading or color.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-lips.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-895\" alt=\"how to draw faces lips\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-lips.jpg\" width=\"437\" height=\"640\" /></a></p>\r\n <strong>Tip:</strong> Lips may appear thicker or thinner and may even be modified to illustrate a smiling portrait. Watch for proportion in relation to the base of the mouth and the chin.\r\n<h3>Perfecting the Human Face</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-female-face.jpg\"><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-881 alignright\" alt=\"how to draw faces female face\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-female-face-221x300.jpg\" width=\"221\" height=\"300\" /></a>The human face itself is a blank canvas that can be painted on to show a wide range of features and emotions. From pain and regret to joy and bliss to annoyance and rage, faces can be manipulated on canvas or paper to appear as you want them to appear. However, as you build your drawing skills, make sure to learn from the best teacher and the best source of inspiration, which is real life. When you are learning how to draw faces, learn to observe, to look, to see. Study people\'s faces in pictures and in videos. Also study and learn from drawings of faces and drawing videos. If you have a willing model, take advantage of that as well. Observe how different parts of their faces are put together and determine the relationship of each feature with the others. Observe how the faces appear in different lighting conditions, especially where light and shadows fall. Be an observer of life. The more you are aware of your environment, the better you will be at translating what you see on paper or canvas using a pencil or a brush.','How to Draw Faces: Tips, Techniques and Short Tutorials','','inherit','open','open','','878-revision-v1','','','2014-01-12 21:18:30','2014-01-13 05:18:30','',878,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/878-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(898,2,'2014-01-12 21:24:44','2014-01-13 05:24:44','<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-male-face.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-882\" alt=\"how to draw faces male face\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-male-face-208x300.jpg\" width=\"208\" height=\"300\" /></a>The human face is a very intriguing and inspiring subject. It is also one of the most challenging and scariest things to draw because it is so easy to produce a bad picture. When it comes to illustrating human features, beginner artists simply think that their work may not be good enough or fail to look \"real\" or authentic. This is especially true when it comes to portraiture, an approach that requires accuracy, technique and skill in order to produce a realistic image. What many beginner artists do not know is that drawing the human face can be a fantastic opportunity to explore different techniques and improve one\'s drawing skills. Learn how to draw faces using this post and build the right skills in order to approach this art form with confidence.\r\n<h3> Drawing a Face... Any Face</h3>\r\nThere are two ways you can draw human faces: draw a \"generic\" image or create a likeness. A generic image is quite simply something you imagined, something that you come up with using a pencil and paper. A likeness, on the other hand, is a drawing that resembles a real person. A portrait is a likeness, which means it will require a slightly different technique in order to create an image that is realistic and close to the source image, such as a reference photograph or a live model. Regardless, there are certain issues that must be understood in order to create an image that is believable and artistic.\r\n<h3>Understanding Proportion</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-measure.jpg\"><img class=\"alignleft size-medium wp-image-883\" alt=\"how to draw faces measure\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-measure-200x300.jpg\" width=\"200\" height=\"300\" /></a>The most common mistake artists make when drawing faces is producing an image where the proportions are all wrong. Eyes, for example, may appear too high on the forehead or too far apart, or the lips may appear too high above the chin. Proportion refers to how one part of the face appears in relation to the other parts, such as the nose, mouth and ears. With good proportion, a multi-featured object such as a face will appear more aesthetically pleasing.\r\n\r\nBut how do you achieve proportion? One simple way is to measure. When first trying to draw the features that make up a face, use a ruler or tape measure and take measurements, such as the distance of one edge of the eye to the other edge, the length of the nose, the distance between the eyebrows, the distance of the chin from the edge of the lower lip, the width of the nostrils, etc. By taking measurements, you will be able to see the relationship between objects and learn how to put them together on a blank space so that they make sense. In time, you will have proportion down to a science, making it easier for you to make adjustments in order to create a more pleasing image.\r\n\r\nAnother way to achieve proportion is to follow some commonly accepted guidelines for the placement of facial features. Check some out in the image below. The more measurements you make and the more studying of faces you do, the more you will realize these guidelines for yourself.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-guidelines.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-891\" alt=\"how to draw faces guidelines\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-guidelines.jpg\" width=\"551\" height=\"568\" /></a></p>\r\n <strong>A tip:</strong> From time to time, hold up the image you are working on in front of a mirror to see if the lines and proportion are just right. Alternatively, you may view the same image in reverse by holding up the paper against a light source and viewing your drawing from the back. Features of the face should appear even and well-proportioned. If anything appears lopsided, make the necessary corrections.\r\n\r\n<strong>Note:</strong> Proportion is relative. What works for one face may not work for another. If you are doing portraiture, remember that each face is different. Some people, for example, have higher foreheads than others. They may have close-set eyes, narrower nostrils, thinner lips, smaller chins, etc. What matters is that you understand basic proportions of each face and use them to build your image.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Faces Using Profiles</h3>\r\nFirst, let us learn of the three major ways that a face is drawn: the Straight On (face is forward), the Profile (face is turned to the side) and the Three Quarters (face is turned slightly or halfway to the side). Of these, the Profile is usually the easiest to draw because only one side of the subject\'s face is shown. The Three Quarters requires a view of about 75% of the face and shows both eyes, the nose and most of the mouth. The Straight On is the face in full view. While it can be more challenging, the Straight On is actually a very dynamic profile to work on because it can be used to convey a number of expressions, looks and emotions.\r\n\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-views-of-faces.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-886\" alt=\"three views of faces\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/three-views-of-faces.jpg\" width=\"640\" height=\"480\" /></a>\r\n\r\nNext, let’s look at some basics for drawing facial features. You can begin by learning how to illustrate each of these in isolation, and later integrate the techniques with the proportion guidelines shared earlier to create a whole Straight On face.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Eyes</h3>\r\nThe eyes are the soul of an otherwise lifeless illustration. With eyes, you can create different expressions and convey certain emotions. To start, draw a horizontal line across the page using a pencil. This will be your guideline. Starting at just below this line, draw an almond-shaped line, allowing the pencil to move smoothly over the guideline to create a graceful arch. Stop when the line reaches the horizontal guideline. Complete the almond shape by drawing under the guideline. The arch of the eye should be graceful and rise gradually from the guideline. If it is too steep, it may make the eye appear rounder and bigger. To make the other eye, repeat the same steps, except that the second eye must be a mirror image of the first eye. The distance between two eyes must be the width of one eye.\r\n\r\nTo draw the iris, measure the height of the eyes at the highest part. This will be the diameter of the iris or the big circle. Within this circle, you may draw a smaller circle, also known as the pupil, and another small circle or two for highlights. Add the lids and the eyelashes.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-eyes.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-892\" alt=\"how to draw faces eyes\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-eyes.jpg\" height=\"640\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3> How to Draw Noses</h3>\r\nThe nose may seem like a simple job but it can actually mean the difference between a well-executed drawing and a mediocre attempt. To start, consider the different parts of the nose: the bridge, the ball (the slightly rounded or pointy tip), and the nostrils (including the alars, which are the fleshy parts). You will need to integrate these parts into your drawing and make them work together.\r\n\r\nNext, draw a vertical line the length of which you want the nose to be. On both sides of this line, draw diagonal lines that are angled away from each other so that the image forms a very steep triangle. At the base of the triangle, draw two dark strips to represent the nostrils. Using light pencil strokes, start building the nose by drawing the ball and finishing up the alars. Create more strokes to define the nose and provide shading.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-nose.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-893\" alt=\"how to draw faces nose\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-nose.jpg\" width=\"640\" height=\"280\" /></a></p>\r\n<strong>Tip:</strong> Keep in mind that noses can be any shape, width or length, so you do have some flexibility in drawing the nose that you like.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Ears</h3>\r\nThe ears are easily the most complicated part of drawing faces because of the different folds of fleshy areas that compose each ear. Since the shape is irregular, all you really need to do is learn the basics and practice so that you are more comfortable drawing the lines next time.\r\n\r\nTo start, draw a rectangular box with the short sides on the top and bottom. Use a 1:2 ratio to make the size proportional - that is, the long sides should be twice as long as the short sides. Using the box as a guide, draw the basic shape of the ear within it. Go gently on the curves, especially the upper arch at the top of the ear. Once done, erase the rectangle so you are left with the basic shape to work on. Add the small bump (called a tragus) on the opposite side, slightly at the lower middle area. Make a parallel outline of the ear shape and stop just above the lower middle point. Starting at the upper area where the tragus is, draw a thick Y-shape that curves gracefully downwards, following the outline of the ear. This line should meet the lower end of the tragus. Once you are done, you have a basic ear. Begin shading areas to create depth and dimension.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-ear.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-894\" alt=\"how to draw faces ear\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-ear.jpg\" width=\"640\" height=\"347\" /></a></p>\r\n <strong>Note:</strong> Ears appear different depending on the profile of the face you are drawing. A full side view or profile will show a full view of the ears, which means you may have to create better details. For reference, study photos of real ears to familiarize yourself with shape and shading.\r\n<h3>How to Draw Lips</h3>\r\nMen\'s and women\'s lips differ slightly but for the sake of learning the technique, let\'s try to draw a woman\'s lips. A woman\'s lips usually appears thicker and fuller, with more curves. To start, draw a short horizontal guideline. This line will mark the middle part of the lips. Using the line as a guide, draw two peaks to represent the bow curve of the upper lips. The line should rise gently from the guideline to create a more natural look. Starting at one end of the line at the base of the peaks, draw the lower lip, finishing the drawing to make sure the lines all meet. Refine the lines and add shading or color.\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\" align=\"center\"> <a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-lips.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-895\" alt=\"how to draw faces lips\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-lips.jpg\" width=\"437\" height=\"640\" /></a></p>\r\n <strong>Tip:</strong> Lips may appear thicker or thinner and may even be modified to illustrate a smiling portrait. Watch for proportion in relation to the base of the mouth and the chin.\r\n<h3>Perfecting the Human Face</h3>\r\n<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-female-face.jpg\"><img class=\"size-medium wp-image-881 alignright\" alt=\"how to draw faces female face\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/how-to-draw-faces-female-face-221x300.jpg\" width=\"221\" height=\"300\" /></a>The human face itself is a blank canvas that can be painted on to show a wide range of features and emotions. From pain and regret to joy and bliss to annoyance and rage, faces can be manipulated on canvas or paper to appear as you want them to appear. However, as you build your drawing skills, make sure to learn from the best teacher and the best source of inspiration, which is real life. When you are learning how to draw faces, learn to observe, to look, to see. Study people\'s faces in pictures and in videos. Also study and learn from drawings of faces and drawing videos. If you have a willing model, take advantage of that as well. Observe how different parts of their faces are put together and determine the relationship of each feature with the others. Observe how the faces appear in different lighting conditions, especially where light and shadows fall. Be an observer of life. The more you are aware of your environment, the better you will be at translating what you see on paper or canvas using a pencil or a brush.','How to Draw Faces: Tips, Techniques and Short Tutorials','','inherit','open','open','','878-revision-v1','','','2014-01-12 21:24:44','2014-01-13 05:24:44','',878,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/878-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(900,2,'2014-01-19 00:21:31','2014-01-19 08:21:31','<center><iframe src=\"//www.youtube.com/embed/cpQDGSG_9qk?rel=0\" width=\"640\" height=\"360\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"allowfullscreen\"></iframe></center>Here is a speed drawing video I did of an elderly man in a hat, the brim shielding the bright sun from his eyes. I used a light box and grid to sketch the initial line drawing on Bristol board paper. Then I added the light and dark tones. Finally I blended in layers of detail. This drawing took me around 10 hours to complete. Depending on the amount of detail I chose to add, it could have easily taken fewer or many more hours! This video condenses the process into 5 minutes. Enjoy!\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_1135\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"456\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat-reference.jpg\"><img class=\"wp-image-1135\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat-reference.jpg\" alt=\"© Kelpfish | Dreamstime.com\" width=\"456\" height=\"686\" /></a> <strong> © <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/kelpfish_info\">Kelpfish</a> | <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/\">Dreamstime.com</a></strong>[/caption]\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat.jpg\"><img class=\"alignnone wp-image-902\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat.jpg\" alt=\"elderly man in hat\" width=\"456\" height=\"568\" /></a></p>','Detailed Speed Drawing of Elderly Man in a Hat','','publish','open','open','','detailed-speed-drawing-of-elderly-man-in-a-hat','','','2015-07-26 18:52:51','2015-07-27 01:52:51','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/?p=900',0,'post','',0),(1135,2,'2014-06-08 20:43:12','2014-06-09 03:43:12','','elderly man in hat reference','<strong> © <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/kelpfish_info\">Kelpfish</a> | <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/\">Dreamstime.com</a></strong>','inherit','open','open','','1135','','','2014-06-08 20:43:12','2014-06-09 03:43:12','',900,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat-reference.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(902,2,'2014-01-18 23:52:12','2014-01-19 07:52:12','','elderly man in hat','<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/detailed-speed-drawing-of-elderly-man-in-a-hat\">\"Elderly Man in a Hat\" by Jack Pearce</a>','inherit','open','open','','elderly-man-in-hat','','','2015-01-08 20:21:30','2015-01-09 04:21:30','',900,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(1122,2,'2014-06-08 20:48:15','2014-06-09 03:48:15','<iframe src=\"//www.youtube.com/embed/cpQDGSG_9qk?rel=0\" width=\"640\" height=\"360\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"allowfullscreen\"></iframe>\n\nHere is a speed drawing video I did of an elderly man in a hat, the brim shielding the bright sun from his eyes. I used a light box and grid to sketch the initial line drawing on Bristol board paper. Then I added the light and dark tones. Finally I blended in layers of detail. This drawing took me around 10 hours to complete. Depending on the amount of detail I chose to add, it could have easily taken fewer or many more hours! This video condenses the process into 5 minutes. Enjoy!\n\n[caption id=\"attachment_1135\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"378\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat-reference.jpg\"><img class=\"wp-image-1135\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat-reference-199x300.jpg\" alt=\"© Kelpfish | Dreamstime.com\" width=\"378\" height=\"568\" /></a> <strong> © <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/kelpfish_info\">Kelpfish</a> | <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/\">Dreamstime.com</a></strong>[/caption]\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat.jpg\"><img class=\"wp-image-902\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat.jpg\" alt=\"elderly man in hat\" width=\"456\" height=\"568\" /></a></p>','Detailed Speed Drawing of Elderly Man in a Hat','','inherit','open','open','','900-autosave-v1','','','2014-06-08 20:48:15','2014-06-09 03:48:15','',900,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/900-autosave-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(905,2,'2014-01-19 00:04:11','2014-01-19 08:04:11','Here is a speed drawing video I did of an elderly man in a hat, the brim shielding the bright sun from his eyes. I used a light box and grid to sketch the initial line drawing on Bristol board paper. Then I added the light and dark tones. Finally I blended in layers of detail. This drawing took me around 10 hours to complete. Depending on the amount of detail I chose to add, it could have easily taken fewer or many more hours! This video condenses the process into 5 minutes. Enjoy!\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_901\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"372\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat-reference.jpg\"><img class=\" wp-image-901 \" alt=\" © Kelpfish | Dreamstime.com\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat-reference-681x1024.jpg\" width=\"372\" height=\"559\" /></a> <strong> © <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/kelpfish_info\">Kelpfish</a> | <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/\">Dreamstime.com</a></strong>[/caption]\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat.jpg\"><img class=\"wp-image-902\" alt=\"elderly man in hat\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat.jpg\" width=\"456\" height=\"568\" /></a></p>','Elderly Man in a Hat','','inherit','open','open','','900-revision-v1','','','2014-01-19 00:04:11','2014-01-19 08:04:11','',900,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/900-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(904,2,'2014-01-19 00:02:42','2014-01-19 08:02:42','Here is a speed drawing video I did of an elderly man in a hat, the brim shielding the bright sun from his eyes. I used a light box and grid to sketch the initial line drawing on Bristol board paper. Then I added the light and dark tones. Finally I blended in layers of detail. This drawing took me around 10 hours to complete. Depending on the amount of detail I chose to add, it could have easily taken fewer or many more hours! This video condenses the process into 5 minutes. Enjoy!\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_901\" align=\"alignleft\" width=\"372\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat-reference.jpg\"><img class=\" wp-image-901 \" alt=\" © Kelpfish | Dreamstime.com\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat-reference-681x1024.jpg\" width=\"372\" height=\"559\" /></a> <strong> © <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/kelpfish_info\">Kelpfish</a> | <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/\">Dreamstime.com</a></strong>[/caption]\r\n\r\n&nbsp;\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter  wp-image-902\" alt=\"elderly man in hat\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat.jpg\" width=\"456\" height=\"568\" /></a></p>\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\">[video width=\"1280\" height=\"720\" mp4=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat.mp4\"][/video]</p>','Elderly Man in a Hat','','inherit','open','open','','900-revision-v1','','','2014-01-19 00:02:42','2014-01-19 08:02:42','',900,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/900-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(907,2,'2014-01-19 01:03:41','2014-01-19 09:03:41','','elderly man in hat','','inherit','open','open','','elderly-man-in-hat-2','','','2014-01-19 01:03:41','2014-01-19 09:03:41','',900,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat.mp4',0,'attachment','video/mp4',0),(1126,2,'2014-06-05 04:05:24','2014-06-05 11:05:24','If you can watch an artist at work, even better. How an artist starts and fleshes out his work can be especially informative since you learn specific techniques to create particular results. Learn to observe carefully.','Learn to Draw People Using Drawing Videos','','inherit','open','open','','1072-revision-v1','','','2014-06-05 04:05:24','2014-06-05 11:05:24','',1072,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1072-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(1125,2,'2014-06-05 04:04:21','2014-06-05 11:04:21','If you can watch an artist at work, even better. How an artist starts and fleshes out his work can be especially informative since you learn specific techniques to create particular results. Learn to observe carefully.\r\n\r\n<iframe width=\"640\" height=\"480\" src=\"//www.youtube.com/embed/PjHB_fm1VTA?rel=0\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen></iframe>','Learn to Draw People Using Drawing Videos','','inherit','open','open','','1072-revision-v1','','','2014-06-05 04:04:21','2014-06-05 11:04:21','',1072,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/1072-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(908,2,'2014-01-19 01:12:43','2014-01-19 09:12:43','<center><iframe src=\"//www.youtube.com/embed/1e77dOOtUCk?rel=0\" height=\"360\" width=\"640\" allowfullscreen=\"\" frameborder=\"0\"></iframe></center>Here is a speed drawing video I did of an elderly man in a hat, the brim shielding the bright sun from his eyes. I used a light box and grid to sketch the initial line drawing on Bristol board paper. Then I added the light and dark tones. Finally I blended in layers of detail. This drawing took me around 10 hours to complete. Depending on the amount of detail I chose to add, it could have easily taken fewer or many more hours! This video condenses the process into 5 minutes. Enjoy!\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_901\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"372\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat-reference.jpg\"><img class=\" wp-image-901 \" alt=\" © Kelpfish | Dreamstime.com\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat-reference-681x1024.jpg\" width=\"372\" height=\"559\" /></a> <strong> © <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/kelpfish_info\">Kelpfish</a> | <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/\">Dreamstime.com</a></strong>[/caption]\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat.jpg\"><img class=\"wp-image-902\" alt=\"elderly man in hat\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat.jpg\" width=\"456\" height=\"568\" /></a></p>','Elderly Man in a Hat','','inherit','open','open','','900-revision-v1','','','2014-01-19 01:12:43','2014-01-19 09:12:43','',900,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/900-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(909,2,'2014-02-12 20:00:19','2014-02-13 04:00:19','Known for his animated and lively artwork from Looney Tunes and Merrie Melodies, Charles Martin Jones perfectly explained the process of drawing. In a famous interview of his, he once stated, \"The whole essence of good drawing -- and of good thinking, perhaps, is to work on a subject down to the simplest form possible and still have it believable for what it is meant to be.\" Essentially, what Charles Martin Jones meant is that art, and in this case the human body, does not need to be elaborate or perfect to be regarded as good work. A simple drawing that is identifiable as the human form is sufficient. Therefore, as this tutorial on how to draw the body progresses, don\'t fret if it isn\'t perfect, and don\'t quit if it isn\'t just right. Eventually, by practicing the following simple steps, you\'ll have the concept down perfectly.\r\n<h3><b>Figure Drawing -- The Basics</b></h3>\r\nBefore beginning, there are a few basics that I\'m going to cover. When drawing, proportions are important. They serve as the bones, per say, of the body. In drawing, there is something known as \"The Standard Unit of Measurement,\" or \"SUM.\" Generally, the length of the head, which is the distance from the top of the head to the chin, serves as your SUM. Typically, you\'ll find that the average height of a male or female figure drawing is 8 heads. SUMs of different length can result in variations in height. To ensure your figure is proportional, a tip you may find helpful is to draw 9 horizontal lines on the paper before beginning to draw. This will leave you with 8 SUMs. While there are many different poses that are possible, to keep things simple and at a basic, we are going to assume that the subject is standing straight.\r\n<h3><b>Proportions to Keep in Mind</b></h3>\r\nAlthough proportions are an important part of drawing the human body, you should remember that they are only very <span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\">general, basic guidelines</span>. Each individual person is unique and has his or her own proportions that can vary slightly from these guidelines. So as you draw, you don’t have to measure each shape to ensure it is drawn to the exact centimeter. With that said, here are some approximate general proportions to guide your drawing:\r\n\r\n•The entire body is 8 heads tall.\r\n\r\n•The head and torso are as long as the legs.\r\n\r\n•Hands should go no farther than halfway down the length of the thighs.\r\n\r\n•Thigh and calf are equal length, and so are the lower and upper arms.\r\n\r\n•Even at rest, the arms and legs should not be perfectly straight.\r\n\r\n•A female subject will have a smoother, more \"feminine\" form than the male.\r\n\r\n•A male figure has a proportionately larger rib cage, while a female figure has a proportionately larger pelvis.\r\n\r\n•The shoulder width is about 3 head widths.\r\n\r\n•If the arms are at the figure\'s sides, the wrist aligns with the groin.\r\n\r\n•An open hand is proportional to the head width.\r\n\r\nAlthough it may not seem so, the basic sketch of the human figure is comprised of a melody of basic shapes such as ovals, triangles, and circles. So, let\'s begin with the first steps and create our figure drawing together. I\'ll be creative here and name him Billy. Throughout this tutorial, you\'ll draw Billy with me and see him evolve from what looks like a child-like drawing, to something a bit more professional.\r\n<h3><b>The Basic Sketch</b></h3>\r\nAfter drawing the nine marker lines using Billy\'s head as the SUM, I begin drawing my figure as follows.\r\n\r\n•First, begin with the oval-shaped head. Using lined paper works great, as you can keep better track of proportions. According to my sketch, two lines are equal to the length of Billy\'s head. Next, give him a simple neck, which should equal one fourth the length of his head.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/01-how-to-draw-the-body-head-and-neck.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-917\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/01-how-to-draw-the-body-head-and-neck.jpg\" alt=\"01 how to draw the body head and neck\" width=\"426\" height=\"499\" /></a></p>\r\n•Continuing from the bottom of the neck, sketch an upside down triangle. At the top of this upside down triangle are the shoulders, which remember, are as wide as three of Billy\'s heads. The pointy end of the triangle is where Billy\'s belly button is to be. This triangle is approximately two of Billy\'s heads, or four lines. The bottom of the first of these two heads is the nipple area, and the bottom of the second of the two heads is the belly button.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/02-how-to-draw-the-body-triangle.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-918\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/02-how-to-draw-the-body-triangle.jpg\" alt=\"02 how to draw the body triangle\" width=\"426\" height=\"500\" /></a></p>\r\n•After sketching up to the belly button, Billy also needs a groin area. Thus far, the groin area is a simple oval, which is also equal to the length of one head. Also, I\'m going to keep this little tutorial rated G - there will be no guidance on how to draw genitalia.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/03-how-to-draw-the-body-pelvis.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-919\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/03-how-to-draw-the-body-pelvis.jpg\" alt=\"03 how to draw the body pelvis\" width=\"428\" height=\"504\" /></a></p>\r\n•Next are the upper thighs.  Beginning from the bottom of the groin area, I\'ve added two nicely shaped ovals, which are each the length of Billy’s head. This section is the fifth head length.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/04-how-to-draw-the-body-upper-thighs.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-920\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/04-how-to-draw-the-body-upper-thighs.jpg\" alt=\"04 how to draw the body upper thighs\" width=\"426\" height=\"502\" /></a></p>\r\n•Continuing with the legs, the next long oval for each leg is going to end up right above the knee.  Because the knee is a joint, mark it as a small circle. This is the sixth head length.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/05-how-to-draw-the-body-lower-thighs.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-921\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/05-how-to-draw-the-body-lower-thighs.jpg\" alt=\"05 how to draw the body lower thighs\" width=\"428\" height=\"500\" /></a></p>\r\n•Moving on, the next oval is the lower leg, and it is an oval that stops just above Billy’s ankle.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/06-how-to-draw-the-body-lower-legs.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-922\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/06-how-to-draw-the-body-lower-legs.jpg\" alt=\"06 how to draw the body lower legs\" width=\"427\" height=\"500\" /></a></p>\r\n•Let us next add ovals for the feet. One regular oval whose bottom is the bottom of Billy\'s foot, and a second, horizontal oval for Billy’s foot.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/07-how-to-draw-the-body-feet.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-923\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/07-how-to-draw-the-body-feet.jpg\" alt=\"07 how to draw the body feet\" width=\"424\" height=\"502\" /></a></p>\r\n•Lastly, the final additions are the arms and hands. Make an oval for each upper arm that begins at the shoulder and ends just above the belly button area. From this joint, make another oval that extends to the groin area. Draw an oval to represent each hand, going no farther down than mid-thigh.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/08-how-to-draw-the-body-arms.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-924\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/08-how-to-draw-the-body-arms.jpg\" alt=\"08 how to draw the body arms\" width=\"429\" height=\"506\" /></a></p>\r\nIn all, if your figure is 8 heads tall, you should have a rough sketch of Billy comprised of ovals, triangles, and small circles as seen above. Have you been able to follow along so far? Up until now, this tutorial has shown us how to draw the body using shapes as a “skeleton”.\r\n<h3><b>More than Just Bones</b></h3>\r\nThe famous author Walt Whitman once said, \"I sing the body electric.\" I suppose you can do as I do, and imagine Billy all of a sudden bust some moves on the page, but such a quote also resonates quite well with the next steps. Essentially, Walt Whitman is pointing to a notion that expresses love and admiration for the human body. It means to enjoy the movements, and the shape, and the image of the body itself. Therefore, as we continue to draw Billy, you don’t have to draw him as what the \"ideal\" human is expected to look like. Draw him as you want him to be (just keep him proportional). Apart from the arms and legs, which essentially leave just the torso and neck, I accentuated them on Billy by giving them shape. In this case, I drew the torso wider and slightly muscular and the neck a bit stumpy. Once you\'ve given your subject\'s torso and neck some shape, it\'s time to continue to the arms and legs.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/09-how-to-draw-the-body-torso.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-925\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/09-how-to-draw-the-body-torso.jpg\" alt=\"09 how to draw the body torso\" width=\"426\" height=\"506\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3><b>How to Draw Arms</b></h3>\r\nBoth arms and legs are probably two of the simplest parts of the body to draw. Once your torso is fully drawn, you can take the next step and add detail to the appendages. The shoulders, elbows, and wrists should each be marked by a circle that connects the ovals that you drew for arms and forearms. Rather than leave it in such a vague state, turn the ovals into straight lines that match the outer edges of the circles marked for shoulders, elbows, and wrists. Next, erase away the circles, and you should be left with a full arm. To make things more defined, the forearm should break down into three parts, with each part thinner than the last, with the wrist being the thinnest part.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/10-how-to-draw-the-body-arms.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-926\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/10-how-to-draw-the-body-arms.jpg\" alt=\"10 how to draw the body arms\" width=\"429\" height=\"508\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3><b>How to Draw Hands</b></h3>\r\nWhile hands may seem intimidating, they really aren\'t. It\'s all about sketching and practice. There are several methods. One way to draw hands is to begin with a square, attaching sticks for fingers and a small triangle attaching the thumb. If you need guidance, look at your own hand. Your own body is a great tool for learning to draw. Next, sketch the joints along the fingers. Each finger, except for the thumb, has two joints. Add a joint for the wrist, leaving a slightly raised bump for the bone. Give Billy’s hand some skin, and outline the shape of the fingers along the circles. Erase the inner circles and sketches, and you\'re left with a hand that just needs shading, nails, and the appearance of skin. To do this, just look at your own hand and draw what you see.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/11-how-to-draw-the-body-hands.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-927\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/11-how-to-draw-the-body-hands.jpg\" alt=\"11 how to draw the body hands\" width=\"424\" height=\"499\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3><b>How to Draw Legs</b></h3>\r\nLike most of the body\'s shape, the shape of legs can also vary. You should already have a circle for the knees. Start with the outside of each leg and sketch the upper thigh and lower leg. The upper thigh should be wide, and as the line reaches the knee, it should become narrower. Then, do the same for the inner legs. Depending on your preferences, you can keep the legs thin or add thickness. Lastly, simply erase the circle and sketch a knee.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/12-how-to-draw-the-body-legs.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-928\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/12-how-to-draw-the-body-legs.jpg\" alt=\"12 how to draw the body legs\" width=\"428\" height=\"506\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3><b>How to Draw Feet</b></h3>\r\nUnless you don\'t want our subject to walk, then you\'re going to need to add some feet. As simplicity is the key to this entire tutorial, begin with the ovals attached to the bottom of the leg. The front of the foot and toes should be sketched out. Next, soften the rough lines and give the foot a proper shape. If you drew your character\'s hands, this process should be fairly simple. Upon completing the feet and giving your subject a shape and human appearance, you should have a fully-formed body before you.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/13-how-to-draw-the-body-billy.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-929\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/13-how-to-draw-the-body-billy.jpg\" alt=\"13 how to draw the body billy\" width=\"429\" height=\"502\" /></a></p>\r\n\r\n<h3><b>Practice Makes Perfect</b></h3>\r\nAs Jackson Brown Jr. once said, \"You can\'t hire someone to practice for you.\" Truer words were never spoken. You really can\'t hire someone to perfect your skill or to turn you into an expert, which is why you need to practice. Through dedication, hard work, and following through with this figure drawing tutorial, you\'ll be able to master how to draw the body in no time. Just adhere to the proportion rules, add joints where necessary, and practice, practice, practice!','Keeping it Simple: The Straight Forward Step-By-Step Guide to Drawing the Body','','publish','open','open','','keeping-it-simple-the-straight-forward-step-by-step-guide-to-drawing-the-body','','','2015-07-19 20:20:20','2015-07-20 03:20:20','',0,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/?p=909',0,'post','',6),(910,2,'2014-01-21 06:29:08','2014-01-21 14:29:08','<center><iframe src=\"//www.youtube.com/embed/tuWnw0vcffg?rel=0\" height=\"360\" width=\"640\" allowfullscreen=\"\" frameborder=\"0\"></iframe></center>Here is a speed drawing video I did of an elderly man in a hat, the brim shielding the bright sun from his eyes. I used a light box and grid to sketch the initial line drawing on Bristol board paper. Then I added the light and dark tones. Finally I blended in layers of detail. This drawing took me around 10 hours to complete. Depending on the amount of detail I chose to add, it could have easily taken fewer or many more hours! This video condenses the process into 5 minutes. Enjoy!\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_901\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"372\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat-reference.jpg\"><img class=\" wp-image-901 \" alt=\" © Kelpfish | Dreamstime.com\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat-reference-681x1024.jpg\" width=\"372\" height=\"559\" /></a> <strong> © <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/kelpfish_info\">Kelpfish</a> | <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/\">Dreamstime.com</a></strong>[/caption]\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat.jpg\"><img class=\"wp-image-902\" alt=\"elderly man in hat\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat.jpg\" width=\"456\" height=\"568\" /></a></p>','Elderly Man in a Hat','','inherit','open','open','','900-revision-v1','','','2014-01-21 06:29:08','2014-01-21 14:29:08','',900,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/900-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(912,2,'2014-02-04 22:04:10','2014-02-05 06:04:10','<center><iframe width=\"640\" height=\"360\" src=\"//www.youtube.com/embed/nZo5jTZLctg?rel=0\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen></iframe></center>\r\nHere is a speed drawing video I did of an elderly man in a hat, the brim shielding the bright sun from his eyes. I used a light box and grid to sketch the initial line drawing on Bristol board paper. Then I added the light and dark tones. Finally I blended in layers of detail. This drawing took me around 10 hours to complete. Depending on the amount of detail I chose to add, it could have easily taken fewer or many more hours! This video condenses the process into 5 minutes. Enjoy!\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_901\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"372\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat-reference.jpg\"><img class=\" wp-image-901 \" alt=\" © Kelpfish | Dreamstime.com\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat-reference-681x1024.jpg\" width=\"372\" height=\"559\" /></a> <strong> © <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/kelpfish_info\">Kelpfish</a> | <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/\">Dreamstime.com</a></strong>[/caption]\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat.jpg\"><img class=\"wp-image-902\" alt=\"elderly man in hat\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat.jpg\" width=\"456\" height=\"568\" /></a></p>','Elderly Man in a Hat','','inherit','open','open','','900-revision-v1','','','2014-02-04 22:04:10','2014-02-05 06:04:10','',900,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/900-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(914,2,'2014-02-06 07:23:56','2014-02-06 15:23:56','<center><iframe width=\"640\" height=\"360\" src=\"//www.youtube.com/embed/cpQDGSG_9qk?rel=0\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen></iframe></center>\r\n\r\nHere is a speed drawing video I did of an elderly man in a hat, the brim shielding the bright sun from his eyes. I used a light box and grid to sketch the initial line drawing on Bristol board paper. Then I added the light and dark tones. Finally I blended in layers of detail. This drawing took me around 10 hours to complete. Depending on the amount of detail I chose to add, it could have easily taken fewer or many more hours! This video condenses the process into 5 minutes. Enjoy!\r\n\r\n[caption id=\"attachment_901\" align=\"aligncenter\" width=\"372\"]<a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat-reference.jpg\"><img class=\" wp-image-901 \" alt=\" © Kelpfish | Dreamstime.com\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat-reference-681x1024.jpg\" width=\"372\" height=\"559\" /></a> <strong> © <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/kelpfish_info\">Kelpfish</a> | <a href=\"http://www.dreamstime.com/\">Dreamstime.com</a></strong>[/caption]\r\n<p style=\"text-align: center;\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat.jpg\"><img class=\"wp-image-902\" alt=\"elderly man in hat\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/elderly-man-in-hat.jpg\" width=\"456\" height=\"568\" /></a></p>','Elderly Man in a Hat','','inherit','open','open','','900-revision-v1','','','2014-02-06 07:23:56','2014-02-06 15:23:56','',900,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/900-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(917,2,'2014-02-12 19:44:27','2014-02-13 03:44:27','','01 how to draw the body head and neck','','inherit','open','open','','01-how-to-draw-the-body-head-and-neck','','','2014-02-12 19:44:27','2014-02-13 03:44:27','',909,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/01-how-to-draw-the-body-head-and-neck.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(916,2,'2014-02-12 05:13:13','2014-02-12 13:13:13','<b>Keeping it Simple: The Straight Forward Step-By-Step Guide to Drawing the Body</b>\r\n\r\nKnown for his animated and lively artwork from Looney Tunes and Merrie Melodies, Charles Martin Jones perfectly explained the process of drawing. In a famous interview of his, he once stated, \"The whole essence of good drawing -- and of good thinking, perhaps, is to work on a subject down to the simplest form possible and still have it believable for what it is meant to be.\" Essentially, what Charles Martin Jones meant is that art, and in this case the human body, does not need to be elaborate or perfect to be regarded as good work. A simple drawing that is identifiable as the human form is sufficient. Therefore, as this tutorial on how to draw the body progresses, don\'t fret if it isn\'t perfect, and don\'t quit if it isn\'t just right. Eventually, by practicing the following simple steps, you\'ll have the concept down perfectly.\r\n\r\n<b>Figure Drawing -- The Basics</b>\r\n\r\nBefore beginning, there are a few basics that I\'m going to cover. When drawing, proportions are important. They serve as the bones, per say, of the body. In drawing, there is something known as \"The Standard Unit of Measurement,\" or \"SUM.\" Generally, the length of the head, which is the distance from the top of the head to the chin, serves as your SUM. Typically, you\'ll find that the average height of a male or female figure drawing is 8 heads. SUMs of different length can result in variations in height. To ensure your figure is proportional, a tip you may find helpful is to draw 9 horizontal lines on the paper before beginning to draw. This will leave you with 8 SUMs. While there are many different poses that are possible, to keep things simple and at a basic, we are going to assume that the subject is standing straight.\r\n\r\n<b>Proportions to Keep in Mind</b>\r\n\r\nAlthough proportions are an important part of drawing the human body, you should remember that they are only very <span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\">general, basic guidelines</span>. Each individual person is unique and has his or her own proportions that can vary slightly from these guidelines. So as you draw, you don’t have to measure each shape to ensure it is drawn to the exact centimeter. With that said, here are some approximate general proportions to guide your drawing:\r\n\r\n•The entire body is 8 heads tall.\r\n\r\n•The head and torso are as long as the legs.\r\n\r\n•Hands should go no farther than halfway down the length of the thighs.\r\n\r\n•Thigh and calf are equal length, and so are the lower and upper arms.\r\n\r\n•Even at rest, the arms and legs should not be perfectly straight.\r\n\r\n•A female subject will have a smoother, more \"feminine\" form than the male.\r\n\r\n•A male figure has a proportionately larger rib cage, while a female figure has a proportionately larger pelvis.\r\n\r\n•The shoulder width is about 3 head widths.\r\n\r\n•If the arms are at the figure\'s sides, the wrist aligns with the groin.\r\n\r\n•An open hand is proportional to the head width.\r\n\r\nAlthough it may not seem so, the basic sketch of the human figure is comprised of a melody of basic shapes such as ovals, triangles, and circles. So, let\'s begin with the first steps and create our figure drawing together. I\'ll be creative here and name him Billy. Throughout this tutorial, you\'ll draw Billy with me and see him evolve from what looks like a child-like drawing, to something a bit more professional.\r\n\r\n<b>The Basic Sketch</b>\r\n\r\nAfter drawing the nine marker lines using Billy\'s head as the SUM, I begin drawing my figure as follows.\r\n\r\n•First, begin with the oval-shaped head. Using lined paper works great, as you can keep better track of proportions. According to my sketch, two lines are equal to the length of Billy\'s head. Next, give him a simple neck, which should equal one fourth the length of his head.\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****head and neck on wide ruled lined paper*****]</p>\r\n•Continuing from the bottom of the neck, sketch an upside down triangle. At the top of this upside down triangle are the shoulders, which remember, are as wide as three of Billy\'s heads. The pointy end of the triangle is where Billy\'s belly button is to be. This triangle is approximately two of Billy\'s heads, or four lines. The bottom of the first of these two heads is the nipple area, and the bottom of the second of the two heads is the belly button.\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****upside down triangle*****]</p>\r\n•After sketching up to the belly button, Billy also needs a groin area. Thus far, the groin area is a simple oval, which is also equal to the length of one head. Also, I\'m going to keep this little tutorial rated G - there will be no guidance on how to draw genitalia.\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****groin*****]</p>\r\n•Next are the upper thighs.  Beginning from the bottom of the groin area, I\'ve added two nicely shaped ovals, which are each the length of Billy’s head. This section is the fifth head length.\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****upper thighs*****]</p>\r\n•Continuing with the legs, the next long oval for each leg is going to end up right above the knee.  Because the knee is a joint, mark it as a small circle. This is the sixth head length.\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****lower thighs*****]</p>\r\n•Moving on, the next oval is the lower leg, and it is an oval that stops just above Billy’s ankle.\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****lower legs*****]</p>\r\n•Let us next add ovals for the feet. One regular oval whose bottom is the bottom of Billy\'s foot, and a second, horizontal oval for Billy’s foot.\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****feet*****]</p>\r\n•Lastly, the final additions are the arms and hands. Make an oval for each upper arm that begins at the shoulder and ends just above the belly button area. From this joint, make another oval that extends to the groin area. Draw an oval to represent each hand, going no farther down than mid-thigh.\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****Billy in ovals, triangles, and circles*****]</p>\r\nIn all, if your figure is 8 heads tall, you should have a rough sketch of Billy comprised of ovals, triangles, and small circles as seen above. Have you been able to follow along so far? Up until now, this tutorial has shown us how to draw the body using shapes as a “skeleton”.\r\n\r\n<b>More than Just Bones</b>\r\n\r\nThe famous author Walt Whitman once said, \"I sing the body electric.\" I suppose you can do as I do, and imagine Billy all of a sudden bust some moves on the page, but such a quote also resonates quite well with the next steps. Essentially, Walt Whitman is pointing to a notion that expresses love and admiration for the human body. It means to enjoy the movements, and the shape, and the image of the body itself. Therefore, as we continue to draw Billy, you don’t have to draw him as what the \"ideal\" human is expected to look like. Draw him as you want him to be (just keep him proportional). Apart from the arms and legs, which essentially leave just the torso and neck, I accentuated them on Billy by giving them shape. In this case, I drew the torso wider and slightly muscular and the neck a bit stumpy. Once you\'ve given your subject\'s torso and neck some shape, it\'s time to continue to the arms and legs.\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****shaped torso and neck*****]</p>\r\n<b>How to Draw Arms</b>\r\n\r\nBoth arms and legs are probably two of the simplest parts of the body to draw. Once your torso is fully drawn, you can take the next step and add detail to the appendages. The shoulders, elbows, and wrists should each be marked by a circle that connects the ovals that you drew for arms and forearms. Rather than leave it in such a vague state, turn the ovals into straight lines that match the outer edges of the circles marked for shoulders, elbows, and wrists. Next, erase away the circles, and you should be left with a full arm. To make things more defined, the forearm should break down into three parts, with each part thinner than the last, with the wrist being the thinnest part.\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****right arm with circles, left arm w/ erased guidelines*****]</p>\r\n<b>How to Draw Hands</b>\r\n\r\nWhile hands may seem intimidating, they really aren\'t. It\'s all about sketching and practice. There are several methods. One way to draw hands is to begin with a square, attaching sticks for fingers and a small triangle attaching the thumb. If you need guidance, look at your own hand. Your own body is a great tool for learning to draw. Next, sketch the joints along the fingers. Each finger, except for the thumb, has two joints. Add a joint for the wrist, leaving a slightly raised bump for the bone. Give Billy’s hand some skin, and outline the shape of the fingers along the circles. Erase the inner circles and sketches, and you\'re left with a hand that just needs shading, nails, and the appearance of skin. To do this, just look at your own hand and draw what you see.\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****right hand with circles, left hand w/ erased guidelines*****]</p>\r\n<b>How to Draw Legs</b>\r\n\r\nLike most of the body\'s shape, the shape of legs can also vary. You should already have a circle for the knees. Start with the outside of each leg and sketch the upper thigh and lower leg. The upper thigh should be wide, and as the line reaches the knee, it should become narrower. Then, do the same for the inner legs. Depending on your preferences, you can keep the legs thin or add thickness. Lastly, simply erase the circle and sketch a knee.\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****right leg with circles, left leg w/ erased guidelines*****]</p>\r\n<b>How to Draw Feet</b>\r\n\r\nUnless you don\'t want our subject to walk, then you\'re going to need to add some feet. As simplicity is the key to this entire tutorial, begin with the ovals attached to the bottom of the leg. The front of the foot and toes should be sketched out. Next, soften the rough lines and give the foot a proper shape. If you drew your character\'s hands, this process should be fairly simple. Upon completing the feet and giving your subject a shape and human appearance, you should have a fully-formed body before you.\r\n<p align=\"center\">[*****Billy*****]</p>\r\n<b>Practice Makes Perfect</b>\r\n\r\nAs Jackson Brown Jr. once said, \"You can\'t hire someone to practice for you.\" Truer words were never spoken. You really can\'t hire someone to perfect your skill or to turn you into an expert, which is why you need to practice. Through dedication, hard work, and following through with this figure drawing tutorial, you\'ll be able to master how to draw the body in no time. Just adhere to the proportion rules, add joints where necessary, and practice, practice, practice!','Keeping it Simple: The Straight Forward Step-By-Step Guide to Drawing the Body','','inherit','open','open','','909-revision-v1','','','2014-02-12 05:13:13','2014-02-12 13:13:13','',909,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/909-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(918,2,'2014-02-12 19:44:29','2014-02-13 03:44:29','','02 how to draw the body triangle','','inherit','open','open','','02-how-to-draw-the-body-triangle','','','2014-02-12 19:44:29','2014-02-13 03:44:29','',909,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/02-how-to-draw-the-body-triangle.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(919,2,'2014-02-12 19:44:30','2014-02-13 03:44:30','','03 how to draw the body pelvis','','inherit','open','open','','03-how-to-draw-the-body-pelvis','','','2014-02-12 19:44:30','2014-02-13 03:44:30','',909,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/03-how-to-draw-the-body-pelvis.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(920,2,'2014-02-12 19:44:31','2014-02-13 03:44:31','','04 how to draw the body upper thighs','','inherit','open','open','','04-how-to-draw-the-body-upper-thighs','','','2014-02-12 19:44:31','2014-02-13 03:44:31','',909,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/04-how-to-draw-the-body-upper-thighs.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(921,2,'2014-02-12 19:44:33','2014-02-13 03:44:33','','05 how to draw the body lower thighs','','inherit','open','open','','05-how-to-draw-the-body-lower-thighs','','','2014-02-12 19:44:33','2014-02-13 03:44:33','',909,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/05-how-to-draw-the-body-lower-thighs.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(922,2,'2014-02-12 19:44:35','2014-02-13 03:44:35','','06 how to draw the body lower legs','','inherit','open','open','','06-how-to-draw-the-body-lower-legs','','','2014-02-12 19:44:35','2014-02-13 03:44:35','',909,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/06-how-to-draw-the-body-lower-legs.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(923,2,'2014-02-12 19:44:36','2014-02-13 03:44:36','','07 how to draw the body feet','','inherit','open','open','','07-how-to-draw-the-body-feet','','','2014-02-12 19:44:36','2014-02-13 03:44:36','',909,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/07-how-to-draw-the-body-feet.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(924,2,'2014-02-12 19:44:37','2014-02-13 03:44:37','','08 how to draw the body arms','','inherit','open','open','','08-how-to-draw-the-body-arms','','','2014-02-12 19:44:37','2014-02-13 03:44:37','',909,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/08-how-to-draw-the-body-arms.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(925,2,'2014-02-12 19:44:39','2014-02-13 03:44:39','','09 how to draw the body torso','','inherit','open','open','','09-how-to-draw-the-body-torso','','','2014-02-12 19:44:39','2014-02-13 03:44:39','',909,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/09-how-to-draw-the-body-torso.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(926,2,'2014-02-12 19:44:40','2014-02-13 03:44:40','','10 how to draw the body arms','','inherit','open','open','','10-how-to-draw-the-body-arms','','','2014-02-12 19:44:40','2014-02-13 03:44:40','',909,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/10-how-to-draw-the-body-arms.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(927,2,'2014-02-12 19:44:41','2014-02-13 03:44:41','','11 how to draw the body hands','','inherit','open','open','','11-how-to-draw-the-body-hands','','','2014-02-12 19:44:41','2014-02-13 03:44:41','',909,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/11-how-to-draw-the-body-hands.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(928,2,'2014-02-12 19:44:43','2014-02-13 03:44:43','','12 how to draw the body legs','','inherit','open','open','','12-how-to-draw-the-body-legs','','','2014-02-12 19:44:43','2014-02-13 03:44:43','',909,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/12-how-to-draw-the-body-legs.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(929,2,'2014-02-12 19:44:44','2014-02-13 03:44:44','','13 how to draw the body billy','','inherit','open','open','','13-how-to-draw-the-body-billy','','','2014-02-12 19:44:44','2014-02-13 03:44:44','',909,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/13-how-to-draw-the-body-billy.jpg',0,'attachment','image/jpeg',0),(930,2,'2014-02-12 19:49:43','2014-02-13 03:49:43','Known for his animated and lively artwork from Looney Tunes and Merrie Melodies, Charles Martin Jones perfectly explained the process of drawing. In a famous interview of his, he once stated, \"The whole essence of good drawing -- and of good thinking, perhaps, is to work on a subject down to the simplest form possible and still have it believable for what it is meant to be.\" Essentially, what Charles Martin Jones meant is that art, and in this case the human body, does not need to be elaborate or perfect to be regarded as good work. A simple drawing that is identifiable as the human form is sufficient. Therefore, as this tutorial on how to draw the body progresses, don\'t fret if it isn\'t perfect, and don\'t quit if it isn\'t just right. Eventually, by practicing the following simple steps, you\'ll have the concept down perfectly.\r\n\r\n<b>Figure Drawing -- The Basics</b>\r\n\r\nBefore beginning, there are a few basics that I\'m going to cover. When drawing, proportions are important. They serve as the bones, per say, of the body. In drawing, there is something known as \"The Standard Unit of Measurement,\" or \"SUM.\" Generally, the length of the head, which is the distance from the top of the head to the chin, serves as your SUM. Typically, you\'ll find that the average height of a male or female figure drawing is 8 heads. SUMs of different length can result in variations in height. To ensure your figure is proportional, a tip you may find helpful is to draw 9 horizontal lines on the paper before beginning to draw. This will leave you with 8 SUMs. While there are many different poses that are possible, to keep things simple and at a basic, we are going to assume that the subject is standing straight.\r\n\r\n<b>Proportions to Keep in Mind</b>\r\n\r\nAlthough proportions are an important part of drawing the human body, you should remember that they are only very <span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\">general, basic guidelines</span>. Each individual person is unique and has his or her own proportions that can vary slightly from these guidelines. So as you draw, you don’t have to measure each shape to ensure it is drawn to the exact centimeter. With that said, here are some approximate general proportions to guide your drawing:\r\n\r\n•The entire body is 8 heads tall.\r\n\r\n•The head and torso are as long as the legs.\r\n\r\n•Hands should go no farther than halfway down the length of the thighs.\r\n\r\n•Thigh and calf are equal length, and so are the lower and upper arms.\r\n\r\n•Even at rest, the arms and legs should not be perfectly straight.\r\n\r\n•A female subject will have a smoother, more \"feminine\" form than the male.\r\n\r\n•A male figure has a proportionately larger rib cage, while a female figure has a proportionately larger pelvis.\r\n\r\n•The shoulder width is about 3 head widths.\r\n\r\n•If the arms are at the figure\'s sides, the wrist aligns with the groin.\r\n\r\n•An open hand is proportional to the head width.\r\n\r\nAlthough it may not seem so, the basic sketch of the human figure is comprised of a melody of basic shapes such as ovals, triangles, and circles. So, let\'s begin with the first steps and create our figure drawing together. I\'ll be creative here and name him Billy. Throughout this tutorial, you\'ll draw Billy with me and see him evolve from what looks like a child-like drawing, to something a bit more professional.\r\n\r\n<b>The Basic Sketch</b>\r\n\r\nAfter drawing the nine marker lines using Billy\'s head as the SUM, I begin drawing my figure as follows.\r\n\r\n•First, begin with the oval-shaped head. Using lined paper works great, as you can keep better track of proportions. According to my sketch, two lines are equal to the length of Billy\'s head. Next, give him a simple neck, which should equal one fourth the length of his head.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/01-how-to-draw-the-body-head-and-neck.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-917\" alt=\"01 how to draw the body head and neck\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/01-how-to-draw-the-body-head-and-neck.jpg\" width=\"426\" height=\"499\" /></a></p>\r\n•Continuing from the bottom of the neck, sketch an upside down triangle. At the top of this upside down triangle are the shoulders, which remember, are as wide as three of Billy\'s heads. The pointy end of the triangle is where Billy\'s belly button is to be. This triangle is approximately two of Billy\'s heads, or four lines. The bottom of the first of these two heads is the nipple area, and the bottom of the second of the two heads is the belly button.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/02-how-to-draw-the-body-triangle.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-918\" alt=\"02 how to draw the body triangle\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/02-how-to-draw-the-body-triangle.jpg\" width=\"426\" height=\"500\" /></a></p>\r\n•After sketching up to the belly button, Billy also needs a groin area. Thus far, the groin area is a simple oval, which is also equal to the length of one head. Also, I\'m going to keep this little tutorial rated G - there will be no guidance on how to draw genitalia.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/03-how-to-draw-the-body-pelvis.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-919\" alt=\"03 how to draw the body pelvis\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/03-how-to-draw-the-body-pelvis.jpg\" width=\"428\" height=\"504\" /></a></p>\r\n•Next are the upper thighs.  Beginning from the bottom of the groin area, I\'ve added two nicely shaped ovals, which are each the length of Billy’s head. This section is the fifth head length.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/04-how-to-draw-the-body-upper-thighs.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-920\" alt=\"04 how to draw the body upper thighs\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/04-how-to-draw-the-body-upper-thighs.jpg\" width=\"426\" height=\"502\" /></a></p>\r\n•Continuing with the legs, the next long oval for each leg is going to end up right above the knee.  Because the knee is a joint, mark it as a small circle. This is the sixth head length.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/05-how-to-draw-the-body-lower-thighs.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-921\" alt=\"05 how to draw the body lower thighs\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/05-how-to-draw-the-body-lower-thighs.jpg\" width=\"428\" height=\"500\" /></a></p>\r\n•Moving on, the next oval is the lower leg, and it is an oval that stops just above Billy’s ankle.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/06-how-to-draw-the-body-lower-legs.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-922\" alt=\"06 how to draw the body lower legs\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/06-how-to-draw-the-body-lower-legs.jpg\" width=\"427\" height=\"500\" /></a></p>\r\n•Let us next add ovals for the feet. One regular oval whose bottom is the bottom of Billy\'s foot, and a second, horizontal oval for Billy’s foot.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/07-how-to-draw-the-body-feet.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-923\" alt=\"07 how to draw the body feet\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/07-how-to-draw-the-body-feet.jpg\" width=\"424\" height=\"502\" /></a></p>\r\n•Lastly, the final additions are the arms and hands. Make an oval for each upper arm that begins at the shoulder and ends just above the belly button area. From this joint, make another oval that extends to the groin area. Draw an oval to represent each hand, going no farther down than mid-thigh.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/08-how-to-draw-the-body-arms.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-924\" alt=\"08 how to draw the body arms\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/08-how-to-draw-the-body-arms.jpg\" width=\"429\" height=\"506\" /></a></p>\r\nIn all, if your figure is 8 heads tall, you should have a rough sketch of Billy comprised of ovals, triangles, and small circles as seen above. Have you been able to follow along so far? Up until now, this tutorial has shown us how to draw the body using shapes as a “skeleton”.\r\n\r\n<b>More than Just Bones</b>\r\n\r\nThe famous author Walt Whitman once said, \"I sing the body electric.\" I suppose you can do as I do, and imagine Billy all of a sudden bust some moves on the page, but such a quote also resonates quite well with the next steps. Essentially, Walt Whitman is pointing to a notion that expresses love and admiration for the human body. It means to enjoy the movements, and the shape, and the image of the body itself. Therefore, as we continue to draw Billy, you don’t have to draw him as what the \"ideal\" human is expected to look like. Draw him as you want him to be (just keep him proportional). Apart from the arms and legs, which essentially leave just the torso and neck, I accentuated them on Billy by giving them shape. In this case, I drew the torso wider and slightly muscular and the neck a bit stumpy. Once you\'ve given your subject\'s torso and neck some shape, it\'s time to continue to the arms and legs.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/09-how-to-draw-the-body-torso.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-925\" alt=\"09 how to draw the body torso\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/09-how-to-draw-the-body-torso.jpg\" width=\"426\" height=\"506\" /></a></p>\r\n<b>How to Draw Arms</b>\r\n\r\nBoth arms and legs are probably two of the simplest parts of the body to draw. Once your torso is fully drawn, you can take the next step and add detail to the appendages. The shoulders, elbows, and wrists should each be marked by a circle that connects the ovals that you drew for arms and forearms. Rather than leave it in such a vague state, turn the ovals into straight lines that match the outer edges of the circles marked for shoulders, elbows, and wrists. Next, erase away the circles, and you should be left with a full arm. To make things more defined, the forearm should break down into three parts, with each part thinner than the last, with the wrist being the thinnest part.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/10-how-to-draw-the-body-arms.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-926\" alt=\"10 how to draw the body arms\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/10-how-to-draw-the-body-arms.jpg\" width=\"429\" height=\"508\" /></a></p>\r\n<b>How to Draw Hands</b>\r\n\r\nWhile hands may seem intimidating, they really aren\'t. It\'s all about sketching and practice. There are several methods. One way to draw hands is to begin with a square, attaching sticks for fingers and a small triangle attaching the thumb. If you need guidance, look at your own hand. Your own body is a great tool for learning to draw. Next, sketch the joints along the fingers. Each finger, except for the thumb, has two joints. Add a joint for the wrist, leaving a slightly raised bump for the bone. Give Billy’s hand some skin, and outline the shape of the fingers along the circles. Erase the inner circles and sketches, and you\'re left with a hand that just needs shading, nails, and the appearance of skin. To do this, just look at your own hand and draw what you see.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/11-how-to-draw-the-body-hands.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-927\" alt=\"11 how to draw the body hands\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/11-how-to-draw-the-body-hands.jpg\" width=\"424\" height=\"499\" /></a></p>\r\n<b>How to Draw Legs</b>\r\n\r\nLike most of the body\'s shape, the shape of legs can also vary. You should already have a circle for the knees. Start with the outside of each leg and sketch the upper thigh and lower leg. The upper thigh should be wide, and as the line reaches the knee, it should become narrower. Then, do the same for the inner legs. Depending on your preferences, you can keep the legs thin or add thickness. Lastly, simply erase the circle and sketch a knee.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/12-how-to-draw-the-body-legs.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-928\" alt=\"12 how to draw the body legs\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/12-how-to-draw-the-body-legs.jpg\" width=\"428\" height=\"506\" /></a></p>\r\n<b>How to Draw Feet</b>\r\n\r\nUnless you don\'t want our subject to walk, then you\'re going to need to add some feet. As simplicity is the key to this entire tutorial, begin with the ovals attached to the bottom of the leg. The front of the foot and toes should be sketched out. Next, soften the rough lines and give the foot a proper shape. If you drew your character\'s hands, this process should be fairly simple. Upon completing the feet and giving your subject a shape and human appearance, you should have a fully-formed body before you.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/13-how-to-draw-the-body-billy.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-929\" alt=\"13 how to draw the body billy\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/13-how-to-draw-the-body-billy.jpg\" width=\"429\" height=\"502\" /></a></p>\r\n<b>Practice Makes Perfect</b>\r\n\r\nAs Jackson Brown Jr. once said, \"You can\'t hire someone to practice for you.\" Truer words were never spoken. You really can\'t hire someone to perfect your skill or to turn you into an expert, which is why you need to practice. Through dedication, hard work, and following through with this figure drawing tutorial, you\'ll be able to master how to draw the body in no time. Just adhere to the proportion rules, add joints where necessary, and practice, practice, practice!','Keeping it Simple: The Straight Forward Step-By-Step Guide to Drawing the Body','','inherit','open','open','','909-revision-v1','','','2014-02-12 19:49:43','2014-02-13 03:49:43','',909,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/909-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),(931,2,'2014-02-12 19:51:44','2014-02-13 03:51:44','Known for his animated and lively artwork from Looney Tunes and Merrie Melodies, Charles Martin Jones perfectly explained the process of drawing. In a famous interview of his, he once stated, \"The whole essence of good drawing -- and of good thinking, perhaps, is to work on a subject down to the simplest form possible and still have it believable for what it is meant to be.\" Essentially, what Charles Martin Jones meant is that art, and in this case the human body, does not need to be elaborate or perfect to be regarded as good work. A simple drawing that is identifiable as the human form is sufficient. Therefore, as this tutorial on how to draw the body progresses, don\'t fret if it isn\'t perfect, and don\'t quit if it isn\'t just right. Eventually, by practicing the following simple steps, you\'ll have the concept down perfectly.\r\n<h2><b>Figure Drawing -- The Basics</b></h2>\r\nBefore beginning, there are a few basics that I\'m going to cover. When drawing, proportions are important. They serve as the bones, per say, of the body. In drawing, there is something known as \"The Standard Unit of Measurement,\" or \"SUM.\" Generally, the length of the head, which is the distance from the top of the head to the chin, serves as your SUM. Typically, you\'ll find that the average height of a male or female figure drawing is 8 heads. SUMs of different length can result in variations in height. To ensure your figure is proportional, a tip you may find helpful is to draw 9 horizontal lines on the paper before beginning to draw. This will leave you with 8 SUMs. While there are many different poses that are possible, to keep things simple and at a basic, we are going to assume that the subject is standing straight.\r\n<h3><b>Proportions to Keep in Mind</b></h3>\r\nAlthough proportions are an important part of drawing the human body, you should remember that they are only very <span style=\"text-decoration: underline;\">general, basic guidelines</span>. Each individual person is unique and has his or her own proportions that can vary slightly from these guidelines. So as you draw, you don’t have to measure each shape to ensure it is drawn to the exact centimeter. With that said, here are some approximate general proportions to guide your drawing:\r\n\r\n•The entire body is 8 heads tall.\r\n\r\n•The head and torso are as long as the legs.\r\n\r\n•Hands should go no farther than halfway down the length of the thighs.\r\n\r\n•Thigh and calf are equal length, and so are the lower and upper arms.\r\n\r\n•Even at rest, the arms and legs should not be perfectly straight.\r\n\r\n•A female subject will have a smoother, more \"feminine\" form than the male.\r\n\r\n•A male figure has a proportionately larger rib cage, while a female figure has a proportionately larger pelvis.\r\n\r\n•The shoulder width is about 3 head widths.\r\n\r\n•If the arms are at the figure\'s sides, the wrist aligns with the groin.\r\n\r\n•An open hand is proportional to the head width.\r\n\r\nAlthough it may not seem so, the basic sketch of the human figure is comprised of a melody of basic shapes such as ovals, triangles, and circles. So, let\'s begin with the first steps and create our figure drawing together. I\'ll be creative here and name him Billy. Throughout this tutorial, you\'ll draw Billy with me and see him evolve from what looks like a child-like drawing, to something a bit more professional.\r\n\r\n<b>The Basic Sketch</b>\r\n\r\nAfter drawing the nine marker lines using Billy\'s head as the SUM, I begin drawing my figure as follows.\r\n\r\n•First, begin with the oval-shaped head. Using lined paper works great, as you can keep better track of proportions. According to my sketch, two lines are equal to the length of Billy\'s head. Next, give him a simple neck, which should equal one fourth the length of his head.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/01-how-to-draw-the-body-head-and-neck.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-917\" alt=\"01 how to draw the body head and neck\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/01-how-to-draw-the-body-head-and-neck.jpg\" width=\"426\" height=\"499\" /></a></p>\r\n•Continuing from the bottom of the neck, sketch an upside down triangle. At the top of this upside down triangle are the shoulders, which remember, are as wide as three of Billy\'s heads. The pointy end of the triangle is where Billy\'s belly button is to be. This triangle is approximately two of Billy\'s heads, or four lines. The bottom of the first of these two heads is the nipple area, and the bottom of the second of the two heads is the belly button.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/02-how-to-draw-the-body-triangle.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-918\" alt=\"02 how to draw the body triangle\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/02-how-to-draw-the-body-triangle.jpg\" width=\"426\" height=\"500\" /></a></p>\r\n•After sketching up to the belly button, Billy also needs a groin area. Thus far, the groin area is a simple oval, which is also equal to the length of one head. Also, I\'m going to keep this little tutorial rated G - there will be no guidance on how to draw genitalia.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/03-how-to-draw-the-body-pelvis.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-919\" alt=\"03 how to draw the body pelvis\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/03-how-to-draw-the-body-pelvis.jpg\" width=\"428\" height=\"504\" /></a></p>\r\n•Next are the upper thighs.  Beginning from the bottom of the groin area, I\'ve added two nicely shaped ovals, which are each the length of Billy’s head. This section is the fifth head length.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/04-how-to-draw-the-body-upper-thighs.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-920\" alt=\"04 how to draw the body upper thighs\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/04-how-to-draw-the-body-upper-thighs.jpg\" width=\"426\" height=\"502\" /></a></p>\r\n•Continuing with the legs, the next long oval for each leg is going to end up right above the knee.  Because the knee is a joint, mark it as a small circle. This is the sixth head length.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/05-how-to-draw-the-body-lower-thighs.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-921\" alt=\"05 how to draw the body lower thighs\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/05-how-to-draw-the-body-lower-thighs.jpg\" width=\"428\" height=\"500\" /></a></p>\r\n•Moving on, the next oval is the lower leg, and it is an oval that stops just above Billy’s ankle.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/06-how-to-draw-the-body-lower-legs.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-922\" alt=\"06 how to draw the body lower legs\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/06-how-to-draw-the-body-lower-legs.jpg\" width=\"427\" height=\"500\" /></a></p>\r\n•Let us next add ovals for the feet. One regular oval whose bottom is the bottom of Billy\'s foot, and a second, horizontal oval for Billy’s foot.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/07-how-to-draw-the-body-feet.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-923\" alt=\"07 how to draw the body feet\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/07-how-to-draw-the-body-feet.jpg\" width=\"424\" height=\"502\" /></a></p>\r\n•Lastly, the final additions are the arms and hands. Make an oval for each upper arm that begins at the shoulder and ends just above the belly button area. From this joint, make another oval that extends to the groin area. Draw an oval to represent each hand, going no farther down than mid-thigh.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/08-how-to-draw-the-body-arms.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-924\" alt=\"08 how to draw the body arms\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/08-how-to-draw-the-body-arms.jpg\" width=\"429\" height=\"506\" /></a></p>\r\nIn all, if your figure is 8 heads tall, you should have a rough sketch of Billy comprised of ovals, triangles, and small circles as seen above. Have you been able to follow along so far? Up until now, this tutorial has shown us how to draw the body using shapes as a “skeleton”.\r\n\r\n<b>More than Just Bones</b>\r\n\r\nThe famous author Walt Whitman once said, \"I sing the body electric.\" I suppose you can do as I do, and imagine Billy all of a sudden bust some moves on the page, but such a quote also resonates quite well with the next steps. Essentially, Walt Whitman is pointing to a notion that expresses love and admiration for the human body. It means to enjoy the movements, and the shape, and the image of the body itself. Therefore, as we continue to draw Billy, you don’t have to draw him as what the \"ideal\" human is expected to look like. Draw him as you want him to be (just keep him proportional). Apart from the arms and legs, which essentially leave just the torso and neck, I accentuated them on Billy by giving them shape. In this case, I drew the torso wider and slightly muscular and the neck a bit stumpy. Once you\'ve given your subject\'s torso and neck some shape, it\'s time to continue to the arms and legs.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/09-how-to-draw-the-body-torso.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-925\" alt=\"09 how to draw the body torso\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/09-how-to-draw-the-body-torso.jpg\" width=\"426\" height=\"506\" /></a></p>\r\n<b>How to Draw Arms</b>\r\n\r\nBoth arms and legs are probably two of the simplest parts of the body to draw. Once your torso is fully drawn, you can take the next step and add detail to the appendages. The shoulders, elbows, and wrists should each be marked by a circle that connects the ovals that you drew for arms and forearms. Rather than leave it in such a vague state, turn the ovals into straight lines that match the outer edges of the circles marked for shoulders, elbows, and wrists. Next, erase away the circles, and you should be left with a full arm. To make things more defined, the forearm should break down into three parts, with each part thinner than the last, with the wrist being the thinnest part.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/10-how-to-draw-the-body-arms.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-926\" alt=\"10 how to draw the body arms\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/10-how-to-draw-the-body-arms.jpg\" width=\"429\" height=\"508\" /></a></p>\r\n<b>How to Draw Hands</b>\r\n\r\nWhile hands may seem intimidating, they really aren\'t. It\'s all about sketching and practice. There are several methods. One way to draw hands is to begin with a square, attaching sticks for fingers and a small triangle attaching the thumb. If you need guidance, look at your own hand. Your own body is a great tool for learning to draw. Next, sketch the joints along the fingers. Each finger, except for the thumb, has two joints. Add a joint for the wrist, leaving a slightly raised bump for the bone. Give Billy’s hand some skin, and outline the shape of the fingers along the circles. Erase the inner circles and sketches, and you\'re left with a hand that just needs shading, nails, and the appearance of skin. To do this, just look at your own hand and draw what you see.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/11-how-to-draw-the-body-hands.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-927\" alt=\"11 how to draw the body hands\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/11-how-to-draw-the-body-hands.jpg\" width=\"424\" height=\"499\" /></a></p>\r\n<b>How to Draw Legs</b>\r\n\r\nLike most of the body\'s shape, the shape of legs can also vary. You should already have a circle for the knees. Start with the outside of each leg and sketch the upper thigh and lower leg. The upper thigh should be wide, and as the line reaches the knee, it should become narrower. Then, do the same for the inner legs. Depending on your preferences, you can keep the legs thin or add thickness. Lastly, simply erase the circle and sketch a knee.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/12-how-to-draw-the-body-legs.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-928\" alt=\"12 how to draw the body legs\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/12-how-to-draw-the-body-legs.jpg\" width=\"428\" height=\"506\" /></a></p>\r\n<b>How to Draw Feet</b>\r\n\r\nUnless you don\'t want our subject to walk, then you\'re going to need to add some feet. As simplicity is the key to this entire tutorial, begin with the ovals attached to the bottom of the leg. The front of the foot and toes should be sketched out. Next, soften the rough lines and give the foot a proper shape. If you drew your character\'s hands, this process should be fairly simple. Upon completing the feet and giving your subject a shape and human appearance, you should have a fully-formed body before you.\r\n<p align=\"center\"><a href=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/13-how-to-draw-the-body-billy.jpg\"><img class=\"aligncenter size-full wp-image-929\" alt=\"13 how to draw the body billy\" src=\"http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/02/13-how-to-draw-the-body-billy.jpg\" width=\"429\" height=\"502\" /></a></p>\r\n<b>Practice Makes Perfect</b>\r\n\r\nAs Jackson Brown Jr. once said, \"You can\'t hire someone to practice for you.\" Truer words were never spoken. You really can\'t hire someone to perfect your skill or to turn you into an expert, which is why you need to practice. Through dedication, hard work, and following through with this figure drawing tutorial, you\'ll be able to master how to draw the body in no time. Just adhere to the proportion rules, add joints where necessary, and practice, practice, practice!','Keeping it Simple: The Straight Forward Step-By-Step Guide to Drawing the Body','','inherit','open','open','','909-revision-v1','','','2014-02-12 19:51:44','2014-02-13 03:51:44','',909,'http://www.letsdrawpeople.com/909-revision-v1/',0,'revision','',0),